Surfing the Tao

A Revolution of Free Will
By

Angela V. Michaels

© 2004 by Angela V. Michaels. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without written permission from the author. ISBN: 1-4140-3701-5 (e-book) ISBN: 1-4140-3702-3 (Paperback) ISBN: 1-4140-3703-1 (Dust Jacket) Library of Congress Control Number: 2003098707 This book is printed on acid free paper. Printed in the United States of America Bloomington, IN

1stBooks - rev. 03/11/04

Love and thanks to Michael, Ceci, Leong, Uncle Rabi, and Faya. May eternity be as sweet as your friendships.

iii

iv

“The great Tao flows everywhere, both to the left and to the right.” -Tao Te Ching

Table of Contents
Foreword............................................................................................ vii To all who have an ear, let them hear. ................................................. 1 Questions of Love................................................................................ 3 Difficult Answers................................................................................. 5 Can We Wake Up? ............................................................................ 10 Who is GOD? .................................................................................... 15 Who is like God? ............................................................................... 21 Who are the gods? ............................................................................. 31 What are they doing here? ................................................................. 43 Secret Brotherhoods........................................................................... 58 Secret Gods........................................................................................ 74 Secret History .................................................................................... 86 The Power of Money ......................................................................... 95 How is this possible? ....................................................................... 103 Celestial Secrets............................................................................... 122 A Philosopher Stoned ...................................................................... 138 Secret Science.................................................................................. 150 Free Your Mind ............................................................................... 162 Destruction by Fire .......................................................................... 173 Free Will? ........................................................................................ 192 There is no spoon: Learning to Surf ................................................ 197 Spiritual Confusion.......................................................................... 206 Tuning In ......................................................................................... 214 Through the Looking Glass ............................................................. 230 Conclusions...................................................................................... 243 Endnotes .......................................................................................... 259

v

vi

“Oh, I drift like the waves of the sea, Without direction, like the restless wind.” – Tao Te Ching

Foreword
Fools and Maniacs: How I Learned to Surf the Tao
For the first thirty-odd years of my life, I wandered in ignorance. I made plenty of bad decisions because I wasn’t really clear on what I was choosing. I considered my options for the future to be relatively shallow and meaningless…I was blind in a world of the sightless. Like most people, I didn’t know there was anything more to “it”. And within the limited parameters of my arrogant, selfcentered, analytical brain there was nowhere left to go. I did not believe in the perfect wave. At my lowest point I threw up my hands and gave up. It was in this moment that I was saved. Finally I had emptied my cup, so that it could be filled again. I stopped trying, and things began to happen. My life became filled with so many bizarre synchronicities and small daily miracles that few people would even believe them. I began to understand that the perfect wave did exist; that it was flowing right beneath me, all the time, and all I had to do was choose to ride it, in stillness and with joy, and all my problems would disappear. When I looked back out into the world, I understood that the big problems could be solved as easily as the small ones. If just one person at a time began to wake up to the true nature of our reality, the venom it contained would no longer be poisonous. By revealing the man behind the curtain we take away his power of illusion. For several years I scoured libraries, bookstores and the Internet for information that corroborated my experiences. I came across many wonderful spiritual books as well as hundreds of alternative, unorthodox portrayals of our reality. Unfortunately, it was usually one or the other – I never quite found the one that put it all together. I began accumulating this sort of information and eventually
vii

began organizing it for myself, based on spiritual discernment rather than the “reason” I was taught in the world. “Fools and Maniacs” was the working title because at first I felt alternately like a fool, then a maniac, as it came together, depending on the mood or circumstances of any particular day. Many days I considered erasing the entire thing. But each time I would realize that there was no escape. No matter how hard I tried not to know, I somehow did know that something very strange was going on. For now, I expect this collection of thoughts will politely find its way to the back corner of a shelf to collect dust. Perhaps some will even find reason to be offended. But someday soon, when certain things begin to happen in the world, some will hopefully remember that this exists. They will dust it off and reread it, however bizarre it may seem. In time, perhaps people will come to realize that the true “fools and maniacs” are those who insist on remaining in denial. As difficult as it is to tell people things they don’t want to hear, I must find a way to help them wake up before it is too late. The truth of a Way of Life is a concept found in teachings from all spiritual corners of the Earth. Lao Tzu, a philosopher who lived in China perhaps around the 6th century B.C., presents the Taoist concept of the Way in his poetic verses the Tao Te Ching. But because I don’t read Chinese, and English translations and interpretations tend to be vague to our modern minds, I considered more than one version. I have cited either Stephen Mitchell’s 1988 translation (New York, Harper-Collins) or the 1972 version by Gia-Fu Feng and Jane English (New York, Random House).

viii

“Who is wise? He will realize these things. Who is discerning? He will understand them.” – Hosea 14:9

ix

x

To all who have an ear, let them hear.
“Abiding in the midst of ignorance, thinking themselves wise and learned, fools go aimlessly hither and thither, like blind led by the blind. What lies beyond life shines not to those who are childish, or careless, or deluded by wealth. ‘This is the only world: there is no other’, they say; and thus they go from death to death.” – Katha Upanishad Most people alive today probably think our world is just the result of natural evolution, ‘human nature’ playing itself out on an over-populated stage. The wars, revolutions, religions, technological advancement and the encroachment of ‘civilization’ upon nature and native people are generally considered to be random, or just the success of the stronger and smarter. Having bad things in the world is just part of life; you can’t have the good without the bad, people say. And knowledge or perception of a spiritual nature is treated with skepticism in the increasingly materialistic, scientific and political world that has developed apart from any understanding of God or the supernatural. Such things are relegated to the realm of myth and legend. There are, however, many who believe that we are in the dark about the true age and history of civilization on Earth. The scant 3,000, 6,000, or even 10,000-year-old remnants we have found suggest we know only a tiny part of the story. But by using only our limited physical perceptions, we might never comprehend the Big Picture. It’s not our fault; we are trained to perceive with only five physical senses, the sixth sense having been back-shelved centuries ago - what was left of it, anyway. But for some people, myself included, this is changing, and a new spiritual awareness is testing the limits of our reality. Powerful personal experiences, alongside certain historical and scientific evidence, suggest we are being denied understanding of universal spiritual truths, including the existence of other realms or dimensions
1

Surfing the Tao

of existence. Our physicists already know that multiple dimensions do exist, and that we live in only one small slice of a much greater whole that we cannot perceive with our five senses alone. As if to attest to this, our religions, myths and legends are full of stories of beings that ascended to, or descended from, ‘other realms.’ Memories of lost continents and lost knowledge from various mystical and psychic sources seem to pop up everywhere these days. Archaeology has actually found many of the “mythical” places mentioned in ancient texts. Millions of sightings of unidentified craft or creatures are documented from all over the world, regardless if they make the nightly news in America. And a growing list of respected researchers has come to strikingly similar conclusions about the potential involvement of these phenomena in human development and earth changes. Most incredibly, evidence suggests the sacred science of the ancients, known until now only to an elite few, could be used today for power and control, as modern technology and even weaponry. A global array of inexplicable stone megaliths stands as a haunting reminder of a past long gone, of knowledge long forgotten…or is it? Can we really afford to ignore the feeling that something is very wrong with our world? The environment suffers more each day. How many billions of people live without adequate food or shelter? Today, even Western countries face an all-out global jihad as a result of our long-standing wars of religion. No longer can I sit back and accept what “the world” dishes out to me. There is something seriously lacking in our perception of reality. I believe universal truths about our spiritual natures exist that we should all know about. Life after death is still our greatest mystery, and it shouldn’t be. It has kept us trapped in ignorance and fear for too long. “Hear this, you foolish and senseless people, who have eyes but do not see, who have ears but do not hear.” -Jeremiah 5:21

2

Questions of Love
A very big part of what is going on has to do with love, or the lack of it. Love is a frequency. It is a state of mind, a state of being. Everyone explains the feeling differently. It can’t really be put into words, but once you know it, you know it. It is that radiant glow, free of negativity, free of anger, worry, fear, etc. It can even be measured in the brain; like other emotions, it triggers the release of certain chemicals and electronic stimulus. For many people the pure experience may only last for short moments at a time, because we are bombarded with so much non-love every day down here. Love is often more elusive than the common worry and frustration of “modern” life. And non-love is not just the obvious anger, hate, murder and war, but pretty much anything that takes us out of the consciousness of love, which for most people can be much of their daily lives. Especially when the overriding emotion of the day is terror. How many people do you know who can actually maintain a constant, unconditional consciousness of love regardless of whatever is happening around them? There are a few, to be sure, but our world can be a maze of daily subsistence, work, worry, bureaucracy, political and racial division, failing economies, personal dramas and hungry children not to mention fear for one’s very life. Many of us are not even taught how to feel love properly anymore; more and more people on our planet are living lives in misery, without any love at all. And frankly too many of us are simply too busy to even think about it. We think this is just the way the world is, just the way people are. But what if humans were originally designed as beings of love? If we are trapped in a place of non-love, like fear, worry, or anger, we are not able to fully explore our true natures. All the “good guys” throughout the millennia tried to tell us the secrets of love, and how important it is. It is this very frequency, or harmonic, of love that is necessary to be able to see beyond our present condition. It opens doors to perceiving reality in way that could make all war and misery basically disappear.
3

Surfing the Tao

So why is it so difficult for us and our world? Why has fear and war been so pervasive in our history? Is it our own fault? Is it that ‘human nature’ just cannot help it? How come some people are compassionate while others are self-serving? Is it in our genes, or is someone out there trying to mess us up? Has there ever been a successful loving community, or is “Utopia” just a pipe dream? Is there a God at all? Are we being punished for a “sin” committed by our ancestors? If there is a God, why has He left us down here to rot, or has He come to save us and we just don’t know it? Do we have to cycle through “multiple lives” before we can ascend to a higher realm, or is this all there is? The questions can go on and on.

4

Difficult Answers
And so can the answers. There have been many explanations circulated throughout time by various cultural and religious traditions, regarding our existence here on planet Earth. How we got here and why is still argued somewhat, but for the time being, those who control the leading educational and intellectual institutions of our day have settled on the general public view of non-supernatural evolution. But we might be wise to revisit our philosophical founding fathers. Plato himself warned us of a possible existence in an illusory “shadow world”. Socrates was condemned to death for dangerously spreading notions of higher realities, and refusing to worship pagan gods. Even respected modern philosophers such as Willard van Orman Quine proposed further consideration regarding how we can know what is real in our limited state. Regardless of this or the astounding progress made in quantum physics and fractal geometry, mainstream rational thought still does not accept so-called “Matrix”-type concepts. Notions of other realities are instead mocked by pop culture or argued by stubborn religionists, neither of which is taken very seriously. Some researchers contend it could very well be in the best interest of various religious, social or political institutions present in our society today to perpetuate this type of confusion, in order to maintain not only the power that they presently exert, but control over any future release of knowledge. If things have been going on outside our usual abilities to perceive them, it is nearly impossible to know how to make people aware of them. If a supernatural scenario were presented to them, most people wouldn’t even know what questions to ask and thus could be easily shocked and misled. A ‘slide response’ is a CIA term for a conditioned type of response that dead-ends a person’s thinking or examination of a topic. People might also find it difficult to consider that their society hasn’t always had their best interests at heart. Many would rather accept the lives they have been taught, take the bad with the good, and not bother with anything more. Our life spans are generally too short for most of us to notice. For some this will seem too frightening. Others
5

Surfing the Tao

will just be too proud, stubborn and set in their beliefs; even they are presented with evidence they will just ignore it and go on. Most people are generally unaware of how easily ensnared we can become in the routine trappings of tradition and material existence; many don’t even want anything more. But those interested in experiencing for themselves what I am explaining must learn to know that there is a reality beyond the one we can “see.” To understand this, we must choose to live in love, and tune in to this higher frequency. Incredibly, this ability to resonate at the higher frequencies might, or might not, reside in something as basic as our genetic coding. For this reason some people are more likely to comprehend this message than others. But any and all have the option – we all have free will. It is simply unfortunate that most people will not choose love, peace and harmony over egotism, tradition or ambition. For whatever reason, the majority of the people alive on the planet today have been rendered completely deaf to this entire subject: they will not have the ‘ear to hear’. “All truth passes through three stages. First it is ridiculed, second it is violently opposed, and third it is accepted as self-evident.” – Arthur Schoppenhauer For a precious few of us, however, these words will ring clear as a bell. Many people endlessly seek the eternal and perfect wave, the desire to exist in an undisturbed consciousness of unconditional love. Some call this ‘enlightenment’ and it is elusive in our dimension, not because it is unattainable, but because of the unseen yet powerful currents and reefs which create fear and unbalance. For the most part throughout history the higher truths have been hidden away from public scrutiny, so that by not believing in them or even knowing they exist, we will remain working in the world they have created for us. We accept new technologies without a blink, never questioning their source or agenda. We do not know how to think “outside the box”, so we accept our governances the same way we do our religions and revolutions; we think we have a choice,
6

Difficult Answers

and yet have not had the courage to recognize the manipulation. We accept the bad with the good because we cannot imagine or implement other options. Hitler himself said, “It is fortunate for leaders that the masses do not think.” “My people are destroyed from lack of knowledge.” –Hosea 4:6 Aren’t you tired of politicians and their empty promises? Once they get into office they all seem to have their own agendas. They continue to get away with it because people don’t want to believe anything unpleasant. People automatically disregard the notion of a power establishment clever enough to subtly manipulate the fivesensorial world without our knowing. To further complicate the matter, powerful religious institutions, which control the spirituality of millions of people, seek to convince believers that anything contradictory to the official interpretation is heresy. Our society practically thrives on divisiveness. Conformity, racism, and tradition only suppress our progress towards more advanced perspectives. Instead of learning to exercise our spirits and discover who we really are, government, advertisers, and others invested in the present reality seek to keep people within its standards. Thus many are trapped in endless non-love mind/body dramas and life and death dilemmas. For most people, daily life revolves around the material world alone. Inner perceptions or alternative realities are ridiculed. This is accepted as the only reality; the only alternative - and resistance is futile. For example, we are made to believe things like consumerism and convenience products are a great advancement. But a high-tech society is just a more efficient way to keeping people from becoming independent of the system. As time and technology progresses, general knowledge is actually regressing. Could you build or even fix you own computer? How about your car, or any appliance? Do you grow and gather your own food and water? A system based on money instead of love will eventually falter. Having a free consumerist culture does not necessarily mean we are getting the best world possible – or that we are even truly ‘free’. Are we not slaves to technology? How about our debt? The
7

Surfing the Tao

people with the most money decide how the world will be, based on what will make more money. Things are designed to run out or break so that we have to continually buy more; we are never taught to make these things for ourselves. If grocery stores shut down millions of people would starve. We cannot built our own shelters or make our own cloth. Without electricity, most of us would sit, cold and alone, in our boxes full of useless appliances. Without adequate access to water life would become miserable or even impossible for many. Do you think a more practical or less expensive way to power our homes would be in the best interest of those who own the big energy companies? Most people I know are naïve enough to trust that our government and corporations have our best interests at heart, and that life will go on like this forever, and even get “better”. But as our lives become more compartmentalized, we must rely on the technology they give us for more of our basic needs. What if there were entirely different ways to generate power, and even maintain harmony between people, which the general population knows nothing about? Over the years, such technology been suppressed for financial reasons. No one can gain from it if it is free. Free energy is fun to research, because there is a lot out there about it. Just look at the news, and consider if our wars have anything to do with power or control. Do you believe the publicly stated philanthropic goals are their only reasons, when many of our own people are often suffering and starving, and denied proper education? Most people still believe this is the most modern age ever on our planet, a wonderful world with great potential. Some even believe war is a necessary evil! But many others do want love and goodness in their lives. If they truly realized how they were being taken advantage of and how much power they really had to do something about it, the world would already be a very different place. Unfortunately, humans are so easily swayed that a little TV, a strong sense of pride, such things successfully veil the truth of a much more incredible reality. And anyone who tries to enlighten them will get only scoffing and mockery, for in these times, “the prophet is considered a fool, the inspired man a maniac.” (Hosea 9:7) Many will find it difficult to hear beyond the deafening roar of the engines of deceit. Our lifestyles have been cleverly designed and
8

Difficult Answers

infiltrated for generations, and most people will not even want to awaken. For most people tuned in to the world and unaware of their spirit, death is an unknown, and they rationalize fear for their bodies as survival instinct. Manipulating the spirit involves changing “frequencies” of the body, and in my experience certain ones can keep people ignorant to the truth while others can wake them up to it. Those who are “awake” must be sure they are tuned correctly as well, for there are many deceivers in the ethereal realms. We do indeed have eternal natures, though this immortality is spiritual rather than physical. If we were taught about this properly, we could learn to ascend spiritually in our physical bodies, which would then become transformed to a higher state, or frequency. But we have to be in a pure state of love to do it, practically an impossibility today. This lack of understanding of our true natures has been part of the reason we are stuck down here mired in wars and dramas, and have been for countless millennia.

9

Can We Wake Up?
Too many people will not be able to mentally separate themselves from the present reality. Indeed, the barriers are strong; every day we have been alive on Earth we have all been innocently led to take everything at face value. But if we choose to welcome a higher reality into our lives, and really learn how to walk in love, the truth begins to announce itself in its own way to each person. Initially, it can be difficult and even a little frightening. But pretty soon we realize it’s not scary at all, just a far, far more exciting, incredible, wondrous, magical world out there than we have been allowed to know. We can be free of all hate, anger, worry, and even fear of death. Think of it sort of like the movie The Matrix. We have been caught in this invisible illusion of time and space for eons, and now it’s time to wake up. Our bodies are just machines, like cars; things we ride around in - but they are not us. We are the conscious spirit inside, experiencing life in the third dimension. There are many people who realize this, and yet still won’t be able to understand that without the proper understanding of love and how to use it, this particular dimension can be a trap where we are forced to confront negativity. This is because our own thoughts and emotions resonate powerfully in the quantum realm in ways we cannot even begin to imagine. When we are conditioned to react to our circumstances, we become prisoner of our own emotions. To break free we must learn to walk in joy regardless of what happens, to “turn the other cheek”, so to speak. But it can take time to internalize this knowledge, and overcome years of habit and negative programming. If I had already perfected my own Walk, I wouldn’t be here to write this. The experience of “waking up” can be difficult; it has taken years of prayer and research to satisfy both my spirit and my intellect. Also, “turning on” my spirit was a crazy sensation, and it took awhile to get used to the new feelings. It might be kind of like experiencing the radio or television for the first time. There are probably at least 100 different stations and channels broadcasting right in the room where you are in right now, but you can’t hear or see them without the
10

Can We Wake Up?

proper device. It’s the same with higher realities. You just have to find your radio, or spirit, inside you and tune it in. To be honest, it has felt emotionally painful at times, as my previous concept of the world has been turned upside down. The truth hurts – at first. I didn’t have to experience the pod of pink goo like Neo in The Matrix to feel horrified. I have read about a lot of other people experiencing the supernatural and having the same reaction at first. It takes time to absorb and the older you are, sometimes the harder it can be, for you simply can’t believe you didn’t see it before. But eventually you became part of a higher, more wonderful reality. It actually feels different to be in my body now than it did before. I am more alive; more conscious of every cell, even physical sensations are different, more exhilarating, like a constant natural high. In actuality the practice raises the vibration of every molecule, so they start resonating at a faster rate. It is possible to go to places beyond the material plane through prayer and meditation, something unbelievable to many, but to others a common and quite ancient experience. It should be something we all learn to do as children. I realized we can maintain awareness outside of the physical body, if we can set aside our thoughts and learn to live in spirit. Intellectual philosophical discourse about whether our world is real or illusory becomes moot when you have personally been outside of the ‘shadow world’. Suddenly death was nothing to be afraid of, and it completely altered the way I viewed my life in the body. It was like being released from a ‘non-love’ frequency grid. There is a joyous, eternal existence beyond the world as we see it now. And yet this eternal joy is right here, right now, just waiting for us to reach out and take it. Humans must consider their evolution in terms of spirit or consciousness, rather than pure biology. Intuiting the connections between science and religion, in a place beyond the physical or temporal world, would be a step towards rediscovering the ancient truths of our existence. The first step in this revolution of consciousness is just to realize that there is a higher truth; there are dimensions or realities beyond ours. The “Path to Enlightenment,” historically distorted by, and reserved for, a selfish “elite” few, needs to be untwisted and made available to every person who can open
11

Surfing the Tao

their ears. If you can hear it, then it exists for you and you should have the right to know about it. The right time to realize this is different for everyone. Many people are not ready for it and some never will be. I had to learn to use prayer and meditation to still my mind and gain understanding from my spirit. Mind and spirit are very distinct, and sometimes they can even give conflicting opinions. The mind is our thought process on the physical plane and it is tuned in to the world or people around you. It is easily influenced by external, chemical, even electronic forces, which can cause many of us to feel angry, depressed or worried. The spirit can only be heard clearly if the mind is turned down, or off. By vibrating ourselves into a higher frequency electrical and emotional interferences disappear; the mind ceases to babble and the spirit begins to sound clear. Ironically love and joy are the tools necessary to achieve this state, and yet they only become easier to access and maintain after it is achieved. This is one of the many paradoxes of enlightenment. Learning to surf can be tiring and frustrating, but once mastered is effortless and the ecstasy indescribable. How to do this cannot be explained in a paragraph, or even in an entire book. It begins and ends within each individual and his or her own personal relationship with God, the Tao, the Great Spirit. The first part of the journey led to a clearer understanding of God, which before had meant very little to me. Learning to rely on my spirit for answers was strange at first. It surprised me that spiritual matters began to make sense intellectually. Like most people, my intellect was over-trained and I didn’t even know I had a spirit. Now, I find I just know things, and I have a hard time explaining it to people who demand “proof”. I can only suggest that people learn to tune in their own spiritual radios. In Eastern belief systems it is taught that people are really spirit beings who during this life become enmeshed in physical vehicles, and that the healthiest state for humans is actually separation from the body without suffering trauma or death. Western psychiatric theory sharply contrasts with this idea.1 Even within the framework of a hierarchical approach to religion few are encouraged to investigate their own spiritual independence. So growing up in the western world has made my trip a little longer. But I found I could listen to the spirit and then go out and find
12

Can We Wake Up?

actual evidence of what I heard. The startling experience of finding proof in books and materials I would never have otherwise known existed, as well as in daily headlines, has taught me just how important listening to the spirit can be. If we rely solely on orthodox ‘hard evidence’ we will in no way be able to put the pieces together. Too much has been destroyed or corrupted from the inside for us to understand. I think Lao Tzu said it best, “the Master observes the world but trusts his inner vision.” Our world is not what it seems; its wondrous beauty pales in comparison to the next, but we would never know that ourselves just by looking around with our limited perceptions. Neither can modern scholarly interpretations of scraps of ancient texts give us a clear picture of what was really going on. We are conditioned to live within a certain frequency, so many people never learn how to see beyond. Looking back on our world today from a vastly changed perspective of the Big Picture, it seems to me as if our reality has been misconstrued, kept hidden, or if anything, made into lunacy, corrupted religions, myths, fairy tales and science fiction in order to squelch or tantalize our imaginations, either way forever disabling our ability to understand the Truth. “True wisdom seems foolish.” –Lao Tzu When I attempt to determine why we must consider these things, I hear Lao Tzu saying, “The best general enters the mind of his enemy.” Even George Washington warned, “If we are wise, let us prepare for the worst.” We must be prepared so that we do not become fearful. This is coming to light now because many historical and religious sources and ancient calendars, as well as my own spirit, refer to the end to our era. Not the end of everything, but just this particular reality: the end of the dominion of non-love beings. More and more people will be encountering such things, because they are hard at work trying to hold on to their power. We must retune ourselves to survive, and it is a narrow Path; most people will not find the Way, for the deceptions, delusions and mockeries are already strong in the world – and about to get a lot stronger. I will guide the reader through my own Way to awakening. I do not belong to any cult, religious group, political movement or
13

Surfing the Tao

special interest. I have not compromised or changed anything for personal gain. I do not profess to know everything. I can only share what I do know, and I continue to learn more every day. I am not beholden to anyone or anything but love. There are so many people whose thoughts and writings helped me understand I am not alone in my vision. Thank you to every bold soul. My intention was to use the words of others that touched my spirit, arranged in a certain order, to set forth the perception of reality I had been shown. It was like putting a puzzle together. I worked hard to give credit to everyone whose work is found here. And though I know there will be many who will find offense within these pages, I must state that my goal is to take everything to a higher level – that means religion, politics, philosophy; pretty much anyone bound to their own comfortable interpretation of reality will get left behind. This is a highly personal experience. From here on may the reader understand the spirit works in mysterious ways. Little things will pop up in everyday life that will start to “prove” it to each person in their own way. Even though some of it sounds dreadfully crazy at first, at last we shall see how things start to make sense in a different way, that our future is really quite terrific and we have a lot of reasons to be joyful, to the very last second, without worry. Much was written about the times we are living in now a long, long time ago, and modern science and current events are giving us signs to sit up and take notice. Once this unimaginable thing begins to happen, you will know. Live life as if you had a hundred years, but keep one eye on the sky because as the terrifying events on 9/11 can attest, everything can change in an instant. It could be a difficult time for many people around the world. But at least we can finally understand that this world is not normal in its tortures of the meek and small, and its great atrocities are similarly unjustified. There are ferocious powers at work in the world right now as there have been for a very long time, but their time is growing rapidly short. “That which goes against the Tao comes to an early end.” – Lao Tzu

14

Who is GOD?
He moves and he moves not. He is far, and he is near. He is within all, and he is outside all. – Isa Upanishad If you don’t have a handle on God or spiritual matters at all, quantum physics is a fair place to begin. Find out that inside an atom, there really isn’t any substance at all; just tiny sparks of energy rapidly spinning about inside a relatively huge open space. Read how physicists are surprised to discover you can’t measure sub-atomic activity without influencing it. That is, the simple act of measuring and watching can stimulate, destroy or even create new little quarks of matter. It’s modern science catching up with the ancient sages, who knew our entire world is simply an illusion of our own creation, and that simply by knowing this we can change and create our own reality. With breath and sound, we can control our frequency, free our spirits, and accomplish miracles. The secrets of prayer are not lost, just dormant inside ourselves. It is our awareness of this connection with this loving Force that enables true understanding of spiritual immortality. It is the realization and utilization of the energy fields around us. This type of information is being “discovered” by modern science, yet we are rarely encouraged to see the higher spiritual meanings behind it. Orthodox science refuses to consider such matters for the most part, although these days one can find various physicists writing their own interpretation of spiritual realities. If you haven’t yet read The Tao of Physics by Frijof Capra, it’s a great book about how modern physics relates to ancient spiritual philosophy. All atoms are mostly filled with - nothing. That is, they contain only tiny little sparks of energy flying around an enormous void. What all atoms have in common is this great empty space - this ‘void’ is what physicists call the Unified Field - and spiritualists call God (or the Force, the Tao, or Brahman). It is the void, the negative space between each atom, which binds them together, designing the intricate fractal world we live in, building atom upon atom like a
15

Surfing the Tao

crystal; forming structure; establishing form - mineral, organic, gaseous. This Force resides in the void; it is the void, the space between – and is not named. Lao Tzu explains this intangible Essence is beyond form and beyond sound. It is neither light nor dark, yet both. It is the form of the formless, the image of the imageless, endless and ancient. This Ineffable Nothingness is all connected, each atom next to each other, made up of mostly space. Someone once suggested if we could condense the mass of our solar system so that all the empty spaces were gone, it would become the size of a (very heavy!) baseball. “We should consider that in the inner world Brahman is consciousness; and we should consider that in the outer world Brahman is space.” – Chandogya Upanishad. Spirituality enters the picture when we consider consciousness. Who we really are is something beyond the material plane; we each have an essence, or spirit, that eventually leaves the physical, and without it, the body won’t work. It is this essence that is connected to the Tao - the void. For many attached to their physical natures, living in the spirit is an unfamiliar sensation. At the very least most people experience that “gut feeling”, when some strange instinct allows you to sense something beyond the five senses. What’s important is this knowing; what we are conscious of and connected to beyond the physical reality. This knowing connects us to the unknowable. Maintaining our awareness of the connection we were born with is a skill we must choose to relearn in this chaotic physical illusion. Only by internalizing love and using it unconditionally can we come to know this great, resonating field of energy that surrounds and permeates everything; our bodies, the air around us, material objects, nature. This is the act of becoming aware of that perfect wave, which already exists, and choosing to hop on for a ride. We are already physically connected to it; we are all made of the same stuff. If we can learn to quiet and still our physical minds from the deluge of life’s daily thoughts, we can connect with our spirits, and really know that this Field, or Force, has a loving consciousness, and
16

Who is GOD?

then we can obtain and maintain a connection with it. In fact you can substitute the word “love” for “Tao” and come away with a pretty sound understanding of the term. “The life force is all-pervasive and its strength boundless. The Art of Peace allows us to perceive and tap into that tremendous reserve of universal energy.” –Ueshiba Becoming aware of this Flow, and the love necessary to perceive it, is the birth of the Kingdom of God within us: the awakening of the God frequency. Perfection of this loving state of consciousness has been sought and written about since ancient times. Its attainment gives one mastery over space and time. “All this universe is in truth Brahman. He is the beginning and end and life of all… He enfolds the whole universe and in silence is loving to all.” – Chandogya Upanishad. From the Tao Te Ching, to the Upanishads, to the writings of Buddha, to the Holy Bible, they all say that in the stillness one can ‘know’ God. For the most part, stillness is foreign to today’s world. But it is entirely possible; I have learned to still my mind in meditation and prayer and feel the warm, loving embrace of God. It is a wholly unearthly feeling, and it is one of the first things we should be taught in life. To relearn it later requires focus and control over emotions, but the reward is peace and serenity. It is with pure love and joy that He fills us – I use the masculine because “it” sounds so impersonal, and my relationship with Him is a personal one – but the energy of the Tao is genderless. Our language keeps us from adequately describing it for He is beyond words. He sees in us human beings a miraculous and unique creation, capable of a greater love than any other life form, which enables us to love Him in return and desire to do His will, by our own free will. Our desire to love and communicate with Him, seek first His Kingdom of
17

Surfing the Tao

peace and love within ourselves, is what separates us from those who have been led astray. Those who are lost seek to use the pure energy of the unified field to do their own will. To hear His will, we must first quiet our minds, be still, and listen with our spirits. “Be still, and know that I am God” – Psalms 46:10 “Look within. Be still. Free from fear and attachment, Know the sweet joy of the way.” – Buddha “When the five senses and the mind are still, and reason itself rests in silence, then begins the Path supreme.” – Katha Upanishad “Empty your mind of all thoughts. Let your heart be at peace.” – Lao Tzu “If you have not liked yourself to true emptiness, you will never understand The Art of Peace.” – Ueshiba But the vast majority of people are either ignorant of this altogether, are too busy surviving this world, or purposefully ignore it. Those few who have obtained and maintained this connection are some of our greatest sages and philosophers. Some of them were able to intuit the false, almost comic nature of the illusion and ascend to the higher realms without ever suffering physical death because their connection was so pure, such as Lao Tzu and Buddha. “Those who follow wisdom pass beyond and, on leaving this world, become immortal.” – Kena Upanishad “Wakefulness is the Way to life. The fool sleeps as if he were already dead, but the master is awake and he lives forever.” – Buddha
18

Who is GOD?

To become immortal we must first become awake. Our spirits need to be turned on and tuned in, to borrow a phrase from the sixties. For this we need love to be our overriding emotion and our minds otherwise empty. Jesus said, “Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind. This is the first and greatest commandment. And the second is like it: Love your neighbor as yourself.” -Matthew 22:37-40 Many throughout time have sought to explain this but their message has been compromised. This simple concept has been complicated with giant worldly religions, hierarchies, doctrines, strange histories, wars, buildings, politics and financial needs. They watered down powerful truths about love, our eternal spirit bodies and the higher realms of existence. God is beyond thought, beyond knowledge, beyond words, beyond ritual and beyond religion. Complete mental stillness is an unrealistic goal for many, especially if we are learning it anew as adults. Begin by just recognizing unwanted thoughts and watching them pass on through your mind. By learning to control life’s daily thoughts, the mind, and not allowing them to interfere with our walk of love, the spirit, we can come to know that which is beyond. Having your mind full of trivial knowledge is only a hindrance. Before long, regardless of how chaotic your life is, you will be able to function with clarity and serenity. You will become the eye of the storm. I particularly love Lao Tzu’s explanation of how to be, “Stop thinking, and end your problems…I am like an idiot, my mind is so empty.” “He is unknown to the learned and known to the simple…” – Kena Upanishad “I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because you have hidden these things from the wise and learned, and revealed them to little children.” Luke 10:21
19

Surfing the Tao

We cannot see God with our eyes, but we can know he is with us always. That knowledge is faith. He is everywhere around us, and inside of us; He is the unified field. And love is the key ingredient; to know Him is to know love. Amplify love inside yourself and you will find Him. Choose love: use your free will to seek His will, and soon it will coincide with your own and your life will be truly blessed. Tao means Way; this Way of Life is a walk of love. As soon as you begin to make decisions in your life based on love, peace and harmony, your life will become one of abundance and serenity. This is what it means to live in the Tao. Some say, Let Go, Let God; this says it well. Allow Him to guide your life. It’s surfing the perfect and endless wave, staying perfectly balanced in your Walk along the Path. Be aware of Him, this Higher Power. He can communicate with us by guiding our spirits; we must quiet our minds and choose love, peace and harmony above all else to hear Him. This guiding Essence is “God”, the Tao. “No one has ever seen God; but if we love one another; God lives in us and his love is made complete in us.” -1 John 4:12

20

Who is like God?
“The blessing of the Lord brings wealth, and he adds no trouble to it.”-Proverbs 10:22 Many will ask, if there is such a God and He is so omnipresent and full of love, how could He have allowed such horrors to take place down here? Simply accepting that there is a higher reality helps us understand how we have been limiting our free will, not to mention our understanding of what dangers are really lurking out in the surf. We must be sure we understand what is real, so we can make an informed choice. Discovering that God, the Tao, is within you and around you, and always has been, helps. Those already with faith or experience of the higher realms will have an easier time with these concepts. If you are new to the idea, just remember stillness and love are paramount, and prayer, the creative use of breath and sound, can alter our world from within the quantum realm. Speak and think positively to tune yourself up in frequency. If your intentions are pure, even speaking your belief before you actually believe can help create the reality in which you truly do. Use the paradox to your advantage. Our ancient sages knew this and modern science is catching up. Open your hearts and minds, set aside your preconceived judgments, and before long you will find the peace and clarity you need for the rest of this to make sense – because you will begin to see it for yourself. This particular dimension where we exist is a lower frequency and that is why we otherwise cannot “see” the supernatural. But once we understand this great source of power and energy exists all around us, we begin to realize there are likely to be those who would try to use the Force for their own ends. Evidence suggests people have been practicing ‘magic’ for thousands of years, regardless of the religion of the day. Only in modern times has this practice gone underground to escape the skepticism of a modern world, leaving most people dangerously susceptible to falling for any ‘miracle.’ Indeed, its practice has
21

Surfing the Tao

recently been making a huge comeback because it is so easy to deceive or amaze people otherwise unaware of this Force, by misusing or abusing it. And there are many who believe they deserve this right. For example, esoteric followers like the Gnostics believed God was not all-powerful, but that a duality maintained balance in the universe that could be manipulated. They believed practicing this ‘magical’ use of the Force would eventually elevate initiates to the “equivalent of God”. 1 Abusing the Force for selfish reasons is what truly differentiates the good guys from the bad. Unfortunately simple ignorance can be just as dangerous. If we are unclear about our choice, we could be living against the Tao without knowing it, blindly following the temptations of a material world and its multitude of cleverly deceptive spiritual paths. Our world craftily encourages people to be ambitious and self-seeking, and many have taken it to the extreme, perverting the Force and using it for selfish purposes instead. “Trying to control the future Is like trying to take the master carpenter’s place. When you handle the master carpenter’s tools, Chances are that you’ll cut your hands.” –Lao Tzu We can choose to recognize the loving consciousness behind this Force, communicate with it and determine its will for us. Truly seeking the will of our loving Tao allows Him to open doors for us in His own “magical” way; but we must allow Him to decide and act for us. It is in our awareness of His presence, as well as in the Way we choose to live, which manifests His love, peace and harmony in this plane. Each moment of our lives is part of this Walk if we are living in the Tao, living in His will. It’s kind of like becoming aware of the rushing river of energy we are a part of and consciously choosing to ride along. “Peace originates with the flow of things - its heart is like the movement of the wind and waves. The Way is like the veins that circulate blood through our bodies, following the natural flow of the life force. If you are
22

Who is like God?

separated in the slightest from that divine essence, you are far off the path.” – Ueshiba, The Art of Peace Obstructing or fighting the roaring rapids of the Tao, or attempting to reroute its power, is what magic and sorcery is all about. Today, this abuse of the Force is becoming more and more acceptable. The finer points of this discrepancy of wills has become less obvious, and easier to manipulate. In today’s world, many truths exist which have been so subtly perverted, warped or contaminated that it is difficult to separate them from non-truth. In fact the best lies contain the most truth. “If God is all, then how can I be evil?” – Charles Manson This is actually a very good question, because it serves to illustrate several key points. It is a common deception to have us believe there is no evil, since everything is part of, well, Everything. It’s a subtle distinction – one of many, something they love, because it makes the truth so much more difficult to discern. The truth is, the Tao is the Force, it is Everything; but how we choose to think about it and what we do with it is our choice. The issue is what we do with our free will. Is it in agreement with the Great Spirit and His frequency of love? Are we allowing His natural loving flow to continue in the Way He intended? Do we really think we can plan things out better than He can? “Do you think you can take over the universe and improve it?…The universe is sacred. You cannot improve it. If you try to change it, you will ruin it. If you try to hold it, you will lose it.” - Lao Tzu Are we forcing our own selfish desires on our lives, or trusting in His Universality to find the best Path? Are we going His Way or ours? Do we really know what it means to live a life of unconditional love? The answers are up to you – just be sure you really understand the questions.
23

Surfing the Tao

“…There is evil and disorder in the world because people have forgotten that all things emanate from one source. Return to that source and leave behind all selfcentered thoughts, petty desires, and anger.” – The Art of Peace The Tao is everything; in fact He can use Everything to prove His points. The truth is, it is all good - there really is no evil in His frequency of love; it doesn’t exist. However our lower dimensional, starkly physical, non-spiritual world contains so many terrible elements it seems impossible to ignore the fact that evil does exist for many people. The Tao did not choose this state of affairs (this was a result of other beings using their free will and choosing not to live in agreement with the Tao) but He can still use this evil to create more love. In point, though Charles Manson’s words aren’t really true, they can be used to bring a higher understanding. Another key point here is the very subtlety of the misunderstanding. The closer to the truth, the more difficult it is to recognize the deceit. And because people tend to put meaning to everything, they are easily swayed by semantics and legalisms. It is difficult to explain how a small perversion can cause such great misunderstanding. Different interpretations of the same words often cause problems. Many examples of this are found in religion. Most religions contain an aspect of truth – but have also accumulated other elements that are not. Tradition and generational wisdoms can contain similar ambiguities. Perhaps our three-dimensional reality can best be compared to being a Mirror Image of the truth. When you look in the mirror, you are always seeing your reflected image; for many of us, seeing pictures or videos of ourselves can be strange because we don’t look exactly like we do in the mirror, where our reflections are reversed. We are also looking at a two dimensional version of ourselves, rather than the three dimensional “real” person. What we are able to perceive about our reality contains a similar paradox. We can only see our world in three dimensions, while in truth there are many more. This world has been warped – so subtly we think it looks real, but in truth we are merely like fish in a pond, trying to discern the dry outer world without actually going there.
24

Who is like God?

Buddha taught in the Lankavatara Sutra, “The triple world resembles a net, or water in a mirage that is agitated; it is like a dream, maya; and by thus regarding it one is emancipated. Like a mirage in the springtime, the mind is found bewildered; animals imagine water but here is no reality to it. There is here nothing but thought construction, it is like an image in the air when they thus understand all, there is nothing to know. Eternity and non-eternity; oneness, too, bothness and not-bothness as well; these are discriminated by the ignorant who are confused in mind and bound up by errors since beginningless time. In a mirror, in water, in an eye, in a vessel and on a gem, images are seen; but in them there are no reality; anywhere to take hold of.” (translated by D. T. Suzuki)2 How can we know for sure? To discern the Reflection from the true Reality we must choose to live in agreement with the Tao – with love, peace and harmony. This will quickly clue us in as to which elements of the world are maya, the Mirror Image, and not in agreement with Him. Living in the Tao is about balance, not extremes. It is about harmony, not legalisms. It is about compassion, not wealth. It is about laughing, not worrying. For many people mired in today’s willful and selfish world, these choices will seem impossible. Have you ever stopped to consider whose will you are acting upon in life? Is there no option other than to do your own physical will, the will of a modern lifestyle, tradition or culture, or even an advertisement? Not many people these days are in conscious communication with a higher, loving Force, for if they were, everyone would act selflessly out of peace and love. Given all the selfish, violent, degrading and greedy acts that go on down here, it is obvious that the material realm is an easy place to convince people to seek their own carnal will and pleasure, instead of God’s spiritual one. Our very culture rewards a self-seeking lifestyle, lived in the artificial reflected light of the material world. Today’s new brand of spiritualism even focuses on self-realization and power, instead of the selfless internalization of unconditional Love. There are many who believe there is an intelligent energy in the realms beyond our normal perception that seeks to keep people unaware of this discrepancy of will, so that we will remain imprisoned in the illusion and unaware of God. Our misunderstanding of it and its
25

Surfing the Tao

agenda has left us susceptible to its various machinations in every era and culture. It has cleverly perverted our understanding of who “God” is and tempted us with our own free wills, to choose a life of personal satisfaction and human glorification, rather than spiritual fulfillment in the glory of the Tao. Keeping us unaware of our spirits or any such spiritual reality to begin with was a masterful move. But we are now able to use science to understand spiritual questions. Quantum physics reminds us that since at an atomic level, all matter is really energy, shape shifting may not just be the stuff of movie magic. Even scientists can now do such things, on a small scale. What was heretofore the realm of science fiction, like spacetime manipulation, teleportation and anti-gravity technology, is quickly becoming a reality. U.S. News and World Report recently discussed shape-shifting aircraft in the works at NASA’s Langley Research Center in Virginia. Having been developing basic ‘morphing’ technology for years in collaboration with the Pentagon, their goal is to create aircraft that can “fly like an eagle”, reshaping the aircraft in response to airflow.3 Scientists are even learning how to teleport molecules of matter from one place to another, never failing to turn our Star Trek dreams into a startling new reality. But knowing such technology exists still won’t help some people imagine the possibilities beyond our awareness. “Because it is sometimes so unbelievable the truth escapes becoming known.” -Heracleitus Difficult to define, this swirling mass of prideful energy can pervade the minds and souls of the unsuspecting and unprotected, and appear in various, even multiple, and very beautiful physical forms. It appears as we wish to see it. Its very incorporeality can help it seem like God – or even a goddess, especially to people who are limited to the physical senses. Our inability to see or perceive it at all can be its very source of power. It can also manifest as the warped Mirror Image reflection of our reality – anything that is negative, confusing or misleading. Though it often feigns love and affection for people, it is not in agreement with the Tao. It seeks to cause chaos and non-love, thriving on the frequency of fear and bloodshed. But however much it
26

Who is like God?

wishes to be worshipped as God, it cannot even be compared as being the opposite of God. It’s true opposite would be a similar type being infused instead with love and compassion. The name “Michael” means the question “who is like God?” As if demanding to know, who would have the utter gall to compare itself to the Great All-Knowing Void? If such a creature had personal motives of power, control, and greed, especially if it were able to move about invisibly, it might like to imagine it is as powerful as God – or more. Of course no one is like God; pretty hard to duplicate that which already occupies all space. However, if it were not physical but a being of pure spirit and light, (not to mention ego), this might help it seem more likely to be a mysterious “Great Architect” of the physical realm. Not to mention how easy it is to convince people you are a good guy when you and your cronies appear as “beings of light.” “He who tries to shine dims his own light.” –Lao Tzu We are for the most part blind to the effect of our emotions in the quantum realms, and the bad guys are counting on it. They actually thrive on the frequency of selfishness, anger, fear, chaos and destruction. Feelings of worry and especially terror have a profound effect. Learning to feel love and joy in spite of the situation is the only way to fight back. It might sound easy but it can be extremely difficult in practice. In this type of battle, warriors must learn to choose love of their own free will, even if they are being attacked from all sides. C.S. Lewis wrote a wonderfully humorous depiction of these attacks in his book The Screwtape Letters. Regardless of the reader’s religious affiliation, if any, this fictional collection of letters written by Screwtape, an important official in “Satan’s” evil army, to his nephew, a “junior demon” on earth whose job it is to keep humans from knowing God, is a lighthearted allegory which teaches how unaware humans are of their spiritual potential. It doesn’t really matter who or what they are – simply comprehending that there are forces at work seeking to keep humans unenlightened and in their control, instead of in touch with a loving
27

Surfing the Tao

God and aware of their own natural potential for immortality, is what’s important. They even attempt to deceive humans into believing they want to help us, or are themselves the “good guys”. They are known to “channel” themselves spiritually through innocent humans, impersonating angels and other entities, telling spiritual truths mixed with subtle lies to purposefully mislead. Their lies are smooth as silk, and their tentacles reach millions; one must constantly be on guard that your conversations with God are not really conversations with the Deceiver. Why? Scholars and others have forever debated this question. This entity certainly used his free will, discovered he could manipulate the pure energy of the Force for his own reasons, and therefore imagined himself to be greater than God. He craves worship for himself; he wants to play God. It just so happens our Earth is the perfect place. He seeks to keep humans unaware of the Way by creating a subtly false “path of enlightenment” as well as teaching us to misuse our free will the way he did. In part of an ancient battle for power and control, he may even have long ago instigated a catastrophic event that swung our planet and solar system out of balance, de-activating Earth’s connection with its higher self and causing humans to do the same. Throughout history his goals were much the same as they are today: to be worshiped as ‘God’ on our earth. For many millennia, in various civilizations, in many forms, and with many names, he fooled masses of people into thinking he was God. The existence of this entity and its armies may primarily be on the ethereal planes, but they work hard to get through to us, seeming to crave the physical. They presently control our little world, whether we know it or believe it or not, and their influence can be felt in nearly every aspect of life. If you can look outside your door or on the front page and see anything but pure love, peace and harmony, then you are seeing this warped reflection. Nature herself has even been manipulated for their purposes. The concept of duality, that there must be bad things for there to be good ones, is false. There is no justification for evil. Yin and yang are not opposites – yinyang is the essence of the oneness of all things. Remember, the more subtle the discrepancy, the easier to mislead.
28

Who is like God?

Some people believe they may actually require blood to physically get into our dimension. In Greek myth such beings are said to suffer an existence devoid of blood, voice and vital energy (also called mana, holy spirit, prana, or chi). But for the most part their presence has been exceedingly clever in its subtlety and difficulty to discern. Their interference in our evolution may have shortened our life spans and removed our ability to retune to pure love and the higher frequencies of existence, where we could easily discern their presence. For countless generations, armies of strange-looking creatures have appeared to do their dirty work in our realm as ‘gods’, fairies, aliens, dragons and other reptilians, vampires, spirit guides, demons, and even “ascended masters” or “angels of light”. They appear the way people imagine them. They even work together. A seemingly loving ‘spirit guide’ could take credit for ridding one of demonic torment, and then gently mislead the devotee towards a false light, a more subtle but far more dangerous lie. Evidence abounds that they continue to this day, though the majority of humans are not tuned to a frequency where they can see them if they do not wish to be seen. And they will go to all lengths to make sure we stay out of tune, including using modern technology, developed from ancient sources. There is still perhaps nothing logical about this crazy notion, as far as today’s conformist science and society is concerned. In our rigid scholarly society such stories are considered impossible to be true, just silly notions of ignorant cavemen. It feels a bit like trying to explain that the world is round to a bunch of stubborn medieval peasants. The existence of such beings is difficult to prove in this world since they can move outside of our dimension. Their different frequencies mean some people are more likely to see them than others. Adding insult to injury, perhaps millions of people who can see and communicate with these entities do not recognize them as evil, thinking they are here to help “heal” the planet or guide us towards an “age of enlightenment”. Their misinformation seeks to continue to keep us in bondage, through our ignorance. And if our controlled modern society refuses to acknowledge them or any of the spiritual side of life, they will continue to remain invisible to all but who have experienced the supernatural themselves, a group growing
29

Surfing the Tao

in number. And without proper guidance, whatever they hear about the spiritual realms, truth and non-truth, will be believed, in awe. These creatures enjoy nothing better than inventing ways to get people to worship them. Their appearance as normal humans is the biggest deceit of all. In various ways they influence the royalty and governments of the world, our culture, economy, religions, and educational systems; they continue to wreak havoc on our planet, causing fear and war, and yet they remain invisible to most; the quintessential wolves in sheep’s clothing. They want to keep us unaware of them, the higher realms, and how to get there – and if they do reappear to us and share their advanced technology, it will be on their terms. We really are like little sheep, completely unaware of anything beyond our little prairie of the third dimension. Most people have been too thoroughly steeped in this world and will not be able to hear this call. But those who do choose to overcome this world will become even greater than the angels themselves – something some of them might not be too happy about. To free ourselves, we must choose to retune ourselves to the frequency of love and surf the Tao into eternity. Nothing will be kept hidden, and we will know all the secrets of the universe. “If men are not afraid to die, it is of no avail to threaten them with death.” – Lao Tzu

30

Who are the gods?
“Biblical authors simply altered names and changed the many ‘gods’ in the original writings into the one “God or “Lord” of the Hebrew religion. The latter change was an unfortunate one because it caused the Supreme Being to be blamed for the brutal acts that earlier writers had attributed to the very unGod-like Custodians.” 1 In order to be sure we are not being fooled into choosing the illusion, we would be wise to learn to distinguish between God, the Tao, our loving, omniscient Force, and the many various and strange beings who have infiltrated and distorted our world from beyond our awareness. A still mind and a peaceful spirit is the first step. Whatever causes ripples in the pool of serenity is not of the Tao. It might be surprising for some to discover that many of the alternative explanations for our reality have a common yet bizarre theme. Modern day researchers are beginning to notice that many of our ancient historical, religious, and cultural sources tell the same basic story of interference from a much more powerful race of beings from outside of our perception and understanding. They control certain sacred knowledge that is passed down through a designated human elite, but kept hidden from the common masses. Today these stories continue, taking many forms. They have been interfering with our evolution and development for eons, keeping us in the dark about their true natures. Their goals for our planet do not always include love, peace or harmony. How do we make sense of this idea in the real world? Today, for certain reasons, we have been taught to think of the ‘gods’ as mythological or symbolic. But more and more research indicates their existence could be much more than that. Joseph Campbell taught in his many famous works that myth, when interpreted with discretion and in conjunction with archeological evidence, can lead to truth. Nearly every early culture records some kind of knowledge, whether
31

Surfing the Tao

sacred, magical or agricultural, having had a mysterious divine origin and passed down through an elite. Psychologist Julian Jaynes in his work The Origin of Consciousness in the Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind wrote that this communication with the ‘gods’ is this same experience of the schizophrenia’s ‘hearing of voices’, and as we become more scientific and independent minded, we actually go further down in consciousness. We become more and more unable to understand or interpret an awareness of higher consciousness. Instead, these realities have become invisible to us, reserved instead for an elite few, who misinterpret them for us for their own purposes. Carl Jung called such beings “archetypes”, and he believed they existed within our collective unconscious. Former NASA scientist Richard L. Thompson suggested an increased openness to studying the world’s legends would result in a better understanding of human cultures than modern science currently allows. Writer Jacques Vallee considers the similarity of the world’s myths and legends no coincidence, but “something that is true at such a deep level that it influences the very basic elements of our thoughts.” 2 Heinrich Schliemann is credited with having found the legendary city of Troy by using descriptions left in ancient myth. He once lectured to a group of students, “Read the old writers as if they were reporters. The ancients had no reason to lie. Their stories are often true.” 3 Author Brinsley le Poer Trench agreed, and stated, “Mythology is shorthand, it is condensed history.” 4 Modern archeology has always had a hard time explaining how fully developed civilizations with astronomical knowledge far beyond even our own could have spontaneously come to exist in various places on earth long ago. Ruins of enormous megaliths lie dormant, lined up with ancient stars and arrayed conspicuously around the world upon the intersections of powerful geodetic energy or “ley” lines. Many alternative researchers present evidence that regular catastrophic events may have suddenly and drastically changed the surface and alignment of the planet. For example, Charles Hapgood claims the North Pole was previously located in other areas, like the Hudson Bay area. Canadian writer Rand FlemAth also found that if the Great Pyramid at Giza were considered the 0 degree meridian, the longitude and latitude locations of the world’s
32

Who are the gods?

sacred sites fit together in neat geometrical patterns.5 More on this later, but for now this theory serves as a possible reason why legendary ancient civilizations collapsed so long ago and fell into myth. Another clue is the sudden appearance of fully developed agriculture crops like corn. Don’t forget the anthropological mystery of the “missing link.” In addition, all sorts of strange, anomalous artifacts called “ooparts” for out of place artifacts have been found and officially documented. These baffling discoveries include strangely shaped skulls, hundreds of artifacts and drawings depicting humanoid reptilians, skeletons from giants with six fingers and toes and two rows of teeth, modern-looking artifacts like screws, polished metal spark plugs and gold chains found inside millions of years of coal or rock, human footprints inside dinosaur prints, bullets in prehistorical animal bones, ancient, detailed maps of an ice-free Antarctica, the Antikythera Mechanism, and many other things that have been conveniently swept under the carpet by mainstream science. (Check out books like Forbidden Archeology by Michael A. Cremo and Richard L. Thompson or Our Haunted Planet by John Keel for more on the subject.) Stories of all kinds of strange beings haunt our most ancient memories, and millions of sightings are recorded by credible organizations all over the world to this day, yet go strangely unheeded – pay no attention to the man behind the curtain! Ancient Sumerian tablets are one of many cultural references from across the world that discuss the multiple gods, or custodians, who were, or are, involved in an ancient battle on our planet. The Bible refers to the small-g “gods” too: “Tell them this: ‘These gods, who did not make the heavens and the earth, will perish from the earth and from under the heavens.’” (Jeremiah 10-11). “For the Lord is the great God, the great King above all gods.” (Psalms 95:3) Various Mystery Schools and secret societies elaborate on the idea of super-beings, gods or ‘ascended masters’, to be the source for secret divine knowledge left behind, like sacred geometry, alchemy, and the controversial science of grid harmonics and free energy. The Nazis during World War II were similarly influenced by occult ideas of a race of super-beings with divine knowledge, and just like in the movies, actively searched for relics of their supposed forgotten
33

Surfing the Tao

technology like the Ark of the Covenant, the Holy Grail and the Spear of Destiny (which pierced Jesus’ side). The Nazis believed the descendants of these gods to be the ‘chosen race’. The recently discovered and hotly debated “Bible Code” allegedly makes reference to multiple gods originating in another world. So do the controversial Dead Sea Scrolls, and the various books of the Apocrypha. The names were changed along with other details, but like the story of Noah’s flood, the same story can be found everywhere. Just about every ancient culture around the globe tells a similar story of a group of super-beings coming down to earth, creating man, ruling over people, mating with humans, founding and destroying cities, demanding sacrifice, flooding the earth or just fighting amongst themselves. Think about all the stories of ‘gods’ roaming the planet in various places; Greece, Rome, India, China, Scandinavia, Mexico, Peru, Hawaii, Egypt, and even ancient America. The Maori, for example, believe their god Tane created the first woman and that “after the second great war in the heavens Tane forced the rebel gods to descend to other worlds in the darkness to live there in despair for eternity.” 6 Buddhist scripture recounts that when the King of the Gods, Indra, was born he found himself at the top of Mount Meru in the company of the ‘gods’ as well as the ‘troublesome asura,’ or demons. He proceeded to get the asura drunk and threw them off the mountain and out of heaven – they landed below at the opposite end of the earth.7 Maybe some of them did work for the cause of love in our world, if they helped humans rise above their simple material existence. We may never know how many people have successfully ascended past our awareness throughout time. But the evidence left down here, including millions of miserable non-loving souls, indicates many of these “gods” were more interested in personal power and glory, and told humans as little as possible about their true predicament. They are much more than just “ancient astronauts.” Even in the original Hebrew texts, the word for God was “Elohim,” a plural term that might have been better translated “gods”, or sons of God, instead of “God.” Some theologians interpret this word to represent the Trinity. But it is possible, considering the many
34

Who are the gods?

similarities from cultures around the world, that these were instead a strange race of superheroes, ‘small-g’ gods bent on doing their own will in our dimension. Today various fringe groups are even trumpeting their return to our world. They work hard to be perceived as God, even pretending to love man. But judging from the remains of their dangerous technology we will investigate later, it seems they had motives and agendas they kept hidden from us. There are various cultural traditions that refer to a serpent god or goddess called “El”, and they remind us of other names like “Bel” or “Baal”, “Belial”, “Bethel”, or “Be-elzebub.” Some translate “El” to mean “Shining One” and often these ‘gods’ were reported to have a mysterious glowing countenance. This is found elsewhere as well. The Maori record the appearance of their god Rongamai, “his appearance was like a shining star, like a fiery flame, like a sun.” 8 Many of the various cultural, mystical or esoteric traditions speak of a group of beings whose name features the sound “an”. Author William Henry in his book One Foot in Atlantis believes the “An” to be the same as the “El”. The descriptions are indeed similar. The Phoenicians, who according to Biblical studies and archeology were Canaanites and spoke a Semitic language, worshipped three main gods, all known by several names: El, God, Baal, Lord, or Melqart; Astarte, Baalat or Lady; and Adonis, or Adonai, ‘My Master.’9 An ancient Sumerian text the Enuma Elish called them the “Anunna” or the “Annunaki,” the Serpent Kings. In West Africa, the deity Dan is depicted as a snake with its tail in its mouth, similar to the alchemical symbol of the ouroboros. In the Old Testament, the D’an or Dani-el were a Hebrew tribe whose job it was to preserve and transmit the secrets of the Ark of the Covenant and other relics. The Children of D’an, or the Shining Ones of An, guarded the treasures of the Temple of Solomon. The Native American Anasazi Indians claim otherworldly origins. The Japanese have a surprising legend of their ancestors the Ainus, or Children of Diana, who were tall, blond and came from the sky, left for the skies, and are said to return from the sky again someday.10 A winged ‘sun god’ symbol is found all over the ancient world – is this some sort of flying craft, “light” being or shining god? Author Henry points out that phonetically, one can find the sounds “an” and “el” in the world “Atlantis”, the legendary
35

Surfing the Tao

ancient outpost city established by the Shining Ones of Tula which disappeared beneath the waves, perhaps after the civilization had degenerated into materialism. Irish culture contains myths of a people called the Tuatha de’ Danann, or the People of the Goddess Diana. A popular Irish belief widely held until the 19th century claimed these ‘gods’ were originally angels known as the “Good People” or Elves of Ireland. These socalled “exiles” had neither sided with Lucifer when he fell, nor committed to God.11 They were banished to an underworld existence by the hero gods of the invading Celts.12 The Druids were said to be the intermediaries between the world of men and the invisible, or underground, world of the Tuatha de’ Danann. The Celts tell us these beings were also known as Baal, or Bel. Known to inhabit the Otherworld, or Middle Earth, they often mischievously interfered in human affairs. Germanic elves were thought to be demi-gods, descendants of the gods, the Esir, and were “invisible supernatural beings who inflicted disease on man and beast”. 13 The Eastern concept of the dragon originally referred to an energy or spirit of life, signifying abundance, blessings, heroism, nobility and wisdom. “The dragon is an age-old symbol of the highest spiritual essence, embodying wisdom, strength, and the divine power of transformation,” quotes the title page of a Shambhala Dragon Editions book. They are considered the “angels of the Orient” and are still loved, and associated with divinity. They are mythical creatures, created by bringing together the best parts of various other animals. But as the best lies contain the most truth, the original notion now seems warped by its Mirror Image. Did the appreciation of high ideals become worship of strange gods? Dragons now conjure up all kinds of negative imagery, and many cultures worldwide trace ancient worship to a serpent god, or dragon. Even Chinese myth records worship of a dragon god by prehistoric tribes. No longer representing the ideal of enlightenment to everyone, dragons are now associated with secret knowledge, evil intentions not to mention actual physical beasts and damsels in distress. It is often difficult to discern the truth from its reflection, for the two have been intermixed and confused for generations. Saurian imagery is universally found in the myths of nearly every culture. Coiled serpents were the royal sign of Lower Egypt.14 They are also
36

Who are the gods?

found on jewels and stones used by the ancient Celts and Druids. 15 Intricate carvings at Angkor Wat in Thailand represent the “figure of a naga [serpent] that is identified with the rainbow and this is seen as a link or passage leading from the profane to the divine world… Another bas-relief there shows Vishnu surrounded on either side by garuda (bird-headed) figures with wide-open beaks disgorging the body of a naga, or mythical snake.”16 Gargoyles guard hundreds of castles and cathedrals, and dragons play recurring roles in fairy tales. Serpentine spirals are found among the ruins at Avebury, England. In fact so many sites in Britain are associated with the serpent, it was adopted as the Welsh national emblem.17 Dragons decorate many a family crest. Serpentine shapes are found at the mounds in the United States, like the Great Serpent Mound earthwork in Brush Creek, Ohio.18 Worship of the serpent is found in early South American cultures like the Aztecs, Maya, Toltecs and Inca. American Indians as well as the ancient Mayans worshipped a giant rattlesnake god. Most strange is that it is found among cultures where there are no snakes, like the Eskimos of Alaska.19 Australian aborigines revere the “rainbow serpent” as one of their sacred symbols of creation. According to them, during Dreamtime, when the earth was barren and featureless, the “Rainbow Serpent” ploughed through the earth, creating rivers and other earthen features.20 This rainbow serpent was called “Ngalyod” and was responsible for making all the plants and people as well. Sometimes male, sometimes female, this creative spirit in the form of a giant python is surrounded by rainbows and is associated with water and fertility.21 The Hindus worshiped serpent beings called nagas. In Greek mythology, Apollo defeats the serpent god Python. Hercules battled with Hydra, a serpent with 100 heads. Thor, the Norse god, fights the Midgard Serpent, who encircles the world – this battle is said to continue until the “end of the world”. The Archangel Michael slays the dragon in the Book of Revelation. The Polynesian god Maui battles a giant eel. In Japanese mythology, the hero Susanoo battled a multi-headed serpent. The multi-headed snake involved in creation in the ancient Indian Vedic and Persian myth was called Vasuki. In the Orphic religion of the ancient Greeks, the Great Mother, depicted as a
37

Surfing the Tao

snake, mated with the World Serpent, Ophion, to create the cosmic egg of creation. The serpent theme is disturbing but found everywhere. In his search for advanced technology in our prehistory, controversial author Erick von Daniken kept finding the saurian race wherever he looked, to his own consternation, “why have snakes so persistently made their home in all the creation stories and myths?” 22 He noted that astrophysicist Dr. Irene Sanger-Bredt in her book Ungeloste Ratsel de Schoftung (Unsolved Puzzles of the Creation) wrote, “Why does the dragon motif play such an important part in the figurative representations and myths of the ancient Chinese, Indians, Babylonians, Egyptians, Jews, Germans and Mayas?” Robert Charroux’s book The Masters of the World also quotes the similarities in ancient texts in their reverence for the serpent, which was worshipped as a god and said to be responsible for bringing “light” or “illumination” into the world. Some authors believe these serpents are the physical ‘custodians’, or guardians, of Earth. Intelligent humanoid reptilians are said to have knowledge and technologies far beyond our own, like the ability to shape-shift, like a chameleon, and can exist in other realms or dimensions. The Comanche Indians have a myth of a shapeshifting demon that torments people. Other researchers believe these “creator gods” could be the ancestors of the Nordic race, tall, blonde blue-eyed beings. Maybe there were more than one group of beings; similar myths are found the world over. Some believed our planet just changed “ownership” several times throughout the ages. Writer David Icke boldly believes the Nordic and serpent races interbred and created alliances and ruling families whose white-skinned descendants continue to dominate today’s royal bloodlines. Another interpretation claims the dragon motif was adopted to describe the fiery serpents in the sky – the flying machines themselves. And since the serpentine spiral is found also in the very shape of our very DNA, perhaps there is even a stranger explanation. Could other-dimensional realities exist on the atomic level – is our consciousness simply visiting our own cells? Swiss anthropologist Jeremy Narby wrote a book in 1995 called The Cosmic Serpent, DNA and the Origins of Knowledge. He reveals the incredible information gleaned by tribal shamans in altered
38

Who are the gods?

states of consciousness, such as incredibly sophisticated combinations of plant extracts used by Amazonian tribes for medicine, knowledge of which they claimed came from the plants themselves. Narby himself took their hallucinogenic drug called ayahuasca, during which he “encountered a pair of gigantic snakes that lectured him on his insignificance as a human being and the limits of his knowledge, which turned out to be an important personal turning point. He began to question his Western preconceptions and approached his subsequent studies in a more open-minded and less scientifically arrogant way. He wrote it was the serpents that caused thoughts to enter his mind he would not have otherwise had.” 23 Narby mentions the similar experiences of fellow anthropologist Michael Harner in the Peruvian Amazon in the 1960s. Harner wrote of his own hallucinogenic experience, “For several hours after drinking the brew, I found myself, although awake, in a world literally beyond my wildest dreams. I met bird-headed people, as well as dragon-like creatures who explained that they were the true gods of this world.” 24 The serpent symbol echoes the ancient notion of mystical spirals, like the Golden Mean or closely related Fibonacci, found in flowers, ferns and mollusks. Some ancients, like Pythagoras, believed the spiral was the key to the mystery of the universe. Its shape is found everywhere in nature, from within the DNA to out in the cosmos. Could the serpent represent a spiraling wormhole in the galaxy as well as our genetic coding? As above, so below, goes the Hermetic axiom. According to local legend, the curiously ancient megalithic ruins of Nan Madol on a tiny island in Micronesia were built by a fire-breathing dragon, who created the canals, and had a magical “helper” who knew a rhyme which could make the “basalt blocks fly without lifting a finger.”25 The theme from ancient legendary civilizations like Atlantis and Lemuria-Mu is the snake or serpent. They were known as the Dragon Lands. The Greeks claimed a dragon guarded Atlantis. Native American records call Atlantis “Itzamana”, which means “Dragon Land”. An Indian text describes a lost continent called Kumari Kandam, meaning “Dragon Lands of the Immortal Serpents.” 26 A half-man, half-serpent creature called FuHsi is said to have established the Chinese civilization. Credo Mutwa,
39

Surfing the Tao

a Zulu shaman, author of a book called Song of the Stars, wrote “…the Nommo, who resemble the king of the Water People in our legend…[are] said to be intelligent beings who have visited the Earth several times…somewhat like human beings, but with skins like reptiles.”27 Carlos Castaneda described Don Juan’s experience with an inter-dimensional saurian race. Several people have published books about their terrifying and often tragic personal confrontations with exactly such beings in today’s world. And this is just a tiny part of the volumes of information I found written on this bizarre subject. The idea that humans have more or less of these reptilian traits is a common theme amongst the ancients as well as modern science. Studies suggest if dinosaurs had continued to evolve, they might resemble humanoids by now. Indeed they have found remains of biped saurians. NASA contracted Dale Russell, a senior paleontologist at North Caroline University, to create a model of what extraterrestrial life might look like. He evolved the “Troodon” dinosaur over millions of years of genetic changes and ended up with a reptilian humanoid identical to those claimed to have been seen by modern “abductees.”28 In fact the most ancient part of a human brain, called the reptilian brain or “R –complex” by scientists, is the source for our cold-blooded characteristics and is thought to have evolved from an evolutionary link between dinosaurs and mammals. Besides that a few people are still born with tails, webbed fingers and toes and patches of scaly skin, our connection to our reptilian past is best understood through character traits. The reptilian brain is characterized by activities such as obsessive-compulsive behavior, rituals and superstitious acts, dualistic belief structures, conformity, hierarchical behavior, ceremony and legalism. The ancient stories suggest these ‘gods’ could be cruel, selfish, and lacking in compassion for the poor humans they made to work. Traits now often found amongst humans as well; traits that are certainly not of the Tao. Are such creatures from another planet or dimension, or within our own Earth? The Mayan Popul Vuh talks about the return of their feathered serpent god Quetzalcoatl to the stars. A Tibetan Buddhist book called Kantyua, which means “the translated word of Buddha,” tells of “pearls in the sky” which transport the “gods” to the world of men. 29 A 4,700 year old Babylonian poem called “flight of
40

Who are the gods?

Etana” strangely describes the view of Earth from the sky, gradually getting smaller and then disappearing, as if the viewer were traveling in outer space. 30 Other researchers believe there are vast hollow spaces within the Earth where these beings now reside. Maybe these “other places” are more subtle and difficult to discern, the inner earth or outer cosmos simply being different perceptions of the same place, or portals that lead to alternate dimensions. Their origins may have been enlightened, but at least some of the group that “fell” to our earthly frequency seemed to be a rebel faction, intent on separating themselves from God and governing Earth as they saw fit, often under a guise of love and generosity. But their mere presence indicates they are enacting their own selfish will, not the loving will of the Tao. And they seek to teach us poor ignorant humans to join them in this subtle rebellion. Any ‘enlightenment’ or technology they bring is on their own terms. The Sumerians recorded that a mysterious 10th planet called An, NAN.TIL.LA.KU., or Nibiru, whose orbit around the sun takes a staggering 3600 years, originates in the galactic core and is said to be the source of souls, original matter as well as all life force energy. The Mayans called this “Tula”, the “white (pure) place” or the “place of herons,” white birds which symbolize resurrection and ascension. Quetzalcoatl came to earth to build a temple called Tula; supposedly he carried knowledge designed to “uplift the human race”. 31 Author Henry points out this heavenly place is found referenced in several other cultural traditions, characterized by a cross symbolizing the four rivers of matter and souls spewing out from its center. In the Comanche Indian creation myth, the Great Spirit collects dust from the ‘four corners’ of the world to create people. The Tahitian creator god Taaroa called on the four corners of the universe. There are the four rivers of Eden in Genesis and the four corners of the world in the Book of Revelation. In the Nordic Edda there are four streams of souls, which originate from a central fountain in the ‘home of the gods’. The Hindus tell of a fourfold headspring at the ‘center of heaven.’ The Aztecs spoke of a promised land of dazzling whiteness with white snakes and white trees, a Source from which springs a Tree of Life with four major roots, along which flow four sacred rivers in four sacred directions. This living ‘water’ (energy?) united and sustained all life.
41

Surfing the Tao

Is this location really in our hearts, at the heart of our cells, or the heart of the galaxy? The galactic core is located in the southern portion of the constellation called Ophiuchus, or the “Serpent Holder”, next to Orion. Some believe it is the missing or hidden thirteenth constellation in our zodiac, also known as Dinah, or Diana, the “light of An.” According to Time Magazine on May 12, 1997, NASA pointed their Compton Gamma Ray Observatory directly at the center of the Milky Way and found a “veritable colossus of antimatter…spewing out from the center of our galaxy” which nobody predicted.32 Is this a “white hole”, the opposite of a black hole, which instead sucks in matter? The information available regarding “black” or “white” holes is mostly theoretical, though astronomers have now learned to use sensitive telescopic photography to prove the existence of the rapidly spinning masses of material surrounding these dense centers in other galaxies. Strangely enough the pictures looked like spiraling spheres with four streams of light coming out from the center. They postulated the black holes could have something to do with the creation of the galaxy, as well as its demise. They theorized the “black” holes go through periods of intense feeding, and then seem to grow inactive for a time. Theoretically, whatever a black hole can suck in, including time itself can be spewed forth from a “white” hole. The passageways between them are referred to as wormholes, gateways through space/time. A Schwarzschild Wormhole, or EisenRosen Bridge, is a theory which unites two black holes at their event horizons. One is upright, the other upside down, with matter rushing through the tube between them. This concept mirrors our ancients’ views about our reality. Some say the original heavenly location of Tula was the inspiration for the earthly copy called Atlantis, known for its layout in concentric circular canals around a central cross. In Sanskrit, “Tula” means “balance” and it is associated with the joining of the earth to heaven. A Mongolian myth tells of a sky god who came to Tula to reconnect or re-tie the earth with heaven using gold as an interface.33 Gold, an excellent electrical conductor, is thought by scientists to make up as much as 1% of the earth’s core, enough to spread across the continents knee deep. The mining and use of gold in ancient technology kept coming up throughout my research. Gold is also found all over the Bible.
42

What are they doing here?
There are those whose scholarly or scientific pursuits, or whose belief in “aliens”, cause them to discount the existence of God. Others are so focused on their own comfortable interpretation of their religious tradition that they could be led away from their faith altogether if presented with shocking new information. I seek to clarify our relationship with God, the Tao, while continuing to explore the evidence of our origins. Knowing Him, we can avoid any dangers that arise from misinterpreting our strange reality. I believe everything, including humans, was originally created and evolved by our loving quantum Source. But our creation myths suggest human evolution was ‘adjusted’ somewhere along the way. Already the warped Mirror Image was in the works; someone was trying to play “God”. Many religious texts contain important clues to the nature of our reality, but have been misconstrued over the centuries. Since I began listening to God through the Spirit, I realized how important it is to consider the truth for ourselves, instead of only listening to someone else’s interpretation. Einstein warned, “Condemnation without investigation is the height of ignorance.” Community and fellowship gives us strength and support in life, but to stop thinking for ourselves is downright dangerous. I encourage everyone to search their spirits and do their own research. The Tao wants us to walk in love, not argue legalisms amongst ourselves. Tune in properly and develop your own sense of discernment. Developing this focus helps us each know, in our gut, when we are walking the Way of love and when the wool is being pulled over our eyes. In fact, few of our religions are really pure. They all contain aspects of other older cultural traditions. For example, it is common knowledge that since medieval times many Christian churches were built on old pagan sites. The Church also continued the ritual practice of requiring a mediator or priest, like an oracle, to speak to God. Many people continue to imagine this one “God” was a personality who resembled the people’s more familiar “Zeus” or other such
43

Surfing the Tao

anthropomorphic notion, rather than actually understand the nature of the true ‘quantum’ God and their higher spiritual potential. Some of the rituals and words can even be traced back to earlier Egyptian or Babylonian pagan religions, leading many to disregard the entire belief system, including its core message of love. Even though he is memorialized in the Vatican for his efforts instituting Christianity, Constantine himself is thought by some to have treated this new “God of Christianity” similar to the pagan gods, such as Apollo, to whom he had already sworn his allegiance. He was known to have used epithets as comprehensible to the pagan world as to the Christian. In fact, it was only when he knew he was truly dying that he finally agreed to be baptized and exchanged his royal purple for the white of the newly baptized Christian.1 Some researchers have pointed out other confusing reuses of pagan images, such as the mother-son goddess-gods in Christianity, doing further damage to the core message. The message was also ignored when Charlemagne came on the scene in the ninth century and demanded everyone in his Empire either be baptized or be killed. His style was then imitated throughout Western Europe, using religion as a method of kingship and rule. Though it is credited for bringing stability into the region, as Islam did for parts of Africa, it has led to a wave of modern spiritualism seeking a departure from such a cruel history.2 These days many people seeking the divine in life are gravitating away from traditional religions and toward a more sensitive yet lukewarm global pluralism. Stepping out against mainstream academia, not to mention religion, Dr. Zecharia Sitchin has written many controversial books on this subject. Born in Russia and raised in Palestine, Sitchin learned both modern and ancient Hebrew at an early age and went on to study other Semitic and European languages at the University of London. He is one of the few researchers alive today who can read ancient Sumerian. He has done his own translations of the Bible as well as other ancient stories and believes many of our modern translations are insufficient. He outlined his conclusions at a lecture he gave in Bellaria, Italy on April 1, 2000. “We are not alone – not just in the vast universe, but in our own solar system. There is one more planet in our solar system, orbiting beyond Pluto but nearing Earth periodically. Advanced “extraterrestrials” - the Sumerians called them
44

What are they doing here?

Annunaki, the Bible Nephilim – started to visit our planet some 450,000 years ago. And, some 300,000 years ago, they engaged in genetic engineering to upgrade Earth’s hominids and fashion Homo Sapiens, the Adam.” He translates Annunaki to literally mean “those who from Heaven to Earth came.” Nephilim means “the ones who fell down”. The controversy at that time involved a high official from the Vatican, Monsignor Corrado Balducci, an expert on demonology, who was said to agree with Sitchin that the Bible does not rule of the possibility of extraterrestrial life. He stated, “It is entirely credible that in the enormous distance between angels and humans, there could be found some middle stage, that is beings with a body like ours but more elevated spiritually. If such intelligent beings really exist on other planets, only science will be able to prove; but in spite of what some people think we would be in a position to reconcile their existence.”3 He noted that Sitchin referred to the physical plane but that a well respected Vatican theologian, Professor Father Marakoff, had formulated a hypothesis that when God created man, it was not from just mud and slime but that it had more to do with taking an existing creature and giving it self-awareness: a soul. In his books including The Twelfth Planet and The Cosmic Code, Sitchin translates Sumerian texts such as the Enuma Elish that explain exactly how the Adam, the first Homo Sapiens, was created, and the process sounds exactly like that of creating a test tube baby, or clone. In the 1970s, geneticist Dr. Douglas C. Wallace led the controversial discovery that all humans can be traced back through the mitochondria of the female DNA to a single female on Earth around 250,000 years ago. According to ancient Sumerian texts, the ‘gods’ took and used an existing earth creature for their own purposes. Modern science tells us that human genes are 99% chimpanzee. When the human genome was recently mapped scientist were humbled to find out it contained just over 30,000 genes instead of the anticipated 100,000-140,000; even insects have up to 19,000. In fact we share 70% of a mouse’s genes as well. What is strange is that in humans there are 223 completely enigmatic genes, which are entirely absent in invertebrates; they have no precursors whatsoever. “It is a jump that does not follow current evolutionary theories,” stated Steven Scherer,
45

Surfing the Tao

director of mapping of the Human Genome Sequencing Center at Baylor College of Medicine.4 Some researchers outside orthodox science have commented on the unlikelihood that humans suddenly evolved to have a much higher intelligence and even different look. We were suddenly endowed with 50% bigger brain and the addition of language ability in the neo-cortex. Interestingly, there are actually two creation stories in Genesis; first man is created, then the Adam. Because the stories are so similar to other, earlier sources, many scholars believe part of it was taken from ancient sources such as the Enuma Elish. Other evidence of this interference can be found in the books of the Apocrypha such as the Book of Enoch, texts that didn’t make the final cut into the Bible in the fourth century. Similar stories are found in nearly every ancient culture worldwide, which tell of multiple creator gods who fiddled with God’s original creation. Certainly our great quantum God created everything in the beginning, including man, and perhaps the process of evolution itself, with a Word, a sound, a ‘big bang’. But maybe in this next part there was something else going on. Maybe there were other beings here, with reason to change or warp man to suit their own needs. “The elohim said, “Let us make man in our image, in our likeness, and let them rule over the fish of the sea and the birds of the air, over the livestock, over all the earth, and over all the creatures that move along the ground. So the elohim created man in their own image, male and female they created them,” –Genesis 1:26-27. Church fathers may have another interpretation in mind; that is all well and good for now. I only suggest awareness of these theories in case future events bear them out. Better to be shocked now and at least be prepared, instead of being shocked out of ignorance later. Because if strange beings appear on Earth someday claiming to be these “Elohim” or “Annunaki” and show us great ‘magical’ wonders, some believers could take it to mean they are the good guys, simply because they are in the Book. In fact this may be exactly what “they” want.
46

What are they doing here?

Zecharia Sitchin explains that the Hebrew word avod, which is commonly translated as ‘worship’, could instead mean ‘work.’ He suggests ancient and biblical man did not ‘worship’ his god; he worked for him. The ancient texts explain humans were created because the gods were tired and “here was no man to work the ground.” – Genesis 2:4. They could have taken what precursors to man existed on earth, maybe upgrade the genetics a little bit to make him fit for work, and put him to work in their “garden.” The ancient myths suggest the Annunaki labored here to mine gold. Strangely, there is evidence of ancient gold mines going back over 100,000 years in Africa. Theoretically gold particles can help heal ozone depletion in the atmosphere, and has been suggested for such use by our own scientists. Later on, however, I shall discuss a possible alternative use for the gold as a power source for celestial technology, which enables space/time travel, enlightened perception and even immortality: the actual “Tree of Life” or Golden Apple. The ‘one who thinks he is God’ probably had lots of reasons to keep the workers far from this knowledge. These gods didn’t want to lose their miners to spiritual ascension into the higher realms. Except for a select, secretive elite, which has warped this information for power and control over the centuries, we are in fact still lacking knowledge of these advanced abilities. Many respected scientists and thinkers today agree on the possibility of I.D., or “Intelligent Design”, as an explanation for the ‘missing link’. Religious people might take issue with the notion that we were not a 100% direct creation from “God”. But one could argue that in fact our existence was in His will from the beginning. Regardless of how we came to be, He now has a unique, wonderful race of beings who are capable of the greatest and purest love and joy of any other creature – it is why, if we choose to live like this, we are promised a place ‘above the angels’. But we have to first save ourselves – we must each overcome a negative state of being. We must use our free will and choose to see beyond our present condition. Such knowledge has been kept hidden from us since the beginning. “The man has now become like one of us, knowing good and evil. He must not be allowed to reach out his
47

Surfing the Tao

hand and take also from the tree of life and eat, and live forever.” - Genesis 3:22 The various super beings that exist outside of the Tao have done their best to keep people tuned into the material world and unaware of their choice to live in love, in a higher plane. Genesis and other sources mention mysterious beings called the “Nephilim,” the giants, which were supposedly the abominable result of the strange “sons of God” having acted outside of God’s will and reproduced with humans. Some interpret them as having been physical giants; others believe it means giant in power and strength. “The Nephilim were on the earth in those days-and also afterward-when the sons of God went to the daughters of men and had children by them. They were the heroes of old, men of renown.”-Genesis 6:4 I found that many scholars assumed the “sons of God” were the fallen angels themselves, but I find it difficult to imagine how an ethereal race could breed with humans. Many people have written entire books on this discrepancy, but I don’t see the point. There are potentially all kinds of beings involved in the deceit. It doesn’t really matter which ones actually interbred with humans, just that they were clearly acting out of their own will and pleasure, rather than going with the Tao. Instead of tuning in to love, they were making people more aggressive and cold-blooded. Maybe they infiltrated and contaminated the genetics of the humans to keep them away from the “frequency of ascension”, to help perpetuate a non-love consciousness. Stories of “demons” raping women or fairies stealing children are found as far back as the middle ages, when learned men seemed to agree on the existence of such creatures. A Franciscan monk called Lodovico Maria Sinistrari wrote a treatise called Demoniality in the late seventeenth century about the differences and abilities of various entities, known to appear and disappear at will and fornicate with mortal men and women.5 Sinistrari suggested the “gods” of ancient Greek and Rome were actually incubi and succubi. Remember the strong sexual
48

What are they doing here?

appetites of gods and goddesses like Aphrodite and Zeus, famous for their extra-marital affairs with mortals? Stories of the resulting godlike children of such unions like Hercules, who is said to have ascended Mt. Olympus to be with “the gods,” still entice us. Legends from Egypt describe an age called Tep Zepi, or First Time, when “sky gods” came down to Earth “and gave man laws and wisdom through a royal line of pharaohs.” 6 These Egyptian “gods” were also known to have human qualities, enjoying wine and women. The following Dead Sea scroll fragment was found at Qumrum, “13. [They (the leaders) and all…of them took for themselves] wives from all that they chose and [they began to cohabit with them and to defile themselves with them]; and to teach them sorcery and [spells and the cutting of roots, and to acquaint them with herbs.] And they become pregnant by them and bo[re (great) giants three thousand cubits high…] – Book of Enoch Other writers also suggest similar identities for our mythical legends. “The Hebrew word for giants (nephilim) literally means the fallen-down-ones because these tall celestial beings fell from the sky. Their half-breed progeny and their descendants are often mentioned in the early books of the Old Testament until the last of them were finally killed off. They were known as the Rephaim [Hebrew for ‘phantoms’], Emim, Anakim, Horim, Avim and Zamzummim. Some scholars speculate that this tradition of giants born from the union of gods and humans formed the basis for the demigod of Greek Mythology.”– Raymond E. Fowler, The Watchers “The tradition in Genesis 6.4 may reflect the Canaanite myth of the birth of minor gods from the union of El and human women. The conception of the Rephaim as supermen may reflect the Canaanite tradition of
49

Surfing the Tao

defunct kings as rp’um, or Dispensers of fertility. The identity in tradition of ‘the fallen ones’ of Genesis 6.4 and the Rephaim is supported by the nature of the latter in Proverbs 2:18; Job 26:5, and Phoenician funerary inscriptions.” – John Gray, Near Eastern Mythology There are books being published today that actually help people obtain sexual relationships with demons, the “sons and daughters of Lilith.” Thousands of stories of “alien abductions” and subsequent failed pregnancies suggest such unfathomable acts also continue against our will. “Each generation has its own visions and stories, its own dreams and magic. In the wider context, Ireland’s fairy lore hasn’t been entirely supplanted by the current flirtation with beings from outer space. Sidhe [fairy] kidnappings, alien abduction. Don’t they strike the same mythic cord?”7 Author John A. Keel wrote in his work Operation Trojan Horse, “The UFO manifestations seem to be, by and large, merely minor variations of the age-old demonological phenomenon.” Sightings of heavenly craft have been recorded since ancient times. The Bible talks of strange vehicles and creatures in the books of Ezekiel and Revelation, among others. Pictures of questionable objects and beings have been found in ancient cave drawings as well as medieval paintings. Ancient Indian “vimana” which soar through the heavens are mentioned throughout the Mahabharata. Strange stone objects that resemble modern fighter jets are on display in places like the British Museum. The Dropa stones found in China tell of a people having come from another world, and were accompanied by a race of small, strange-looking people whose descendants can still be found there today. A stone-age tribal culture called the Dogon in Africa knew that Sirius, the Dog Star, was a binary star system before our modern telescopes could even see it. The scholarly establishment discredited writer Erich von Daniken’s theory of “ancient astronauts” after it was revealed he had embellished his facts. Various religious leaders also accused him of attacking Biblical scripture. These theories remain the laughing stock of academia. This inexplicable deceit by Daniken, whatever his own reasons, certainly served to discredit the entire subject. As writer
50

What are they doing here?

Colin Wilson wrote in his 1972 book Crash of the Chariots, “This is a pity, for there is far more convincing evidence that that presented by Daniken.” William Bramley, author of Gods of Eden, had no belief of knowledge of UFOs before he began his book on the history of war. His conclusions were so disturbing to him that he set aside his research for a time unable to write about it. (I sure know how he felt.) He finally concluded in 1989, “Human beings appear to be a slave race languishing on a isolated planet in a small galaxy. As such, the human race was once a source of labor for an extraterrestrial civilization and still remains a possession today. To keep control over its possession and to maintain Earth as something of a prison, that other civilization has bred never-ending conflict between human beings, has promoted human spiritual decay, and has erected on Earth conditions of unremitting physical hardship. This situation has lasted for thousands of years and it continues today.”8 Author David Icke echoes the thought, “In summary, a race of interbreeding [‘royal’ reptilehuman hybrid] bloodlines…were centered in the Middle East and Near East in the ancient world, and over the thousands of years since, have expanded their power across the globe…creating institutions like religions to mentally and emotionally imprison the masses and set them at war with each other.” This is not science fiction, which has corrupted our understanding of these things by often portraying them as fantasy on television and movies. It is very real and serious indeed, especially when you consider not just the legacy of bloodshed and war, but the countless thousands of people, including children, who are murdered, seriously abused or go missing each year.
51

Surfing the Tao

A Native American of Hopi and Apache descent, Robert Morning Sky, wrote “The Terra Papers,” the account of a little known UFO crash in August 1947. It was just after the famous Roswell incident when six of his fellow tribesmen found a crashed disc and an injured, but living, alien creature in the New Mexico desert. Instead of turning in the creature to the military, the Indians cared for the being themselves in their home. Communicating through a mysterious crystal device, the creature conveyed a story of the history of Earth similar to other myths worldwide. This “Star Elder”, called Bak’Ti, claimed his kind had been on Earth since it was a “…barren rock. They were here throughout evolution. In some cases their involvement was benevolent and in some cases it was not. Man has been guided…and he has been misled. The Star beings have been our gods…and our devils. They have always been here, and they are still here now.” Morning Sky writes that humans were created by DNA manipulation for labor in mining operations. Different factions were “vying for control of Earth” so they inbred humans with their own and other various genetics, some thus becoming more docile, others becoming more intelligent and independent. Morning Sky further relates that a later alien leader called “Ra” attempted to destroy the evidence of this true history in order to keep humans ignorant and more controllable. However, Ra lost control of Earth to another alien race descended from lizards, known today as the “greys.”9 The Roswell incident has become modern folklore. In some countries, such as Mexico and Brazil, there is less cover-up and sightings are discussed openly on the news. There was a brief period in the Soviet Union after glasnost when unidentified phenomena were openly discussed and investigated in the media, but it didn’t last long. An international assortment of government officials, past presidents, pilots, astronauts and millions of citizens have recorded sightings, and in some cases even close encounters or outright abductions. Some claim the rapid increase of technological advancement like transistors, micro-circuitry, nanotechnology and alternative energy sources in the past fifty years is due to “reverse engineering” of alien technology, such information having allegedly been traded for access to the people of earth for their genetics and/or ‘spiritual energy’. Many of the ‘unidentified’ objects are reportedly our own military craft. Jim Marrs outlines the astounding evidence for a military cover up in his
52

What are they doing here?

book Alien Agenda, one of the most objective, well researched and documented books I have ever come across on the subject. From what I can tell, and I am not alone, there are many sorts of strange, otherworldly beings working for the bad guys. They infiltrate our dreams and imaginations, sending mixed messages about the nature of our reality. They created generations of worship and acknowledgement from various cultures around the globe. They can appear as bright, loving beings of light and love who seem to have our best interests at heart. Millions of people’s experiences with these often terrifying, other-worldly entities have established a cleverly thorough, yet insidiously false understanding of the spiritual realms, our eternal natures and the future of the planet. Since we have forgotten the universal laws of manipulating our reality we have long since allowed these other creatures to do it for us. We think war and misery and various human dramas are just part of life, when in fact they are not. Most people don’t know that our world is out of balance. The deceit is easy to hide in this dimension, where the spiritual side of life is invisible, and our life spans are so relatively brief. It seems to most of us that this is just the way the world has always been; we figure three thousand years or so is an awfully long time to have records of, when in fact we may have no idea about what is really going on at all. They came to earth from another time, another planet, another dimension – whatever. We are the fish in a pond, unable to conceive of the multi-dimensional universe, particularly the nonphysical realities. What we can, and I believe should understand, is that they do exist and are the source for whatever misery is present on earth today. Human beings do NOT have any such natural inclination towards evil. I firmly believe our spiritual natures originate from a loving Source. It has been the torment of these bad guys that has created this disturbing dualistic or “non-love” culture. From the beginning, they cursed us to pain and toil upon the earth. They even like to claim they created human beings. However, we must remind them, even if they “re-created” and interbred foreign races with the existing humans, that God, the Tao, is the Source for all Creation. He made the dirt and clay they used. Some believe there were eras in which people possessed perfect understanding of their spiritual roots – they were born knowing how to Surf, and lived their whole lives
53

Surfing the Tao

without ego or self, in the Flow. Later, people were tempted with the material world and their freedom to choose not to go with the Flow. Eventually they lost awareness altogether, and forgot there was even a flow to follow. Sounds like us. These strange gods may have introduced certain knowledge and living standards to the local people, so we wouldn’t die out completely (what fun would it be without us?) but they also apparently brought blood sacrifice, sexual bondage, genetic mutilation, forced worship, wars, terror and other chaos. All religious traditions are laden with tales of beings with a superior knowledge who enjoy worship and reverence in exchange for distributing wisdom to the people. Far from being aliens, gods or angels of love and light, as they are fond of claiming, they literally thrive on the energy frequency derived of power, control, frustration, anger and even terror. Throughout the millennia they helped instill and even breed these same qualities into humans. Tragically, because of this thousands if not millions of people have perhaps been rendered genetically unable to hear this message. This concentration on conflict throughout our history has kept us far from a planetary frequency of love. They thrive on war, fear, drama, sacrifice, misery, terror and chaos. God never required sacrifice of any kind from us besides being loving and thankful. I believe these old commands are a remnant of the gods, well known to relish sacrifice and drink blood. A loving God would never ask even a small animal to give up its life. “I have no need of a bull from your stall or of goats from your pens, for every animal of the forest is mine, and the cattle on a thousand hills…Do I eat the flesh of bulls or drink the blood of goats? Sacrifice thank offerings to God, fulfill your vows to the Most High, and call upon me in the day of trouble; I will deliver you, and you will honor me.”-Psalm 50:9-10, 13-15 “For I desire mercy, not sacrifice, and acknowledgment of God rather than burnt offerings.” – Hosea 6:5-6
54

What are they doing here?

He only wants us to acknowledge Him, thank him and love him. If you think about it, most people alive today do not do even these simple things. The good news is, we can use our free will, activate our own spirits and learn to discern the truth for ourselves. We can break the Mirror and Surf right out of the illusion if we want to; there is a Way if we open our hearts and retune. You just have to open your eyes and heart, and go out and find the evidence. Most people are either too scared to know the truth, or simply don’t have time to. Unfortunately, they are in danger of being misled. It is clear that whoever these gods are, they or their followers do not want us to know of our eternal natures. They cursed us to pain, submission, sweat and toil upon the earth until our physical bodies die, and that is all we are allowed to know – for now. I cannot agree that we should live in shame for any “sin”. The Tao does not require guilt, curse us, increase our pain or even command us not to do something; His will is simple but constant love, peace and harmony. Murder and mayhem automatically disappear with such a consciousness – specifics aren’t necessary. “The more laws and restrictions there are, the poorer people become… The more rules and regulations, the more thieves and robbers.” - Lao Tzu It is not our fault that we have been trapped, unaware of the consciousness required to understand and internalize this wisdom. The truth is He wants us to know about our spiritual immortality and live forever with Him in joy. But we must first know about this option, and then choose it. How we find out about the choice in the first place is a bit of a paradox – it’s what the good guys have been up to, passing down the message of Love, and how to live in His will, or Surf the Tao. I credit our real loving God, the true Source, with our initial creation. You can bet He knows what’s going on, and wants us to understand our eternal natures.
55

Surfing the Tao

“He who has an ear, let him hear…To him who overcomes, I will give the right to eat from the tree of life, which is in the paradise of God.” – Revelation 2:7 Overcome the lower vibrational world with the frequency of love, and you will live forever. Seek first His Kingdom - tune in - and all things will be given unto you. Our loving Tao doesn’t keep secrets from us, or deny us eternal life. “He said to them, ‘Do you bring in a lamp to put it under a bowl or a bed? Instead, don’t you put it on its stand? For whatever is hidden is meant to be disclosed, and whatever is concealed is meant to be brought out into the open. If anyone has ears to hear, let him hear.” -Mark 4:21-23 I believe we were meant to know about our eternal souls. But we were blinded by an illusion; our higher abilities were turned off, or we were forced out of a higher dimension or frequency of existence. To keep us down here and entranced by the Reflection, they train us to do their will, which is adhere to the standard established mindset and the desires of our physical bodies, instead of seek God’s will for our spiritual natures. They definitely do not want us to learn to Surf the Tao, for then we would no longer be victims to their abuse. Even so, this does not mean that all of these strange beings were bad guys. Some people believe that at least one of these Shining Ones was on our side at the time of our (re)creation. Translations of the Sumerian Enuma Elish talk of a being called Enki or “Ea”. Ea wanted to teach humanity the truth about our immortality, but the other “gods” wanted to retain control over us. The texts portray Ea as an advocate who spoke out against the cruelties that the other “gods” had imposed - they wanted to keep us ignorant so we would stick around. Other researchers suggest it was Ea who originated the organization known as the “Brotherhood of the Serpent/Snake”, or “Great White Brotherhood” to educate the human race in spiritual matters. (The “white” perhaps referring not to a race, but to a certain
56

What are they doing here?

white gold powder used for fuel and/or enlightenment.) This Brotherhood still exists today. Whether or not it was originally established to help us, it is now an organization that instead seeks to corrupt and hide the truth from all but a select few, using secrets, symbolism and mystery. “The world is ruled by letting things take their course. It cannot be ruled by interfering.” - Lao Tzu

57

Secret Brotherhoods
“The world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes.” – Benjamin Disraeli It hasn’t been that difficult to keep such knowledge secret. Supernatural realities are made to seem ludicrous in today’s world. No one believes them even when presented with evidence! However, hidden, or occult, information continues to invisibly influence our world. Just by researching secrets one finds all kinds of interesting related material. Secret societies, secret knowledge, secret rituals, secret teachings, secret hide-outs, secret meetings, secret passages, secret handshakes, secret scrolls, secret symbols, secret ballots, secret testimony, secret government, secret mysteries, secret rooms, secret compartments, secret technology, secret tunneling, secrets, secrets, secrets. Don’t trust anyone who tries to sell you something “secret”. They are full of baloney. In this research the same names popped up again and again. An astounding pile of evidence points to the possibility that our world’s elite are perfectly aware of certain universal spiritual truths, which remain largely unknown to the public. They are members of these organizations that claim to have ‘protected’ this knowledge since ancient times. This knowledge isn’t “evil” in and of itself, but it can be perverted and used as a weapon. For example, if simple knowledge of their eternal natures is kept a secret, people can be manipulated by fear for their physical bodies. Also, suppression of the awareness of the ethereal realms keeps its inhabitants and their trickeries a secret. Free will is moot if we aren’t even aware of all of our choices. If knowledge of alternative energy sources were kept a secret, not only would we be falsely enslaved to oil, but advanced technologies could also be made into weapons of war or even worse before we knew what was happening. What leaks out about this sort of thing is either quickly discredited, or pushed to the edges of unorthodox, nonconformist interpretations of reality. For example,
58

Secret Brotherhoods

some claim our world’s megaliths were levitated into being with knowledge of the manipulation of matter through certain vibrational sounds or tones. But for most of the rest of the world, these types of stories are just fairy tales – or lost secrets. The most successful method to retain control over the masses is to keep their true potential and power a secret, keep them at a low level of education and condition them to believe this is the only way to live. Meanwhile, power, wealth and information is gained and maintained through warfare, exploitation and control of the world’s political and economic systems. Our system was constructed so that it seems rational and reasonable when it is actually slightly off center. Liberty, justice, freedom and equality certainly aren’t evil, but when these notions subtly misdirect so many away from love, peace and harmony perhaps we might take a second look. Is it the Truth or the Mirror Image? Remember, the closer to the truth, the easier to deceive. Long arguments and even war have followed conflicting definitions of freedom, justice or equality, while peace and harmony cannot be as easily manipulated - disharmony rings loudly to all, and peace can never be found in war. “When a truly kind man does something, he leaves nothing undone. When a just man does something, he leaves a great deal to be done.” - Lao Tzu One way to control people is to homogenize the population to lower standards. In 1950 linguists recorded over 6000 known languages throughout the world. Now there is less than half that number. Another language disappears forever from our planet every two weeks. Forgetting our ancient methods of expressing ourselves over time can result in the inability to pass on certain kinds of knowledge as well. Runic stone symbols were in use in northern Europe long ago, thought to have originated in India. Even then, knowledge of such magical writing systems was forbidden to the commoner, reserved for the elite “magicians”, the intermediaries between men and the gods. The location of the stones was also considered sacred. When meditated upon and/or uttered, the “songnames of the runes became keys, which unlock the doors to the spirit
59

Surfing the Tao

world of the ancestors.”1 Forced to change to the more barbaric or mundane Roman script, many details were lost as time went on. Another powerful way to keep spiritual knowledge confusing is the creation of conflicting religions. Limited amounts of spiritual half-truths are made available to certain elite members of earthly societies, passed down for generations to further mislead and deceive. The hierarchical structure is essential. Requiring intermediaries between God and the people keeps them largely unaware of their own power. This happens in our large world religions as well as in smaller tribal cultures. Some groups that seek to hide spiritual truths are also involved in secret political agendas. There is evidence to link these families and groups, which have since ancient times sought to unify world power, and hide spiritual truths from the masses, who they claim are not worthy. Believe it or not, descendants of the same gods and kings of the ancient world still control our planet today. In fact it could be the same basic groups of people or families who have passed down this type of knowledge from generation to generation, patiently planting seeds of dissention, warring with each other, manipulating events to their advantage and waiting for an opportunity to take power. One can find enormous amounts of information of this secret ruling hierarchy, which has existed throughout time, in the background of all culture, business and government. In the last century, rapid technological advancement, especially in communication, is quickly realizing the secret ambitions of this ancient Brotherhood: a world government with a world currency, a world army, not to mention physical and spiritual control over every citizen. Author Jim Marrs wrote in Rule by Secrecy, “…the Secret of Secrets, the hidden knowledge passed down through the ages by the Mystery Schools and secret societies – not only is humankind not alone in the universe but nonhuman intelligences most probably had a hand in our creation.” Author David Icke goes one step further in his book Children of the Matrix, “The worship of the reptilians and their Dragon Queens, and the placing of their bloodlines into the positions of power, is the secret of secrets held within all the secret societies.”
60

Secret Brotherhoods

Jim Marrs continued, “…the immense and ancient power of the knowing elite – traceable through both blood and philosophy – that has sought to usurp and control virtually every major movement toward the development of full human development…is still tightly held within the inner sanctums of the secret societies, there appear to be three possibilities: the small inner elite continues to accumulate wealth and power in the hope of contacting our ancient creators (nonhuman intelligences); or they have already achieved such contact and are being guided or controlled; or they are the ancient creators, the Annunaki, the Serpent kings.” The Deadly Deception, written by former 33rd degree Mason Jim Shaw, described the interior of the headquarters of the Scottish Rite, not far from the White House in Washington, D.C. “…The thing that is most noticeable is the way the walls are decorated with serpents. There are all kinds, some are very long and large. Many of the Scottish Rite degrees include the representation of serpents and I recognized them among those decorating the walls.” A common thread of these groups is the claim of having “nonhuman” superiors who are never identified or located. Masonic author Manly P. Hall wrote, “In the remote past the gods walked with men and…they ordained these anointed and appointed ones to be priests or mediators between themselves – the gods – and that humanity which had not yet developed the eyes which permitted them to gaze into the face of Truth and live” and that this ancient knowledge had been given to man by “their progenitors, the Serpent Kings, who reigned over the Earth. It was these Serpent Kings who founded the Mystery Schools…and other forms of ancient occultism.”2 Henrietta Bernstein, author of Ark of the Covenant, Holy Grail, became friends with Hall, who she claims shared many of these “mysteries” with her. She writes of the existence of these beings with superior knowledge of divine laws, “…sufficient proof exists that these initiates were the agents of a World Fraternity of Adepts that had existed before the time of Atlantis. This fraternity has been called the Philosophic Empire and the Invisible Government of the World.”3 According to her, Masonry claims to have predetermined and planned human development, with Adepts appearing as needed during certain important moments in history.
61

Surfing the Tao

Early Freemasonry records men called magicians, or “magi”, which until the 18th century meant scientist. These men seriously claimed to have the ancient knowledge of metal transmutation, matter manipulation and eternal youth: celestial technology. Such gnosis, or secret knowledge, is said to have originated ‘somewhere else’. To keep this information in the hands of only a few, the structure of these mystical organizations is hierarchical, like a pyramid, with a tiny minority controlling all others. They have secrets from each other, and provide contradictions and confusing information to lower initiates so that their own scholars cannot agree on everything. Various secret brotherhoods like the Knights Templar, the Knights of Malta, the Rosicrucians, the Illuminati, the Cathars, the Essenes, the Assassins, Gnostics and the Priory of Sion have evolved into various modern religions, orders, cults and sects all with similar origins and goals. Access to this “ageless wisdom” is not granted based on capacity for love, but is instead passed down to those few members who have the highest I.Q., not to mention the big bucks necessary to acquire the highest ranks. Hermetic texts and the teachings of the Cabbala are examples of the powerful spiritual tools they use. Today secret society websites boldly and eagerly invite new members to become part of ‘the most successful conspiracy.’ The powerful modern Freemasons are often praised for their lofty ideals and humanitarian services. Many of its members also belong to other modern organizations like the Skull and Bones, the Council of Foreign Relations, the Councils and Committees of 3, 5, 7, 30, 300, etc., and the Bilderbergs. Brotherhood-type secret societies are known to exist throughout Africa and Asia as well, with many various names. Other associate organizations are the Grand Orient Lodges, P2 and the Black Nobility. Initiation into the higher levels of Brotherhood secret societies requires huge financial endowments. In this way the mutually beneficial “old boy” network takes care of its own. The same policies of political disruption, global domination and spiritual obfuscation have survived throughout. This is not fiction - these groups exist. In the back of the JuneJuly 2000 issue of Nexxus magazine, I found a strange ad for “The Foundation for Higher Spiritual Learning – The Only World Body Empowered to Represent the Great White Brotherhood.” It claims, “Our name is legendary and our word is divine law!” It offered the
62

Secret Brotherhoods

opportunity to “become a privileged chela within the ranks of Our Student Body presently serving 73 lands, as part of a great Cooperative World-wide Endeavor with the Spiritual Hierarchy and The Great White Brotherhood…to become a “Living Stone’ within the Foundation, and to give…in service to mankind…” And at the end of the ad it mysteriously adds, in bold, “Gold is where you find it!” It gives a P.O. Box number for their World Mission Headquarters in Washington, D.C. Secret societies are known to require strange and often dangerous rituals of initiation. The origin of such mystery ceremonies can be traced to ancient Greece, Egypt and India. Members were given to understand their promotion through the ranks would result as they received certain hidden powers and wisdoms. Usually there are various levels or degrees of initiation; in Freemasonry there are 33 known levels, for example. Sometimes teachers would hint that outward knowledge was merely a cloak for a hidden, secret knowledge they would receive when they were “ready” for it. Many brotherhood-type organizations require various blood oaths and secret signs; initiation tests and even forced programming of the mind helped insure the initiates blindly obeyed their superiors at all times. Breaking down an individual’s mind and then building it up again based on certain conditioning are common ways to disrupt old patterns of behavior in such groups. Initiates are forced to undergo grueling and degrading tests, like passing through a dark tunnel while being harassed and spooked at every turn, and at the end being harangued again at an altar and perhaps presented with some symbolic object. Always the organization is arranged as a pyramidshaped hierarchy; the higher up the superiors, the fewer there are. I found several scandals involving these types of groups in the past few centuries, having been allegedly linked with murders and satanic ritual abuse. The most controversial and recognizable secret society name is the Illuminati. Founded in Bavaria by Freemason Adam Weishaupt in 1776, its name is supposed to reflect the “illumination” of the enlightened ones by the secret teachings of Lucifer, whose name aptly means “reflector of light.” Its secret goal is to take over the world, of course, by influencing politics and decision-making from within the inner circles of government. For their goals of global domination to
63

Surfing the Tao

succeed, members were sworn to secrecy with bloody oaths, threatened with worse than death if they revealed the plan. Ultimately the Illuminati were exposed, prosecuted and forced to officially dissolve in 18th century Germany, though its members reportedly continued their efforts through the established network of Masonic lodges throughout Europe and America.4 It may be disturbing for some to learn how closely the presidency is controlled by Freemasonry. Author Ralph Epperson wrote in his book The New World Order that in March 1867, General Gordon Granger reported his surprise that President Johnson so clearly considered himself subordinate to Albert Pike, the Supreme Commander of the Scottish Rite at the time. During the inauguration of George W. Bush, his oath of office was proudly sworn on the same Masonic Bible used by fellow Freemason George Washington. In Washington, D.C., the Washington monument is lined up not with the White House, but with the headquarters of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry. Most members also attend church, in a guise of outward Christian conformity. These institutions actually seem to brag about having secret spiritual truths that they only reveal to the elite. The universally approved doctrinal book of Freemasonry, Morals & Dogma of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, published in 1871 by Supreme Commander Albert Pike, claims its actual purpose is to be, (emphasis added) “The custodian and depository (since Enoch) of the great philosophical and religious truths, unknown to the world at large, and handed down from age to age by an unbroken, current of tradition, embodied in symbols, emblems and allegories.” And why would they hide them, and for whom? In July, 1889 Albert Pike offered instructions to the 23rd Supreme Councils of the World, “To you, Sovereign Grand Inspectors General we say this, that you may repeat it to the Brethren of the 32nd, 31st and 30th degrees – The Masonic Religion should be, by all of us initiates of the high degrees, maintained in the purity of the Luciferian Doctrine…the true and pure philosophical religion is the belief in Lucifer…God of Light and God of Good…” “Masonry, like all the religions, all the Mysteries, Hermeticism and Alchemy, conceals its secrets from
64

Secret Brotherhoods

all except the Adepts and Sages, or the Elect, and uses false explanations and misinterpretation of its symbols to mislead those who deserve only to be misled; to conceal the Truth, which it calls Light, from them, and to draw them away from it. Truth is not for those who are unworthy or unable to receive it, or would pervert it.” - Albert Pike, Morals and Dogma… p. 104-105 “When the Mason learns that the Key to the warrior on the block is the proper allocation of the dynamo of living power, he has learned the Mystery of his Craft. The seething energies of Lucifer are in his hands and before he may step onward and upward, he must prove his ability to properly apply (this) energy.” – Manly P. Hall, The Lost Keys of Freemasonry, p. 48 Only the top 3% or 5% of this group is said to be aware of this mysterious power. The majority of initiates are probably good people who would find this all hard to believe. One writer helped explain that “Luciferians” think they are doing good, while “Satanists” know they are evil. I am just as sick of hearing about “Masonic plots” as the next guy, and yet the connections are there in black and white. Maybe Freemasonry was just in the wrong place at the wrong time, and provided a perfect organization through which they could continue the transference of secret information. Even disregarding the disturbing connections one could argue that such organizations were not created to be in agreement with the Tao. It is clear these people have their own agendas, or they wouldn’t need to gather so secretly. Even today secret societies are in the news around the world. In Africa they are considered the cause of major political and religious problems. Samuel Wonwi Thompson delivered the keynote address at the Buduburam refugee camp in Ghana for the Liberian Welfare Council in observance of Liberia’s 155th independence celebration in 2002. He discussed the years of instability and sociopolitical conflict as a result of so much indulgence in the occult. Citizens attend Church and then practice “juju” and consult spirits too. He said,
65

Surfing the Tao

“Our country has also been known for a proliferation of secret societies with various types of blood rituals and covenants. Examples of this included the “NeeGee” and the “human leopard” societies that were banned during President Barclay’s administration in the 1930s but simply went underground…ritual murders and human sacrifices to other gods continued to be the order of the day. As several of such cases were linked to leading members of those Liberian communities who were also know to be members of secret Western-style societies like the Masonic Craft and the UBF, we often heard repeated speculation that the ‘society people’ engaged in ritual murder. However, these speculations were never proven and may therefore not be true at all.”5 In Sierra Leone people are so afraid of military uprisings and instability that many still rely on the “magic” of their secret societies for protection. The Kamajors, one of such societies, possess, in addition to their AK-47s and rocket launchers, “a special cape embedded with amulets, which is said to render the wearer invisible and deflect all bullets.”6 Such societies are making a comeback in West Africa after years of war and anarchy. Initiations are severe and painful, and membership is often required by all members of a village.7 In Sierra Leone, many people who profess to be Christian or Muslim continue to believe in witchcraft and ancestral spirits as well. Indigenous belief systems are so ingrained in their culture, most people don’t even realize they are combining different religions. However, most people there continue to communicate with a variety of spirits: spirits of the dead who guard all knowledge, spirits of objects and natural phenomena like rocks, rivers and trees; spirits of a mischievous sort who require offerings to prevent misfortunes, and the spirits of secret societies, who are known to provide the power and enforce the rules of such societies. Masked officials in ceremony impersonate this last group, using the ‘impersonal amoral Force’, this all-pervasive universal energy, for various charms, omens and curses.
66

Secret Brotherhoods

For this renowned ability to control and manipulate the Force, secret societies are highly revered.8 Many researchers are suspicious of the secretive political groups that have emerged among the secretly interrelated leading world politicians and businessmen. Did you know that all members of the Council of Foreign Relations are actually pledged to secrecy about its goals and operations? Yet it does publish a roster of its around 3300 members, which includes much of the Fortune 500, the media, as well as nearly all past and present U.S. government officials who deal in international concerns. These people have dominated every presidential administration in history. The initials CFR pop up everywhere in the research of global policy decisions and world conflicts. According to Dan Smoot, a former FBI man who first researched the organization, the CFR’s goal is “to create a one-world socialist system and make the United States an official part of it,” of course all in the name of democracy.9 Respected Georgetown University School of Foreign Service professor Carroll Quigley, Bill Clinton’s mentor, stated in his controversial 1966 book Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time, “The CFR is the American Branch of a society which originated in England…(and)… believes national boundaries should be obliterated and one-world rule established.” The more elite Trilateral Commission was initially formed in 1973 from the ideas of Zbigniew Brzezinski, who was looking for a closer relationship between the trilateral nations of Europe, North America, and Asia. He proposed that national sovereignty was no longer a viable concept, and that the next step towards world government was a community of developed nations. Financed largely through Rockefeller interests, many claim it is trying to create a worldwide economic power greater than any political government of nation states. Unfortunately, the results are a widening gap between the rich and poor, a shrinking middle class and growing social unrest. The top 2% of the rich in the U.S. own over 54% of the wealth, while over half the population has a negative total worth. Is this a fair and loving world? “By Biblical standards, the United States most certainly deserves judgment—perversion runs amok, child abuse is common, greed and avarice are the passwords to success and morals have rotted. It we are about to be thrown into the pits of the dark ages, the
67

Surfing the Tao

most logical catalyst or motivator on the horizon is the Trilateral Commission.”10 The Bilderberg Group is the most secretive of all, and keeps its member’s names mum, but it is known to include the crème de la crème of European royalty, top media personalities as well as world leaders. Identified with the Bilderberg Hotel in Holland where the group was first discovered in 1954, the meetings are never reported in the media, even though the “confidential” minutes of its first meeting claim, “insufficient attention has so far been paid to long-term planning, and to evolving an international order which would look beyond the present-day crisis [the Cold War]. When the time is ripe our present concepts of world affairs should be extended to the whole world.”11 What on earth are they planning that they can’t tell the common people about? The Club of Rome is another group with a secret membership, whose goals promote the concept of world government at the expense of national sovereignty. Supposedly this group has divided the world into ten political/economic regions, or “kingdoms” for rule. (Fulfilling a Biblical prophecy from Daniel and the Book of Revelation, according to some interpretations.) This group is more clearly associated with spiritualism and esotericism. Its founder, Aurelio Peccei, has written in his book Mankind at the Turning Point about man’s communion with the transcendent, and to the “noosphere”, which refers to the collective field of human intelligence, a term created by Jesuit priest Pierre Teilhard de Chardin. Skull and Bones is a secret fraternal organization at Yale University some consider to be at the epicenter of the new world order, and a stepping-stone to membership in the CFR and other such groups. Author Marrs found that an unprecedented percentage of powerful family names started here. Among them are Whitney, Lord, Phelps, Wadsworth, Allen, Bundy, Adams, Harriman, Rockefeller, Payne, Davison, Bush, Stanley, Low, Forbes, Coolidge, Delano, Taft, Stimson, Luce, Buckley, and Vanderbilt. It was founded at Yale in 1832 by General William Huntington Russell and Alphonso Taft, father of William Howard Taft, the only person to have been Chief Justice as well as President of the U.S. Russell is said to have had permission from a mysterious German society (Illuminati) to open a chapter here. Their official skull and crossbones symbol is the same
68

Secret Brotherhoods

official crest of the Illuminati. And their continued connection to the CIA is staggering, having had so many members become officials and directors that the CIA has the atmosphere of a class reunion, according to one Yale professor. These secretive, elitist groups stay that way by intermarrying within the ranks. Nepotism flourishes inside these organizations. The tactics employed by these various groups has been to influence all aspects of society in such a way as to seem innocuous, and yet one day have the population wake up and find themselves part of a one-world system whether they like it or not. Their hope is to get Americans as well as all people around the world conditioned to view world government as being as natural as baseball and apple pie. The term “New World Order” has been used by the Council of Foreign Relations to describe the future world state. George Bush Sr. has used the term publicly over 200 times since he first mentioned it in his speech as President on September 11, 1990. Senator Jesse Helms was one of the few left in defiance of this new world order. In 1987 he said before Congress, “This campaign against the American people – against traditional American culture and values – is systematic psychological warfare. It is orchestrated by a vast array of interests comprising not only the Eastern establishment but also the radical left. Among this group we find the Department of State, the Department of Commerce, the money center banks and multinational corporations, the media, the educational establishment, the entertainment industry and the large tax-exempt foundations. Mr. President, a careful examination of what is happening behind the scenes reveals that all of these interests are working in concert with the masters of the Kremlin in order to create what some refer to as a new world order. Private organizations such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the Trilateral Commission, the Dartmouth Conference, the Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies, the Atlantic Institute, and the
69

Surfing the Tao

Bilderberger Group serve to disseminate and to coordinate the plans for this so-called new world order in powerful business, financial, academic and official circles…In this point of view, the activities of international financial and industrial forces should be oriented to bringing this one-world design – with a convergence of the Soviet and American systems as its centerpiece – into being…All that matters to this club is the maximization of profits resulting from the practice of what can be described as finance capitalism, a system which rests upon the twin pillars of debt and monopoly. This isn’t real capitalism. It is the road to economic concentration and to political slavery.” Many scoff at the idea of a secret government but since 9/11 the truth of such an organization was released to the public, maybe even to help calm nerves in case of a massive invasion. It is now public knowledge that our government has actual enormous underground facilities. It doesn’t take much research to discover there are at least 129 fully operational underground cities, with networks of underground trains powered by magnetic levitation to connect them, for use only by the elite.12 Advanced tunneling equipment such as thermal drills soundlessly melts through solid rock with no waste material; the walls become like glass. Per a dictatorial Executive Order, it has been arranged since 1979 for FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, to take totalitarian control of government functions in case of a ‘national emergency’. Such an emergency was brazenly defined as, “nuclear war, violent and widespread internal dissent or national opposition of a U.S. military invasion abroad.”13 (emphasis added.) FEMA’s central underground facility at Mount Weather controls 96 other such facilities known ominously as Federal Relocation Centers. Even various civilian organizations like McDonnell–Douglas and Standard Oil possess extensive underground facilities. Some skeptics have changed their tune since our new Homeland Security act has legitimized seemingly fascist policies in
70

Secret Brotherhoods

our own precious America. Even the ACLU is campaigning against the new USA Patriot Act. “When the country falls into chaos, patriotism is born.” –Lao Tzu If we were all living in the Tao government would be unnecessary. The more government we have, the farther from the truth we swing. Those who desire power and control find it easy to create unrest and thus the need for a strict system. The government even recently banned a book called The Federal Mafia, which had already been on the shelves for 13 years, about the illegality of income tax and the IRS. The government never denied the book was true, but it is now illegal – and you don’t hear that on the news. Secretary of State Donald Rumsfeld said recently, we can have freedom, or security, but not both. It seems they have chosen for us. “Suspected” terrorists are arrested and held for months without a hearing, Miranda rights are nearly a thing of the past, storm-troopers can invade homes without a warrant, and video surveillance is so pervasive that most people are unknowingly photographed an average of two dozen times per day! Enormous “quarantine” facilities built all over America able to hold millions sit empty, waiting for what? Our prisons are filled with millions of people arrested for possession of substances perhaps knowingly distributed by the CIA. And for many people, their fear of terrorism, this other, outer threat, far outweighs any nagging distrust of the government. But who knows for sure whose arms we are running into? “As nightfall does not come all at once, neither does oppression. In both instances there is twilight. And it is in such twilight that we all must be aware of change in the air – however slight – lest we become unwitting victims of the darkness.” – Justice William O. Douglas, Supreme Court Justice 1939–1975 Today our world’s nations are growing ever closer together. The concept of Synarchy is based on complete social, political and
71

Surfing the Tao

religious control of the individual. The idea is for its members to secretly control entire nations. One of its aims, written in a Synarchist document in 1946, is the “creation of a ‘federal European Union.’14 A seemingly innocuous and even necessary development, eagerly anticipated by those corrupted by absolute power. The United Nations is an obvious precursor to world government. Some even claim the various wars and insurgencies the past few decades were artificially created in order to establish the need for collective security, a hideous thought. The UN and NATO were both a result of World War II, a war with so many links to the occult and secret societies it made me sick to my stomach. And the UN’s seeming indecisiveness and inability to affect global change in the face of growing threats has actually caused a worldwide uproarious demand for more effective global leadership. Create the problem and then conveniently offer the solution as well – Machiavelli would be proud. Our own President’s war mongering could cause the other nation-states to bond even closer, eventually forcing the American vigilante to give over its sovereignty in the name of peace or democracy. Or perhaps the U.S. will lead the way to the new world order. Clever ruses - They win either way. “I challenge the illusion that the U.N. is an instrument of peace. It could not be less of a cruel hoax if it had been organized in Hell for the sole purpose of aiding and abetting the destruction of the United States.” – J.B. Matthews, former chief investigator for the House Committee on Un-American Activities The goal of all these secret societies is the establishment of a global government, with a world religion, world army, a world bank, abolition of firearms, centralized educational programs and a world police force. They have been patiently working towards this goal for longer than we can imagine. Patrick Buchanan is another politician we are conditioned to think little of, but he said in 1992, “Most of these folks (the Bush crowd) are globalists. They believe in subordinating American sovereignty to some globalist New World Order. When I see European countries giving up their currencies, giving up their control of trade…when I see George Bush engaged in
72

Secret Brotherhoods

the unilateral economic disarmament of his own country, I say watch out.” A scary footnote regards George Bush’s “thousand points of light,” which was a phrase also used often by occultist Alice Bailey. Fellow globalist H.G. Wells wrote about the idea of a planned world government, initially appearing partially at “a thousand points”, and then later synthesizing the New Plan in America with the one in Russia for the ultimate World State. A New Age prayer calling for the new Christ, the ‘Lord Maitreya’, says “From the point of light within the mind of God…let the stream forth into the minds of men….Let light descend on earth. Let the light…restore the Plan on Earth.” They are calling for a new age of earthly unity, but we should gravely consider who is at its helm. The ‘powers that be’ and their secret motives remain hidden, to our obvious detriment. Gary H. Kah wrote in his 1991 book En Route to Global Domination that New York is the logical choice to be the world’s capitol, but that the secret hierarchy of Europe may have other plans. “Such a decision, however, would probably involve either the economic devastation or physical destruction of New York City. This could be accomplished in several ways-economically, through a planned collapse of the stock market or a severe depression resulting from our severe national debt; or physically, as an act of terrorism…Is New York destined for destruction?” Ignorance is bliss, but it can also be awfully dangerous. “When rich speculators prosper while farmers lose their land; when government officials spend money on weapons instead of cures; when the upper class is extravagant and irresponsible while the poor have nowhere to turn— all this is robbery and chaos. It is not in keeping with the Tao.” – Lao Tzu

73

Secret Gods
“Those who know don’t talk. Those who talk don’t know.” – Lao Tzu Secrecy is a way to control people, and information. It is a method not in agreement with the Tao, and can be especially useful the closer the lies are to the truth. As writer Alan F. Alford commented, “Anyone might turn up claiming to be Jesus or Yahweh…there might be little advantage to the gods immediately announcing themselves to the masses. News of their return might be disseminated on a need-to-know basis, with only a few of the world leaders permitted to approach them. Life might appear to carry on as normal, but with a new political agenda. We might detect their presence in inexplicable events, changes in government policy or acts of war that don’t quite make sense, and perhaps an increase in government secrecy.”1 Ancient writings depict ‘gods’ who were part of a mysterious, celestial hierarchy. For example, India’s Vedic writings tell of gods from other planets called “Devas”, who act as administrators for a hierarchical universal government, and often visited Earth in “flying machines”.2 Alongside the most intriguing information gleaned from ancient sources, there are also many modern day writers and leaders who claim to be in contact with a group of advanced “gods” directing events from behind the scenes. In The Stargate Conspiracy, writers Pickett and Prince seek to establish the secret puppet strings pulling advancements in world affairs and astro-archeology, used to acclimate the world to the ideas of an advanced, other-terrestrial or interdimensional hierarchy. According to them, a mysterious “Council of Nine” intelligences is found to have announced itself to a wide variety of scientists, entertainers, politicians and military-intelligence elite since around 1950. Even before this, legendary Satanist Aleister Crowley was said to have been involved with communicating with “a new order of beings.” His main contact was a spirit called Aiwass, or Aiwaz, one of
74

Secret Gods

a group of “secret chiefs” from the star system Sirius who were involved with guiding the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn and the Ordo Templi Orientis, or OTO. The star Sirius adorns each Masonic Temple as a ‘Blazing Star.’ The Argenteum Astrum, or A.A. was his own “magickal” religious group, which later gained many influential members. The A.A. believed in a group of non-human intelligences from Sirius to be involved in the affairs of Earth. Some say when the group met in California after the Second World War, new-fangled notions of extra-terrestrials and aliens began to replace outdated concepts of angels and demons.3 Egyptologist R.A. Schwaller de Lubicz first mentioned these beings in his writings in the early 1900s. According to him “The Nine Principles” were the basis for the existence of the “sensorial” world, now made “accessible to human intelligence.” His early articles for a French magazine called Le Theosophe explained his mystical analysis of the number nine and the nine principles that surrounded “the irreducible One”. His later books more clearly demonstrated a parallel to the Egyptian concept of the ‘Great Ennead’. Schwaller claims to have “discovered” Hermetic principles encoded in the Gothic cathedrals, the same ones he found in ancient temples in Egypt. Some believe him to be the true author of The Mystery of the Cathedrals, published under the pseudonym Fulcanelli.4 He joined a group called the Brotherhood of Heliopolis, and become involved in alchemy and the occult. He later helped form the spiritual foundation of Nazism, having greatly influenced Rudolph Hess. Schwaller was also a well-known synarchist. Synarchy, the opposite of anarchy, is the concept of a religious-based, totalitarian state, led by nine legendary leaders. It was first developed by Frenchman Joseph Alexandre Saint-Yves d’Alveydre in the 19th century, who advocated gaining power by taking control from within the politics, religions and economies of states.5 19th century French writer Louis Jacolliot wrote about the “Nine Unknown Men” who secretly ruled the world.6 Synarchists also believe the Knights Templar were founded by nine French knights. Strangely, the Templars did exhibit complete control over the religious, political and economic workings of their time, though their agenda did remain secret, only truly known to its members.
75

Surfing the Tao

Madame Helene Blavatsky formed the Theosophical Society in 1875. Her doctrines blended various mystical and occult traditions. She claims to have been in psychic contact with the Hidden Masters, called the Great White Brotherhood, who have guided human evolution from behind the scenes. She influenced a great many philosophers and leaders such as Schwaller, Hitler, and Rudolf Steiner. Alice Bailey continued Blavatsky’s work when she psychically made contact with one of the “Masters,” a Tibetan called Djwhal Khul, who proceeded to dictate twenty-four volumes regarding the evolution of the human race through her. He described a Council, or “Hierarchy of Brothers of Light”, who according to him continue to guide the evolution of the human race. Bailey’s job was to “prepare the world” for the coming of a “World Teacher”, who was expected around the end of the 20th century. “The Tibetan” also specifically refers to Freemasonry as being the “terrestrial version” of a school of initiation on Sirius.7 Since Bailey’s background was so heavily influenced by powerful Masons, such as her husband, the writers of The Stargate Conspiracy wonder if this “channeling” was part of a set-up for some other ultimate purpose. How about the creation of a world religion, for their pet synarchistic state? Even writer Jacques Vallee wondered whether this “wisdom” was really coming from the stars, “Could the source of the so-called wisdom be right here on Earth? Could there be human manipulators behind all this?”8 Followers of the Nine were found in odd places. Astrophysicist Jack Parsons joined the OTO in 1939. Some believed he became Crowley’s successor as leader of the group. During WWII, Parsons worked on classified military projects, and was one of the first members of Jet Propulsion Laboratories. He died in an explosion in the lab in 1952. Writer Kenneth Grant explained, “Working with the formulae of Thelemic magic [based on Crowley’s The Book of the Law], Parsons established contact with extra-terrestrial beings of the order of Aiwass. Unfortunately, he lost control of the entities he evoked and one of them, obsessing [possessing] the woman with whom he worked [Margorie Cameron], drove him to selfdestruction.”9
76

Secret Gods

Parsons met L. Ron Hubbard in 1945 and helped him join the OTO, where they proceeded to perform various “magickal” acts together. Hubbard later stated his participation was part of a plan to infiltrate the organization on the behalf of the office of Naval Intelligence.10 Why would Naval Intelligence be interested in the occult? Pickett and Prince noted that artist, surrealist filmmaker and eccentric drug culture figure Harry Smith was also a member of the OTO and the A.A. Esotericism was already in the family – his parents were theosophists and his grandfather was a high-ranking Freemason. A famous icon of the Beat generation, Smith recorded a folk anthology that influenced musicians from Bob Dylan to the Grateful Dead. He received a Grammy for his work in 1991. He was a devoted follower of Crowley and became Master of the Temple of Crowley’s A.A. Christians might have been surprised when the OTO performed a ritual during Smith’s funeral at St. Mark’s Church in New York in 1991.11 David P. Myers, former US Navy officer and writer and David S. Percy, a film producer, were both directors of Richard C. Hoagland’s Enterprise Mission, which is engaged in the promotion of the Message of Cydonia, the supposed ancient city on Mars. Myers and Percy authored a book in 1993 called Two-Thirds which tells of their contact with these nine “godlike extraterrestrials”, who say they come from a planet called Altea, first colonized Mars and then came to earth to form the hybrid human race.12 They claim it is non-fiction. James Hurtak is widely known by his mainstream book The Face on Mars and his work in the military’s psychic spying, or remote viewing, programs. He claims to have communicated with the same hierarchy of intelligences. His strange experiences sound a lot like UFO encounters, according to some researchers, and he has become some sort of New Age guru. He wrote a book The Keys of Enoch in 1977 which is a quasi-religious-type work subtitled A Teaching Given on Seven Levels To Be Read and Visualized In Preparation for the Brotherhood of Light To be delivered for the Quickening of the “People of Light”. His book claims the Nine are only allowed to govern one solar system – ours, and that they are actually subordinate to a higher source, the most supreme being the
77

Surfing the Tao

‘70 Brotherhoods of the Great White Brotherhood’, also called the “hierarchy.’ Picknett and Prince further point out the research by American-born Yugoslavian Dr. Andrija Puharich, who ran a private paranormal research center called the Round Table Foundation in Glen Cove, Maine. There he claimed to have assisted an Indian mystic named Dr. Vinod channel these Nine spirits. The first such session was on Dec. 31, 1952. The first one identified itself as “M”, another speaker called itself “R”, and over several hours these personalities described extremely detailed and complicated scientific information concerning a variant of the Lorentz-Einstein Transformation equation. The Nine were recorded as saying, “God is nobody else than we together, the Nine Principles of God. There is no God other than what we are together.”13 Israeli psychic Uri Geller also worked with Puharich, who claimed to hear the same “Nine” come through Geller. Geller distanced himself from the Nine, whom he called “a civilization of clowns.”14 He believed they were playing games with them. Geller later worked for SRI International, the former Stanford Research Institute, known to have been involved in psychic research for the defense department. The CIA was also reportedly involved with SRI at this time, and Geller has gone on record to say he worked for them as well. Completely separate accounts from other psychics like Dr. Charles Laughead recorded the same scientific information, and identified the same Nine intelligences. Sir John Whitmore, heir to an aristocratic British family, and a medium called Phyllis Schlemmer formed an organization called Lab Nine. They had many wealthy and influential backers like Canada’s richest family, which owned Seagrams, and an Italian nobleman. James Hurtak and Dr. Puharich joined them later. SRI physicists and other prominent figures kept their involvement and identities secret. Ms. Schlemmer, aware of her abilities as a medium since she was a child, began channeling a new spirit in 1970 that called itself Tom. Later on Tom became the main communicator of the Nine, who soon revealed their central message of the imminent return of the extraterrestrials to Earth. Picknett and Prince noted the interesting involvement of Gene Roddenberry, the
78

Secret Gods

creator of Star Trek, who was later commissioned to write a film script based on Lab Nine events.15 Other people began channeling the Nine in the late 1970s. Sir John Whitmore introduced Englishwoman Jenny O’Connor to the Esalen Institute in California, where the Nine reportedly gave seminars through her.16 Another woman, Carla Rueckert, channeled another one of the Nine, called Ra, who spoke of a body called the “Council of Saturn” whose duty it was to keep the Earth in a kind of quarantine. Twenty-four “Guardians” rotate the Nine council seats to keep balance. Of course Ra also claims to have built the pyramids. The Schlemmer-Whitmore group continues to operate, having published a compilation of Tom’s collected wisdom in 1992, called The Only Planet of Choice: Essential Briefing from Deep Space, which sold like mad. Many millions of people looking for answers are being cleverly deceived. The entity ‘Tom”, or ‘Atum’, claims to be the ancient Egyptian creator god of whom the Sphinx was created as a “living image.” He is the head of the Egyptian Ennead of Nine gods. The ancient Egyptians worshipped the “Nine that are One.” The legendary Dragon god of the Chinese had nine sons, each with a strong personality. Sikhs believe the Creator fashioned Nine Abodes [of sensation]. The Nine also claim to be the Biblical Elohim of the OldTestament, and the “Aeons of Gnosticism.”17 Allegedly they claim they are from the star system Sirius. They have used many names, found throughout various ancient religious and cultural traditions. The Great Pyramid is central to the Nine; they claim it is brings ‘energy’ to Earth from other civilizations, and regenerates cells in the human body. Other psychics like Harry Stone and Alice Bouverie recorded messages in which the main concern of the Nine was to impart information about a drug used by the high priests of Heliopolis to ‘open the door’ to the gods. They first identified the object as a mushroom, but some claimed no effect on their psychic abilities and continued to search for such a substance. This is of immense interest in future chapters. The writers of The Stargate Conspiracy claim the belief in the Nine is so widespread it is astounding, and that well-known scientists, industrialists, people at NASA, the CIA, and others seem intent on
79

Surfing the Tao

providing the Nine a smooth introduction to the people of Earth. This is despite the fact that the Nine actually claims the Earth was created as a battleground, so the Nine could confront the Others (another ‘alien’ race, allegedly from the Pleiades). This group of Nine also suspiciously claims the Holocaust was a ‘necessary’ part of the plan to create the state of Israel, which was important for Earth, some sort of self-sacrifice by the ‘chosen ones.’ The Nine talk in sweeping terms of a ‘new world order’, the future plan for mankind on Earth, and that the people of Earth are involved in some sort of awakening or evolution because their original ‘programming’ had gone haywire and needed to be repaired. They imply humankind failed the program and the White Brotherhood is trying to fix it. Even our own government is plagued with shadowy rumors that they are secretly aware of non-human visitors. Extraordinary documents describing a secret government operation called “Operation Majestic 12” were revealed in 1984.18 They detailed the clean-up effort after the Roswell crash in 1947, including the recovery of four ‘non-human’ bodies. The papers wonder if they came from Mars, or another solar system; they describe a strange form of writing found in the wreckage, and discuss the need for more information regarding the craft and its technology. The papers also revealed the names of the twelve men reportedly involved in the secret project. Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter, the first director of the new CIA in 1947, joined the National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenomena after he retired and stated publicly that UFOs are real. Dr. Vannevar Bush was a scientist later involved in developing the first atomic bomb. Secretary James V. Forrestal was secretary of Defense during the Roswell crash, but he mysteriously committed suicide at Bethesda Naval Hospital a month after he resigned. General Walter Bedell Smith, who followed Hillenkoetter as director of the CIA, replaced him. General Nathan F. Twining was commander of the Air Material Command at Wright-Paterson and was instrumental in the creation of Project Sign, a UFO group. General Hoyt S. Vandenberg, also a former director of Intelligence, destroyed the Project Sign report, perhaps in an effort to contain security on the issue. Dr. Detlev Bronk was another scientist, a member of the advisory board of the Atomic Energy Commission as well as the Scientific Advisory Committee of the Brookhaven National Laboratory with Dr. Edward
80

Secret Gods

Condon, the author of an important study on UFOs for the air force. Dr. Jerome Hunsaker was an aircraft designer at MIT and the National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics. Mr. Sidney W. Souers was a retired rear admiral and another director of Central Intelligence. Mr. Gordon Gray, a secretary of the army, became a special assistant on national security affairs to President Truman. Dr. Donald Menzel, an astronomer, became a famous debunker of UFOs. General Robert M. Montegue was base commander at the Sandia Atomic Energy Commission in Albuquerque during the time of the Roswell crash. And Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner helped create the Weapons Systems Evaluation Group; he had worked under Vannevar Bush in the Joint Research and Development Board in 1946.19 Many have sought to discredit the MJ-12 papers. Whether they are real or a con job, their existence and shroud of secrecy continues to confuse – which was perhaps their intent. Another document, a nine-paged executive briefing, was circulated widely to various proponents of the alien question. It discussed Project Aquarius, supposedly funded by CIA money in order to collect intelligence on UFOs and aliens. It also mentioned Projects Sign, Grudge, and Blue Book, programs established by the government to give alternate, more “rational” explanations for the various phenomena to the public. However, Projects Bando, Sigma, Snowbird and Pounce were said to be deeply investigating alien technology.20 It also states the MJ-12 felt relatively certain that our alien visitors had peaceful intentions. Later this document was thought to be a hoax as well. But the damage had been done. Now nothing could really be believed on the subject. While leading the public away from any honest understanding of the phenomenon with misleading publications and propaganda, the investigation continued behind the scenes. Numerous patents, plans and government contracts lay a trail underground to the secret underground bases constructed in the United States since WWII as well as world political and spiritual unification, which promises a mysterious evolution of consciousness. During the past generation, thousands if not millions of Westerners have developed a new spiritualism gleaned from Eastern-type traditions based on teachings from a group of “hidden masters”.
81

Surfing the Tao

Hurtak’s terrifying language involves a galactic war and housecleaning throughout the universe. He refers to the opening of a ‘gateway’ between the gods – actually, the Nine Principles of God – and our world. Regardless of its totalitarian, anti-love undertones, the public has sucked up the Nine in droves, and radio programs and book sales reveal thousands it not millions of followers, including elite members of our governments. Richard T. Miller was an undercover civilian UFO investigator for Air Technical Intelligence Center, or ATIC, until 1952. After several supposed contacts with a UFO and its passengers, Miller claimed he was given messages from beings with names like Hatonn, Korton, Voltra, Ashtar, Mon-Ka, and Lalur, who claimed they had attempted to contact our world’s leaders, who had decided not to tell us about them - yet.21 A London taxi driver named George King, who claimed to be in contact with a group of extraterrestrial ‘cosmic masters’, founded the Aetherius Society in 1955. They still have over 5,000 members and branches worldwide. The Raelians believe the “Elohim” created all human life and that they are returning to save those who have ‘striven for a higher planetary consciousness.’ This wealthy organization has over 30,000 members, who practice a controversial method of ‘sensual meditation’. (New members are required to get tested for communicable diseases before they enter a session.) Elizabeth Clare Prophet’s Church Universal and Triumphant is directed by the “master” Saint Germain. Their beliefs are based in Theosophy, eastern mysticism and environmentalism, and claim the planet is in great danger. The Church of the Subgenuis, created as a sort of Internet spoof, now has over 100,000 members. Their leader, Bob Dobbs, says he was abducted by aliens called “Xists”; their God is called “Jehovah”. Of course the Jehovah’s Witnesses are famous for moving the date for the ‘end of the world’ from 1874, to 1914, then 1925 and 1975 – finally in 1995 they announced they would be announcing no new speculative dates.22 Probably a good idea. These days, reverence for this set of nine “Ascended Masters” with super powers is essential to some New Age beliefs. One such being calls himself “Maitreya”, and has allegedly been magically “appearing” to heads of state in their private offices for decades as some self-appointed “Christ”. In 1977 his prophet, a man called
82

Secret Gods

Benjamin Crème who claims to be John the Babtist, took a full page out in the New York Times and other leading papers as well as going on the Merv Griffin show, announcing “the Christ” was in the world, preparing to appear soon. Maitreya recently wowed thousands of people in Africa with his magical shape-shifting act. He and others of the Nine are known to claim their “appearance” in the world will be seen by all at the same time, as they are planning to “hijack” the worlds communications systems to do so. I went to see a talk by one of his spokesmen, Wayne Peterson, in a hotel ballroom a few years ago and will never forget the sinister sensations, even as his words spoke of world peace. Mr. Peterson says many famous reigning monarchs in Europe have also met Maitreya but are afraid to reveal themselves. 23 There is no question this figure has enormous financial backing. A publication I picked up at this seminar was called The Emergence Quarterly. There was no date, just information to contact the Tara Center in North Hollywood, California about this “Background Information Issue.” One of the articles it contained was entitled Highlights of Maitreya’s public emergence. It stated, “The existence of great spiritual teachers, known as the Masters of Wisdom, became public knowledge after the 1875 through the writings of Helena Petrovana Blavatsky, founder of the Theosophical Society. Anticipation of the imminent reappearance of the World Teacher, Maitreya, grew and waned…In July 1977 Maitreya left his ancient Himalayan retreat, taking up residence in the Asian community of London, England. From there, as an apparently ordinary man, he works behind the scenes, directing his transforming energies to every corner of the earth. The timing of Maitreya’s public emergence has been governed by many factors. These include humanity’s response to his energies and the need for humanity, through the world’s media, to invite Maitreya forward, so that our free will is not infringed.” Our free will is a very important piece in their puzzle – they need it to succeed. Claiming to be responsible behind the scenes for the thawing of the Cold War in the late 1980s and the freedom of blacks in South Africa, Maitreya also manifested in people’s dreams as well as miraculously among crowds. He will enter “public life” when humanity extends the invitation, and “On his ‘Day of Declaration’
83

Surfing the Tao

Maitreya will appear on worldwide television. His words of inspiration will telepathically sound in every person’s mind. His energy of Love will enter the hearts of all, galvanizing humanity to save the world. And hundreds of thousands of spontaneous healings will occur. This we will know that he is truly the World Teacher for all humanity.” We must begin to sharpen our bullsh— detectors – our delicate sense of discernment. Just because these strange gods talk about peace and love does not mean they are our saviors. They may even use our pathetic predicament to their own advantage. How do we know for sure they weren’t somehow responsible for it in the first place, to set themselves up? The Emergence Quarterly had several articles about the terrible state of humanity in various parts of the globe, and how the greed of an elite few was responsible. And now this guy is a buddy with some of the biggest culprits? The article Excerpts from Maitreya’s teachings stated that “in the new systems, social consciousness will guide market forces, not the other way around.” Maitreya teaches, “I have not come to found a new religion. I have come to teach the art of Self-realization, which is neither an ideology nor a religion, but benefits people of all religions and those who have none…The Self alone matters. You are that Self, an immortal being…” It’s not so much that what he says is wrong, it’s more about what he is leaving out. Subtly redirecting people towards Self rather than unconditional love is an important clue. God never appeals to our pride; this is a common tool of the bad guys. Also, our loving Source does not use beings that hide behind the present rulers of the earth. Our true God appears to each of us, in our hearts, and will never need television to do so. We must treasure our free will and use it only to choose the simple way of love, the Way of the Tao. To choose to recognize this Force in our lives and allow it to guide our Path is in direct opposition to empowerment of the Self. Most terrifying is the information regarding his “transmission meditation.” This “group service activity…’steps down’ the great spiritual energies that continually stream into our planet…the group literally serves as a ‘point of entry’ for these energies to reach humanity and stimulate human progress.” God the Force doesn’t need a “point of entry” to our world, but other-dimensional beings certainly
84

Secret Gods

could. Their pamphlet stated, “This transmission process, which makes the energies more useful to humanity, is similar to that of electrical transformers, which step down the power between generators and ordinary household outlets…During Transmission Meditation, humanity’s ‘elder brothers,’ known in the East as the Masters of Wisdom, direct energies from the highest spiritual planes through the energy centers (chakras) of the group members. This creates a ‘pool’ of energy that is more accessible and useful to humanity…Then, based on their greater understanding of our world, the Masters re-direct this stepped-down energy to wherever it is most needed at that moment in time…” They claim this is a great service to the world. But God is the Source of all energy – He does not need us to ‘pool’ our energies for Him. If strange, non-human “masters”, “gods” or “aliens” were to reappear to the world, perhaps on every TV and radio around the world at once, how many people would be shocked out of their religion? Either out of awe, fear or just simple relief, many people would quickly resume worship of these ‘beautiful beings of light’ who have come to ‘help us’. Most people will believe everything they tell us, without question. It would be an easy way to explain away any other seemingly outdated explanations of salvation. Some question who these Nine really are. Are they really the same ancient Egyptian gods, come back to us for some reason? Writer Colin Wilson categorized the Nine along with other similar channeled communications that are all subject to question. He speculates it could be either drama from the subconscious mind, or the work of ‘crooks and conmen of the spirit world.’ 24 Are they real or is their existence somehow orchestrated and manipulated by human agencies, electronic means, and/or the power of suggestion? A very interesting thought indeed.

85

Secret History
“The leaders we trusted were enraptured by a mystery and a history they forgot to tell us about.” – William Henry During the middle ages advanced knowledge was introduced by secret societies, particularly with regard to astronomy, geometry, and architecture. History tells us the Knights Templar went to Jerusalem for the Crusades in 1118, excavated under Solomon’s Temple, and came back with an unexplained enormous wealth. Author Graham Hancock theorizes they could have unearthed scrolls, manuscripts, theorems, or blueprints relation to Solomon’s Temple, maybe even the architectural secrets of geometry, proportion, balance and harmony known only to the builders of the pyramids and other great monuments. Perhaps they found Solomon’s treasure in gold, and the Ark of the Covenant itself. One legend states Solomon was an alchemist and manufactured the many tons of gold, buried around the Temple before it was destroyed by the Romans in 70 A.D; maybe they found records of his technique. St. Bernard of Clairvaux was the leading thinker of the Cistercian Order of Benedictine monks at the time, who in a sudden outburst of religious fervor became a great leader in the Church, adviser to the Pope, Kings and the nobility. He enhanced the order of Craftmasons, or Compagnonnage, whom he also called the Children of Solomon. He is known to have played a considerable role in the foundation of the Knights Templar, and his writings indicated some mysterious discovery in the Holy Land everyone was excited about. He wrote in a letter to Hughes De Payne, another Templar founder, “Hail, land of promise, which, formerly flowing only with milk and honey for thy possessors, now stretchest forth the food of life, and the means of salvation to the entire world.”1 (Emphasis added) Whatever happened, it is clear the Knights returned to Europe with a wealth and power so great only the Pope could touch them. It turned out love and compassion were not their goals, but power and wealth were – not to mention the secrets necessary to protect it.
86

Secret History

Various historical accounts connect the Templars with the Islamic Order of the Assassins, who were thought to have actually fought together in Jerusalem. The Assassins had ample opportunity to share important esoteric knowledge along with military intelligence with the European knights. Maybe a secret technology had gotten into the wrong hands; maybe a good organization had been infiltrated. Either way, their legacy is an intense drive towards a new high civilization on earth, with the spiritual side still kept secret from most. The god they worshipped seemed to be the same god of reflections and illusions that has captivated many. In order to encode this secret, sacred information, whatever it was, the Knights Templar were forced to consider means beyond pen and paper, which could always be burned or destroyed. The Templars were known to use a variety of codes and secret alphabets to hide their records and communications. One of the original Knights Templar was called William St. Clair, and he and his descendants were responsible for building and maintaining Rosslyn Chapel in Scotland, said to be a three-dimensional code with a hidden message. It was built to permanently record arcane, Gnostic traditions and secret, Templar information, such as the legacy of spiritual enlightenment – the “tree of life”. The Templars had fled to Scotland, where they helped secure an independent crown, and developed two underground Gnostic streams of thought, Freemasonry and Rosicrucianism. In fact it was another St. Clair, Earl William, who founded the powerful Grand Lodge of Ancient Free and Accepted Masons of Scotland in 1736. The fall of the Templars is a fascinating story. It is said the French King Philip le Bel was heavily indebted to the Templars, as many royalty were. He saw all the piles of bullion in their temple, and badly wanted to relieve his debt and take their gold! On Friday, October 13, 1307, he arrested Jaques de Molay, the Grandmaster of the Templars, and thousands of other Knights throughout France, and burned them at the stake. But when he went to take their gold – it had already mysteriously disappeared! Rosslyn Chapel’s “Christian” veil is superficial, for it is full of carvings that celebrate esoteric spiritual influences. The bust of Hermes Trismegistus, thought to be the author of the Hermetic texts, the foundation of many Greek schools of initiation, occupies the
87

Surfing the Tao

highest place of honor. Representation of the Babylonian gods Ishtar and Tammuz, pagan Norse gods, the Greek and Egyptian mystery schools, Hebraic mysticism as well as Gnostic Christian traditions abound. The Spear of Destiny is depicted in the stained glass, held by two Roman saints, Longinus and Mauritius. Legend has it, all who posses it hold the destiny of the world in their hands – for good or evil. Pagan fertility symbols like the “green man” are found all over the interior. The famous Apprentice pillar, beautifully carved with representations of the tree of life and the “serpents of Neifelheim”, stands as one end of the “Royal Arch”, its twin pillar on the other in Cintra, Portugal. Behind the orthodox Christian façade lay a secretive esotericism rooted in traditions from Babylonia, Ancient Egypt and early mosaic Judaism. According to writers Tim Wallace Murphy and Marilyn Hopkins in their book Rosslyn: Guardian of the Secrets of the Holy Grail, this arrangement of seven cathedrals, and eight sites, in Europe parallels an arrangement of ancient sites and oracles in Egypt and Greece. Bounded on either end by Solomonic pillars, the medieval pilgrim made his way on this “apocalyptic” path starting in Spain at the Cathedral of St. James of Compostela, journeyed north to France and the cathedrals of Toulouse, then Orleans, on to Notre Dame in Paris, then Amien, Chartres, and finally Rosslyn, in Scotland. Each stop represented a level of initiation. As the student went from cathedral to cathedral, he was also being secretly “initiated” in underground chambers, which are the original sites of the ancient oracles, places where the earth’s telluric energy is particularly intense. The initiate received not just sacred knowledge, but a new state of consciousness. Each temple represented one of the seven “chakra” points on the human body. As the pilgrim progressed down the path, enlightenment passed upwards through the chakras along the spine – symbolized by a serpent spiraling its way up a tree, the “tree of life”. The cathedral of St. James in Compostela represents the root chakra, red. Represented by the Raven, it marks the conversion of the soul so it can begin to receive messages from the spirit world. Its counterpart oracle in Greece is on the Island of Philae, near Elephantine. The second, or sacral, chakra, orange, is in Toulouse, the oracle of Mercury, and its symbol is the Occultist. Its counterpart was
88

Secret History

in Thebes. Awakening the abdominal chakra meant the student could now communicate directly with God – in esotericism this “god” was Hermes Trismegestis. The Warrior, or Knight, is the symbol of the third, or solar chakra - yellow. The Cathedral of Orleans was built as the “modern” oracle of Venus, like the Temple of Abydos. Its progression meant the initiates were ready to physically demonstrate their beliefs. The fourth stop on the journey is in Chartres. The Lion symbolized the heart chakra, green. Its progression symbolized the death of the self and the realization of the divine within. The Sun Oracle was also originally located both in Hermopolis and Akhenaten, for the dual centers of the “Royal self.” Fifth on the path is the great Notre Dame de Paris. This was the oracle of Mars, also found in Memphis, the center of speech and spiritual activity, appropriate for the throat chakra, blue. Now the student could begin to teach and preach the Word. The sixth stop is in Amiens, from its origins in Heliopolis. The eagle represents this brow chakra, violet, also known as the third eye. In this oracle of Jupiter, the student learned the secrets of space and time, and how to move within the spirit realms. Last but not least, the crown chakra, the color of gold, the seat of the soul, lay waiting in Roslin, Scotland in Rosslyn Chapel, on the same location as the ancient Druidic oracle of Saturn. Its ancient counterpart had two locations, in Behedet and Heliopolis. Here the initiate became directly contact with “An,” the “heavenly father.” Its symbol is the serpent, and its attainment meant the student was now fully awakened, and could leave the body in spirit at will. According to Murphy and Hopkins, this configuration was intended to represent the Temple of God on Earth. “Roslin” means ‘ancient knowledge passed down the generations.’ Various religious sects believe Rosslyn will be the center of world peace someday, and revere its location. Some believe the Chapel actually contains the Ark of the Covenant, secreted there centuries ago by the Templars. A popular New Age book called The Lion Path was published in 1985. The enigmatic author, named simply “Musaios”, explained the ancient Egyptian path of enlightenment, mostly gleaned from the Pyramid Texts. These explain the transformation into a ‘body of light’ after death. Musaios promises this path is open to everyone now, even before death, and goes on to explain a series of meditations to be
89

Surfing the Tao

carried out at astrologically specific times, so the individual can proceed to ‘tune in’ to the higher intelligences located in the star system Sirius. Picknett and Prince noted that Musaios turns out to be Dr. Charles Muses, an internationally renowned mathematician and cyberneticist. Known primarily for his brilliant theory of hyper numbers, Muses was also editor of the journal for Arthur M. Young’s Institute for the Study of Consciousness. Does he really believe in such a transformation? Another hidden and secretive tradition dedicated to an ancient way of ‘knowing’ the connections between the spiritual and temporal worlds was The Royal Society, founded in England in 1660. Cecil Rhodes, who starting with the creation of his Round Table groups, helped form several secret societies like the Royal Institute of International Affairs in England and the Council of Foreign Relations in the US, which still enjoy a close and intimate relationship today. Rhodes was much influenced by John Ruskin, an Oxford professor himself inspired by Plato’s more esoteric works, Madame Blavatsky and her Theosophical Society, and secret societies like the Order of the Golden Dawn. Karl Marx later echoed Ruskin’s views on tight central control over the state. Coinciding with the occultist philosophies of Blavatsky were the ideals of Freemasonry, and Rhodes was a member along with other prominent nineteenth century figures like George IV and William IV, Lord Randolph Churchill, Rudyard Kipling, and Oscar Wilde. Some writers believe British royalty continues to top the pyramid of power in this dark underground ruling order, regardless of its innocuous public role. (I have heard Prince Charles will never become king because he has refused to become a Mason.) Rhodes is now associated with scholarships for promising students at Oxford, but he is thought to have been a member of the super-secret Illuminati as well as other covert groups whose true object, according to Rhodes’ own will, is the extension of British rule throughout the world, including the United States of America. Georgetown University professor Carroll Quigley wrote, “The Rhodes Scholarships…are known to everyone. What is not so widely known is that Rhodes in five previous wills left his fortune to form a secret society, which was to devote itself to the preservation and expansion of the British Empire. And what does not seem to be
90

Secret History

known to anyone is that this secret society…continues to exist to this day.” He added, “There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network which…has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists or any other groups and frequently does so…in general my chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown, and I believe its role in history is significant enough to be known.” Interestingly, our own government continues to be run by descendants of British royalty. The genealogy of our key politicians and banking and business tycoons can be traced to European royal families, and some say even further to the ancient god-kings of Sumer and Egypt. These families consider themselves to be the Rex Deus, related to the gods and vying for the divine right of kings, the right to rule over man. Far from being simple Freemasons, most people don’t realize that 34 of our 43 presidents can trace their lineage directly back to Charlemagne. This is astounding in a country renowned for its genealogical multiplicity, where “anyone” is supposed to be able to become President. According to Burke’s Peerage, in every single U.S. presidential election, the candidate with the most blue blood has won. George W. and Al Gore are both related to British royalty, but Bush is a little closer. He is a 13th cousin once removed to Prince Charles, directly descended from Mary Tudor and Charles II. Al Gore is a cousin to Richard Nixon, and a descendant of Edward I. Other notable blue bloods are George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Ben Franklin, the Roosevelts, Harry Truman, Ronald Reagan and even Colin Powell.2 Is America really as free as it thinks it is? For generations the general population has been told little about their true origins or the reality going on behind the scenes. Was our precious America really designed as the New Atlantis, a term made popular by Francis Bacon and cherished by our Founding Fathers, to be an enlightened society rising again from the ashes of Atlantis like a Phoenix bird? This group of Freemasons believed America was God’s undertaking, part of his covenant with Israel, his promise to reunite the dispersed from the “four corners of the earth” in the process of creating a new heaven on earth. Are we certain which “God” we are talking about here? Were they? Could there have been an ulterior motive? Whose kingdom was being created? Was the
91

Surfing the Tao

real truth and knowledge being released, or was a complicated new system of rules and laws in the works? SRI International’s 1973 report entitled Changing Images of Man concluded that a new spiritual movement could upset the ‘modern industrial-state culture’ and result in social disruption and collapse. To avoid this social resistance against authority, the report recommends Freemasonry as a solution. “Of special interest to the Western world is that Freemasonry tradition which played such a significant role in the birth of the United States of America, attested to by the symbolism of the Great Seal…That this…has the potentiality of reactivating the American symbols, reinterpreting the work ethic, supporting the basic concepts of a free-enterprise democratic society, and providing new meanings for the technological-industrial thrust.” 3 America’s version was to be a melting pot; genetic diversity was a necessity. And what better way to validate this experiment for its people, than to have an alternative interpretation of reality to fight against. On the other side of the Atlantic, another interpretation of the New Atlantis, which preached purity of race, appeared in Germany in the early 1900s. Its legacy was mass genocide and global war. The hidden, or occult, history of World War II is very disturbing. Most people accept the shallow mainstream military history we are taught. However, certain strange facts continue to disrupt this view. For example, Hitler was fascinated by the occult as a young man in Vienna, and studied ancient history, occultism, hypnotism, astrology and theosophy, even ingesting hallucinogenic drugs to achieve enlightenment, according to author Trevor Ravenscroft. He became obsessed with the celestial relics like the Holy Grail and the Spear of Destiny, and was fascinated by the supernatural. Miraculously regaining his sight after having been blinded in a mustard attack during WWI, he became a “changed man” – many people described a dual personality, and periods during which he seemed “possessed,” especially when he was giving a speech. Hitler himself honestly believed he had been contacted and possessed by “extraterrestrial creator gods”. He dedicated his book Mein Kampf to Dietrich Eckart, the spiritual founder of National Socialism, who had initiated Hitler in the Secret Doctrine, a philosophy written or “channeled” by Helena Blavatsky, founder of the Theosophical Society. This Doctrine states “nonhuman visitors to
92

Secret History

Earth long ago produced by genetic manipulation ‘divine-human hybrid beings, sort of God-men’” divided into seven races, including the Aryans. It also states humans were meant to serve these “gods” unreservedly, and to protect the purity of their blood.7 Under his orders, the Nazis spent considerable time and money searching for holy artifacts. They also developed the belief strangely shared by the Japanese, that they originated from “blond gods from outer space”, according to author Henry. Meanwhile, Franklin Roosevelt, a 33rd degree Freemason, owned shares in a company which was attempting to salvage the repository containing the gold and spiritual secrets of the Knights Templar. This was believed to be hidden somewhere underground in Nova Scotia’s Oak Island. Additionally, Newsweek magazine reported that FDR and his third-term vice president Henry A. Wallace were looking for the “reincarnated Jesus in Shambhala.” Strange as that sounds, Wallace was a disciple of a Russian guru/visionary named Nicholas Roerich, who had been preaching about the Second Coming since 1927. “Their plan was to connect America with a group of spiritual masters whom they believed survived the cataclysm of Atlantis and who lived in Shambhala, secretly influencing world affairs.”4 How many people know FDR first built and named Camp David, “Shangri-la”? President Eisenhower renamed it later. The symbols and myths which surround this era makes it clear this was not a war of good and evil, but a la Machiavelli, of one “secret” mindset over another. The same “gods” at the centerpiece of Wallace’s New Atlantis also warped and inspired the minds of the Nazis. At the close of the war, Winston Churchill ordered that the occult and religious beliefs of the Nazis remain secret. This was for several reasons, one being the fear that the jury would find them innocent of their crimes by reason of insanity. Another reason may have been that knowledge of such spiritual principles could encourage imitators, or it might reveal to the masses the key to the puzzle of humanity. Author Henry wrote, “Out of the loop of secretive Oval Office conversations, most Depression-era Americans had no inkling of the bizarre, occult wonderland their leaders had tapped into, the utopian fantasies that filled their heads, nor the arcane myths that guided and inspired them.”5
93

Surfing the Tao

Certainly their plan for a New World, New Deal or “New Atlantis”, rising from the ashes, would be impossible if this information were widely understood. Deeper still was the knowledge that the same international group of financiers had provided the funds to build weapons for both sides of the conflict, and had profited greatly from the whole mess. For example, Standard Oil, owned by the Rockefellers, came under investigation during WWII for a series of secret business dealings that resulted in selling gasoline to Nazi Germany during the war.6 This period is a great example of how easy it is to use the existence of “otherworldly beings” to manipulate people in positions of power on both sides of a conflict. Machiavelli is indeed smiling up from hell. For these and other reasons the occult remains outside the mainstream historical paradigm. No one wants to admit that there were no good guys – both sides were striving for power and control, not love, peace and harmony. For this reason we were all fooled. Score one more for the Mirror Image.

94

The Power of Money
“Let me issue and control a nation’s money and I care not who writes the laws.” – Arnsall Rothschild This elitist control of our society begins and ends with money. Names that can be linked to secret societies are the same wealthiest and most powerful families in the world. Money rules our world at the moment; with it, most anything is possible. Without it, life can be cruel and miserable, and this is how it is for the vast majority of the earth’s present 6 billion inhabitants. It is a clever system, for it is necessary to survive, and yet to acquire it one must often make decisions that are in opposition to love, peace and harmony. The concepts of banking, borrowing and lending changed our world and ensured the masses would be forever enslaved to it. Today mounting debt is epidemic. Even people who live in western countries, whose wealth and modern technological innovations should have long ago made life easier, must still toil long hours to make enough money to live. The world’s economy and quest for wealth turns the engines of industry and technology, and the sovereignty of nation states is blurring in favor of economic associations. The Rothschild family has been working for the interests of Freemasonry since the late 1700s. Having started as a small but ambitious banking house, its alignment with the Masonic Orders helped expand and establish the Rothschild power and wealth. They manipulated and controlled debt and financial affairs in Europe for centuries. By the nineteenth century the Rothschilds had acquired titles of nobility, and controlled the financial transactions on behalf of England, France, Prussia, Austria, Belgium, Spain, Naples, Portugal, Brazil, and various German states. They also acted as personal bankers for many heads of European royalty and invested in markets across the world. The Warburgs of Europe are another elite banking family, and in the U.S. familiar names like J.P. Morgan, Carnegie, Harriman, Kuhn, Loeb, Schiff, Lehman, and Rockefeller possess an ordinate amount of the existing wealth, thanks in a large part to the
95

Surfing the Tao

investments of the Rothschild family over the years. They began investing in American industry in the 1800s, contributing to the Rockefeller oil, Carnegie steel and Harriman railroad dynasties. Antitrust laws didn’t stop them either, as it became clear the same people owned the new companies too. The Rothschild name pops up again when investigating the financing of Cecil Rhodes’ creation of the De Beers monopoly of diamond mines in South Africa. It is well known that such precious metals and stones are expensive because of “artificial” scarcity. These elite societies are known to hoard huge amounts of wealth, claiming that mankind is still too selfish and not ready for these treasures to be released to the “outer world”. I think we know who is really being selfish. Some of the greatest minds of our time recognized how important money is, whether they were part of the cabal or not. George Washington, himself a Freemason, in fact did warn the American people about the insidious plan. He said, “I have heard much of the nefarious and dangerous plan and doctrines of the Illuminati. It was not my intention to doubt that the doctrine of the Illuminati and the principles of Jacobinism had not spread in the United States.” He went on to warn us therefore about getting involved with any foreign nation outside of commercial relations. If only we had listened! Even Abraham Lincoln attempted to resist the Illuminist forces, and said just before his assassination, “As a result of war, corporations have been enthroned and an era of corruption in high places will follow and the money power of the country will endeavor to prolong its reign by working on the prejudices of the people until wealth is aggregated in the hands of a few and the Republic is destroyed. I feel at this moment more anxiety for the safety of my country than ever before, even in the midst of war.” “If the American People ever allow the banks to control the issuance of their currency, first by inflation and then by deflation, the banks and corporation that will grow up around them will deprive the people of all property, til their children wake up homeless on the continents their fathers occupied.” – Thomas Jefferson
96

The Power of Money

Of course this did happen in 1913 with the creation of the Federal Reserve, which is not part of the Federal government at all as most people might think, but controlled instead by a private group of elite bankers. Congressman Lindbergh warned against such an institution the year it was created, saying the Federal Reserve “establishes the most gigantic trust on earth…When the President signs this act, the invisible government by the money power…will be legitimized. The new law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation. From now on depressions will be scientifically created.” Charles Lindbergh resisted the creation of the Federal Reserve, and his subsequent personal tragedies raise a suspicious eyebrow when listed next to the many other Senators and Congressmen who have been publicly ruined, patently ignored, or even mysteriously involved in “accidents”, when they spoke out against this “establishment” throughout the years. In the 1960s, Congressman Wright Patman attempted to expose one-world interests by calling for audits of the Federal Reserve, but was frustrated over the total lack of coverage on the issue. His shocking exposes of the Federal Reserve were only reported in the Congressional Record, which is read by barely a handful of people. He stated, “In the United States today, we have in effect two governments. We have the duly constituted government. Then we have an independent, uncontrolled and un-coordinated government in the Federal Reserve System, operating the money powers which are reserved to Congress by the Constitution.”1 In the 1970s and 1980s, Congressman Larry P. McDonald tried to speak out with his book The Rockefeller File, which attempted to disclose the family’s vast wealth and secret intentions. “The Rockefeller File is not fiction. It is a compact, powerful and frightening presentation of what may be the most important story of our lifetime – the drive of the Rockefellers and their allies to create a one-world government combining super-capitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control.”2 McDonald loudly continued to take his message to the streets, but in 1983 he was killed aboard the Korean Airlines flight 007, which was “accidentally” shot down by the Soviets. Two other outspoken critics of the “Eastern
97

Surfing the Tao

Establishment” (a term frequently used to describe one-world interests) were Senators John Heinz and John Tower. They were both killed in “freak” small plane crashes one day apart in 1991. Some say in order to create the Federal Reserve, Congress and the nation was hoodwinked. President Wilson signed the bill just two days before Christmas in 1913, most people’s attention being elsewhere at the time. There is evidence this group of men made sure Wilson made it into office in order to sign this bill. However, even he was apparently aware of what was really going on. “We are controlled by a small group of dominant men. The worst ruled and most completely controlled government in the civilized world. Some of the biggest men in the United States are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”- Woodrow Wilson “The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the large centers has owned the government ever since the days of Andrew Jackson.” – FDR There is plenty of evidence that the nation’s wealthy elite controls not just big business but the way our country itself is run. “The real menace of our Republic is the invisible government which like a giant octopus sprawls its slimy length over our city, state and nation…At the head of this octopus are the Rockefeller-Standard Oil interests and a small group of powerful banking houses generally referred to as the international bankers [who] virtually run the US government for their own selfish purposes.” -Former New York mayor John F. Hylan, 1922
98

The Power of Money

One could imagine that with enough money, practically anything was possible. As Jim Marrs wrote in Rule By Secrecy, (p.108) “Taken together the facts suggest that the overall goal of these modern societies is to bring about one world government with attendant centralized social control and loss of national sovereignty. This objective is coming ever closer to reality, largely through the increasing corporate and financial control over both governments and economies.” The strain of the Depression led to FDR taking us off the gold standard. But at least until 1971 our notes were backed by silver. Now they just say “Federal Reserve Note”, backed by nothing. This is not just evident in our own country, but around the world. Everything seems to be merging into single currencies and one, huge global company. Zbigniew Brzezinski, a famous advocate of this “New World Order”, calls the progression into one world economic and technological state technetronics. “The technetronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values.” Unrestrained by values? How are these groups able to influence the evolution of society with its hidden agendas? With so much money, anything seems possible, especially when public agendas seem honest and good on the surface. Our world’s biggest business conglomerates, which may spout goals like world unity and equal justice, sounding all warm and fuzzy, are actually financing the world’s billion dollar porn industry as well. The Reese Committee investigated the influence of our nation’s tax-exempt foundations and discovered they serve both as tax shelters for the enormously wealthy, as well as fund major think-tanks which influence our American life in ways we barely understand. By funneling huge sums of money for research and grants in areas such as the social sciences, public education, and international affairs, numerous organizations such as the NEA have been found to produce and promote information that advocates among other things sexual freedom, socialism, and globalism intending to
99

Surfing the Tao

prepare students for a future one-world society. Of course these conglomerates control just about everything we see on television as well, one way or another. A cursory glance of our nation’s tax-exempt foundations, government think-tanks and alphabet agencies finds hundreds founded and controlled by secret society members. The same pyramid-shaped hierarchical structure helps keep all except for the top elite unaware of the true goals of these organizations. The list is very long, but just to mention a few: the Aspen Institute, the AntiDefamation League, the Brookings Institute, Center for Strategic International Studies, Environmental Fund, Fabian Society, Ford Foundation, Hudson Institute, Institute for Pacific Relations, Institute for Policy Studies, Institute on Drugs, Crime and Justice, International Institute for Strategic Studies, Mellon Institute, NAACP, Rand Institute, Stanford Research Institute, Tavistock Institute, International Red Cross, the YMCA, the CIA, NSA, FBI, DEA, IRS and of course, FEMA. The same goes for our nation’s top universities. Haven’t heard it on the news, so don’t believe it? It might be news to you to learn the media is also heavily populated with secret society members. And the consolidation of media empires has accelerated rapidly in recent years. In 1982, fifty corporations controlled mass media in the US. By 1990 the number was down to 23, and in 1997 it was down to 10. Now the FCC is even trying to change its rules to allow big media to own print, radio and TV conglomerates at once in the same cities – further decreasing the variety of our news and placing it is the hands of a very small number of people. Secret society members in the media include many past and present tycoons and journalists such as Robert McNeil, Jim Lehrer, Daniel Schorr, Katherine Graham, Cyrus Vance, A.M. Rosenthal, Strobe Talbott, Stephen S. Rosenfeld, William F. Buckley, Dan Rather, Bill Moyers, Diane Sawyer, David Brinkley, Ted Koppel, Barbara Walters, John Chancellor, George Will, Tom Brokaw, and many others. “We live in a dirty and dangerous world. There are some things the general public does not need to know and shouldn’t. I believe democracy flourishes when the
100

The Power of Money

government can take legitimate steps to keep its secrets, and when the press can decide whether to print what it knows.” – Katherine Graham, in a speech to the CIA in 1988 A mysterious character that keeps popping up in my research is the Count of St. Germain. In the eighteenth century St. Germain’s movements can be linked to royalty, the secret Brotherhood and wars in Europe. A flamboyant and multi-talented character, much was written about him. He is rumored to have manipulated the politics of the time, causing wars and arranging marriages between the elite, and most importantly creating wealth and financial standing for certain men in the Brotherhood. He charmed and influenced many important people of the time. But reports throughout the century and the next relate the recurring mysterious appearance of St. Germain, even after his reported death. Today, several people claim to have been contacted by this same being, including religious leader Elizabeth Clare Prophet. He allegedly took some of them on out-of-body tours of underground facilities in places like Mount Shasta, and revealed the existence of some “Ascended Masters” with super powers. He reportedly told writer Guy Warren Ballard earlier this century that, “No one—in this world—ever accumulated a great amount of wealth—without the assistance and radiation of some—Ascended Master. There are occasions—in which individuals can be used as a focus of great wealth—for a specific purpose—and at such times— greatly added power is radiated to them—for through it—they can receive personal assistance. Such an experience is a—test—and opportunity—for growth.”3 But not everyone believed that progress was made with money, or was worth the expense of a loving and harmonious way of life. Indian poet and philosopher Rabindranath Tagore wrote in the early 20th century, “Therefore I speak with a personal feeling of pain and sadness about the collective power which is guiding the helm of western civilization. It is a passion, not an ideal. The more success it has brought to Europe, the more costly it will prove to her at last, when the
101

Surfing the Tao

accounts have to be rendered. And the signs are unmistakable, that the accounts have been called for. The time has come when Europe must know that the forcible parasitism which she has been practicing upon the two large continents of the world - the two most unwieldy whales of humanity – must be causing to her moral nature a gradual atrophy and degeneration.”

102

How is this possible?
“Who controls the past, controls the future: who controls the present, controls the past.” —George Orwell, 1984 The Mirror Image controls our perception of the present reality. So many things that started out harmless have become perverted and manipulated to keep us forever unable to discern the subtleties of truth. Our ignorance leaves us vulnerable to a host of cruelties most people imagine are just part of life. When I read the Protocols of Zion, I knew I had hit upon a powerful, underground truth I had rather not have known. Unfortunately, it does exist, sheathed in deception and misinterpretation through the ages. Also known as the Protocols of the Wise men of Zion, it is a list of procedures for world domination, and is still widely circulated today. Jim Marrs says in his book Rule by Secrecy, “this document may have wreaked more havoc than almost any other piece of literature in recent history.” It originally appeared in 1864 in France in a book called Dialogue in Hell Between Machiavelli and Montesquieu or the Politics of Machiavelli in the Nineteenth Century by a Contemporary. Written by a French lawyer named Maurice Joly, it was taken at the time as a satire against Napoleon III. Joly, who along with friend Victor Hugo was a Rosicrucian, was imprisoned for his impertinence. Later on his book was re-written and augmented with anti-Semetic material on orders of the Russian czar, who was trying to relieve his own political pressure by creating it instead between Russian revolutionaries and the Jews. The document stated the Jews and the Freemasons were working together to create a one-world government by means of liberalism and socialism. The documents were re-written and attributed to Jews before World War I to incite anti-Semitism. The message contained in the Protocols is chilling indeed, with its descriptions of the methodology of tyranny of the few. It states that outwardly, they shall adopt honorable and cooperative procedures, but that a statesman’s words do not have to agree with his
103

Surfing the Tao

acts. By controlling how and what the public thinks, stirring up old conflicts and creating new ones, spreading misery and plague and distracting the youth, they will accomplish their plan for world domination. Some of the phrasing is downright degrading and talks about people as if they were animals. Here are a few examples. –The Protocol plan “will remain invisible until the moment…when no cunning can any longer undermine it.” –”Wars, so far as possible, should not result in territorial gains.” –”The minds of the masses must be diverted toward industry…(so as) not to take note of their common foe.” –”We shall create an intensified centralization of government…We shall soon begin to establish huge monopolies.” –”Not a single announcement will reach the public without our control” —“In order that the masses themselves may not guess what they are about we further distract them with amusements, games, pastimes, passions…soon we shall begin through the press to propose competition in art, in sport of all kinds…” –”When we at last come into our kingdom by the aid of coup d’etat prepared everywhere for one and the same day…we shall slay without mercy all who take arms in hand to oppose our coming…anything like a secret society will also be punishable with death” —“It will be no disgrace to be a spy and informer, but a merit…how else are we to increase disorders?” Taxes are a huge part of the Protocols, which call for general taxation, progressive property taxes, sales taxes, income and inheritance taxes and other banking loan procedures. Regardless of where these protocols originated, one can surely agree that many of these points are evident in our “democratic” society today. They are manipulated into our world as being necessary and lack any awareness of love. Striking similarities exist between this plan and Marx’s Communist Manifesto. The steps towards a communist state include taxes, intense centralization of government and control over the people, property and industry, and free education for all children. These days the growing partnership is no longer secret but a matter of
104

How is this possible?

pride between our nations. Charlotte Iserbyt was the Senior Policy Advisor to the Office of Educational Research and Improvement (OERI) at the Department of Education during the first Reagan Administration. She exposed a major technology initiative that aimed to control the curriculum in American classrooms in an attempt to merge it with the system in the Soviet Union. She claims the plan, still in place today, changed our system into one focused on quotas for jobs rather than academics, and has resulted in the redistribution of wealth with more benefits to a tiny elite. The growing number of ex-KGB agents now working for the U.S. government also evidences this merging partnership. An article in the July 30, 2001 issue of The New American called “Community Policing, East and West” said, “Among Louis Freeh’s supposedly commendable achievements as FBI director, according to Robert S. Bennett, (brother of William Bennett, former Secretary of Education, ed) was the realization of his vision of a ‘global FBI.’ It was in pursuit of that vision that Freeh traveled to Moscow in 1994, and—on the fourth of July—signed an agreement creating a framework for FBI/KGB collaboration. ‘We can honestly say that our two nations have more in common that ever before,’ declared Freeh at the ceremony, which took place after a tour of the KGB’s Lubyanka Square Headquarters. ‘We are united in purpose and in spirit.’” Iserbyt reminds us of a quote by Cicero, “A nation can survive fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within.” In general people don’t recognize the profundity of these global developments, which have become for most just another sound bite. And in order to keep us from a more informed perspective of this historical manipulation, much of the evidence of the true history of the earth has been destroyed. The old libraries burned down and other materials are kept hidden away in a safe place. Supposedly the Vatican has the most elaborate collection of ancient manuscripts on earth, but does not share them. Rumor has it other ancient collections of manuscripts are kept hidden in places like the mountains of India or under the Sphinx. These behind-the-scenes forces claim humans are spiritually unworthy of such information. According to Mr. Ballard and our friend St. Germain,
105

Surfing the Tao

“These records are not brought forth into the use of the outer world at the present time, because of lack of spiritual growth and understanding of the people. The race has a restlessness and critical feeling, that is a very destructive activity…the Ascended Masters of the Great White Brotherhood, have always foreseen such destructive impulses, and have withdrawn all important records of every civilization, and preserved them, then left the less important to be destroyed by the vicious impulse of the vandals”.1 Modern prophets predict the discovery of ancient texts, which will transform the way the world perceives itself and its history. But can we be certain that information that has remained hidden until now hasn’t been doctored? Just because something – even knowledge - is old, doesn’t mean it is the whole truth. Also, using actual truth improperly is another wonderful way to mislead people. Just put a colorful “spin” on it, pepper it with unnecessary additives and preservatives and watch the Pied Piper dance. Most of us have never even considered what would really be “outside the box.” Since birth we have been so subtly conditioned we cannot imagine how life could be different. Our educational system is often hailed as being a positive step towards an enlightened future, when in fact it is a perfect system for turning out little programmable robots. Even in private schools, the curriculum is strict, and teachers must teach what they are told. It’s not that we have been taught lies, but that there is so much out there they are simply not telling us at all. Rabindranath Tagore, who received the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1913, worked during his lifetime to develop alternative ways to educate the youth. He wanted people to learn to think for themselves, not recite required words from an old book. A visionary ahead of his time, he lived in the rhythm of the Tao, while the rest of the world worried about tradition or wealth. He wrote about his struggle, “The obstacles were numerous. The tradition of the community which calls itself educated, the parents’ expectations, the upbringing of the teachers themselves, the claim and the constitution of the official University, were all overwhelmingly arrayed against the idea I cherished.” People are taught to feel proud of themselves and what
106

How is this possible?

they learned. It never occurs to them there could be all kinds of much more interesting subjects and knowledge far beyond their wildest dreams. Similar types of lies of omission haunt our scientific and medical systems. Modern science is like a little fascist club in which all members must toe the line or lose their funding and reputations. So many of them are “compartmentalized” in their specialty. The media constantly trots out people with high-sounding degrees and titles to denounce any claims of the “paranormal”. Even respected organizations like the Smithsonian and the National Geographic Society are the subject of complaints by alternative researchers, who claim they debunk or simply ignore scientific evidence that might enlighten people about their true origins. They may not necessarily print actual lies, but omitting any discussion of differing points of view on such topics is just as hurtful. Such institutions are also accused of “losing” important archeological evidence. One example is the discovery of an enormous underground tunnel system in the Grand Canyon, replete with a hidden entrance, 20,000-year-old mummies, tablets with hieroglyphics, copper artifacts, and corroboration with Hopi legend of a vast and ancient underground civilization. The exploration was led by Smithsonian archeologist G.E. Kinkaid, and reported in the Phoenix Gazette on April 5, 1909, after which the evidence quickly disappeared, the discovery vanishing from public view. Alternative healing methods also suffer ridicule and misunderstanding by the public. In actuality it is a vibrational imbalance, or dis-ease, of a person’s energy field that can manifest as various illnesses in the physical body. True healers work to restore the balance in the body’s energy field, and the physical manifestations of the dis-ease disappear. These techniques work on a quantum level, and have long been known to many ancient cultures. Today more and more people are turning to alternative methods like faith or energetic healing, acupuncture and chi gung instead of drugs and surgery, which are not only dangerous but also very expensive. According to the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality in 2002, 22% of all hospital visits experience at least one error, and there are between 44,000 and 98,000 deaths annually due to medical errors. This is thousands more than die from handguns each year, believe it or not.
107

Surfing the Tao

The Tao can heal and nurture without surgery or chemicals. In the quantum realm, where there is no “matter”, All Things Are Possible. Alternative therapies are beginning to bear out this truth even in our close-minded modern world. People thoughtlessly ingest so many questionable drugs and chemicals, instead of going to the Source of the problem. However, having an aspirin is not going to separate you from God. There is a fine line between what is reasonable and what is downright against the Tao. Some of the most dangerous drugs out there are perfectly legal. Aspartame, a sweetener found in diet sodas, suppresses the intellect and has been known to cause headaches, dizziness, attention difficulties, memory loss, slurred speech and vision problems. It changes brain chemistry and lowers the threshold for seizures, causes mood disorders and other nervous system problems. Be smart – do some research on your own. The Monsanto Corporation owns NutraSweet and Equal. This is the same company that provides seeds to our nation’s farmers, modified so that the plants they grow are infertile, requiring farmers to purchase them anew each year. This company is also responsible for genetically modified food, another potential assault on the human body, which at the very least deserves more study. Side effects often result from the common additive monosodium glutamate, which is found in a lot of fast food and snack items. Brain-altering phenylketornurics like phenylalanine are found in children’s candy. You can live in love and have a diet soda now and then - but many people drink several a day. The same goes for tobacco. Long ago, one could share a pipe in perfect joy and contentment. But the Mirror Image has perverted it into the big business of cigarettes, and elevated the consumption of this humble plant into an epidemic of addiction, death and disease. Prozac is another culprit; the FDA found that its parent drug company, Eli Lilly, had failed to report psychotic episodes during testing. However, there was no reprimand. Ritalin is a drug used on children, but has been connected to violent crimes. Amidst controversy of an industry cover-up, it has been found that the use of these drugs causes a marked increase in the rate of murders and suicides. Fluoride is an old friend of the dental industry. It is a known intellect suppressant that is commonly added to water supplies, and is
108

How is this possible?

also an ingredient in rat poison, hypnotics, and military nerve gas. Various communities have protested this addition to their water supply. Alcohol is probably the single most destructive drug in existence. “Alcohol is a premier drug of abuse in America, and sales to children and underage drinkers are a critical component of the alcohol industry’s profits,” says Joseph Califano, President of Columbia University’s Research Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse. However, the Tao would never deny us proper enjoyment of a glass of wine now and then. Prohibition is a stern legalism, and as far from the Tao as a sodden drunkard. Both extremes are reflections of the Mirror Image. A close second in destructiveness is methamphetamine or speed, a cheap stimulant ravaging our cities, which virtually shuts off one’s ability to love. Street drugs are a simple way to enslave the minds of the masses. The development of stronger and cheaper drugs has led to a worldwide epidemic of addiction. Unfortunately, certain natural plants when used properly can help release the mind from the non-love grid, and they have been completely misunderstood, ignorantly lumped together with these and conveniently made illegal as well. Sugar and caffeine can dangerously alter our body’s chemistry and render us less sensitive to higher frequencies of awareness. These substances seem harmless, but today are consumed in such vast quantities we would be wise to take a second look. Vaccinations are another frightening issue. In the U.S., we are conditioned to believe they are necessary, but there is evidence that many of the claimed benefits are questionable at best. The science behind it is real, but it can also be abused and become perverted. I have read of millions of third world children dying from disease despite being fully vaccinated. Flu shots are recommended for the elderly, but often it is only the ones who refused the shot who stay healthy. The fact that measles and mumps continue to be spread among vaccinated children at school should be a heads up. Measles was declared virtually eradicated in 1982, but in the 1990s it came back with a vengeance. The death rate is now many times higher than it was before the vaccine was in widespread use. Parents are often not even warned that children can be left autistic after a routine measles
109

Surfing the Tao

or mumps vaccination. The U.S. has the worst infant mortality rate among developed nations, and there is staggering evidence that vaccinations could be one reason. There is even a campaign to intimidate parents into getting them for their children. Most are not told they can still legally waive them. In Maryland parents on welfare lose $25 per month per child without vaccinations, even though they are legally not required. There have been cases in which parents were personally attacked and their children expelled for refusing them. Most doctors will not treat children without them. Online I found thousands and thousands of names of children whose parents believed they were killed or damaged by vaccines. The official statistics are potentially flawed, since the laws are very technical; if a death occurs even five minutes after the four-hour deadline, for example, the doctor must state it was from some other reason. Doctors get kick-backs for enforcing them, like they do for prescribing other medications as well. The production of vaccines is a scary business itself and should make any normal person concerned. “Live-virus” vaccines must be weakened by forcing cells through tissue, like dead animal organs or fetal tissue. Then chemicals like formaldehyde and mercury are added as stabilizers. One series of studies questioned the presence of a human hormone which acts like a birth control found needlessly added to thousands of vaccines that went to women in third world countries. In fact, anything could be added and we would be none the wiser. How do I know the company that makes the vaccine won’t make even more money should I get sick? Do you really trust them to work for your best interest, and not theirs? Did you know the company who now makes Cipro, the treatment for Anthrax, started out as the German company that worked for Hitler? They sure made a lot of money last year. They are capitalists, not philanthropists. I shudder to think of the day when vaccinations are required by law. Robert McNamara, former U.S. Secretary of State, also a Trilateralist, a Bilderberger and a member of the CFR, responsible for massive bombing campaigns in Vietnam, was quoted in a French publication called “j’ai tout compris’, “One must take draconian measure of demographic reduction against the will of the populations. Reducing the birth rate has proved to be impossible or insufficient.
110

How is this possible?

We must therefore increase the mortality rate. How? By natural means. Famine and sickness.”2 Bill Cooper wrote in his book The Secret Government when discussing the government’s “Alternative 3” plans for saving the human race, “As a delaying action, ALL THREE ALTERNATIVES included birth control, sterilization, and the introduction of deadly microbes to control or slow the growth of the Earth’s population. AIDS is only ONE result of these plans. There are others. It was decided since the population must be reduced and controlled that it would be in the best interest of the human race to rid ourselves of the undesirable elements of our society.” Another hideous and powerful lie regards the environmental movement. We all care about the earth, its flora and fauna, and to abuse this cause is unforgivable. “Ostensibly to save the environment, misinformed and uninformed Americans are being mobilized to create the appearance of popular support for a radical agenda intended to alter our lifestyles and subvert the independence of our country. If this agenda is implemented, it will not improve the environment but will fulfill a long-sought-after goal of the Establishment. For this very reason, the Establishment has supported the radical environmental cause.” – Gary Benoit, The New American magazine. They pollute the world, and then insist on a world state to clean it up. “Humanity needs a world order. The Fully sovereign nation is incapable of dealing with the poisoning of the environment…the management of the planet, therefore – whether we are talking about the need to prevent war or the need to prevent ultimate damage to the conditions of life – requires a world government.” –Norman Cousins, Earth Day 1970. In more and more cases the Federal government is buying up land for the stated intent on saving a particular endangered species, when there is evidence to question whether it is being used for something else. In Hawaii, ranchers are helpless when the government permanently takes possession of their acreage and denies access to ancestral lands to save an endangered bird no one can find. In fact the government owns nearly every acre of wilderness left under the guise of protection, and entry into these lands is now highly regulated. The best place to hide the truth is out in the open. You just have to start to look for it, and it often isn’t fun. For thousands of years the Brotherhood has communicated via symbology. It is not
111

Surfing the Tao

meant for the common man to notice as being out of the ordinary. Such symbols have become such a part of our culture we take them for granted and have no idea of their occult, or hidden, significance. They particularly love to take symbols that originally represented good and warp or twist them until they become associated with evil, or the other way around. The Nazis did this with the swastika, which is the reverse of a runic symbol representing the four winds of power. The back of the dollar bill was designed during the administration of FDR, a 33rd degree Mason. The reverse side of the Great Seal is a pyramid with the all-seeing eye of Horus (or Osiris or Baal – remember, many names) and underneath it is actually written, “Novus Ordo Seclorum”, which means The New Order of the Ages. This symbol was so dreaded and associated with Satanism centuries ago that it had been suppressed since 1776. But it has made a comeback since 1935, symbolizing the prophecy and goal of an ancient priesthood. To occultists, it represents the spiritualization of the world, with America as its leader. Roses became the symbol of silence and secrecy after Eros, the god of love, gave one to Harpocrates, the god of silence, to induce him not to gossip about his mother’s indiscretions. In the middle ages, a rose was suspended from the ceiling of a council chamber, requiring all present to pledge secrecy to the proceedings occurring sub rosa, or “under the rose.” Early Christians considered roses symbols of paganism, orgy and lust. But the Church subsequently “absorbed,” or warped, this concept by later referring to the Virgin Mary as the “Rosa mystica” in Catholic litanies. Despite its questionable associations, the rose has always been allotted a high status with royalty as well. It is the official flower of England. “Five pointed stars and roses were the traditional decoration of the temples dedicated to the goddess Ishtar.”3 Researcher David Ovason noted in his work The Secret Architecture of Our Nation’s Capital that the five-pointed star is a Masonic symbol, its ancient Egyptian origin confirmed by Frenchman Jean Francois Champollion in the 19th century. Champollion found it to be the hieroglyphic representing Sirius, the Dog Star. To the Masons as it did to the Egyptians, this star symbolizes the accessible Heaven and is the sacred key used to unlock the mysteries of Heaven and Hell. Supreme Commander Albert Pike wrote in his Morals and Dogmas… “The
112

How is this possible?

Ancient Astronomers saw all the great Symbols of Masonry in the Stars. Sirius still glitters in our Lodges as the Blazing Star.” (p. 486) Many Masonic rituals are timed to occur when stars important to them such as Sirius and Virgo are exactly aligned with each other, or the sun or the moon. Virgo the “virgin” goddess is found under various names in many ancient religions and is still revered by the Masons. Also known as Isis, Tara, Diana, Athena, Ishtar, Ashtaroth or Columba, she is often depicted with seven rays, or holding the eternal flame of ‘enlightenment’. Sometimes the celestial Virgo is portrayed weeping, as was the goddess Isis in ancient times – weeping because the “Temple” is yet unfinished. Whether this refers to the actual temple building, or the temple of the human spirit, varies according to interpretation. Although another of her symbols is the dove, she is not a goddess of peace. She and her followers will do whatever necessary to put forth their version of progress. Her image is found in no less than 50 public statues or buildings in Washington, D.C. alone. The Phoenix bird is another favorite symbol representing the new civilization rising from the ashes of the old. Some believe our Founding Fathers wanted the phoenix to be the national symbol, but settled on the more familiar yet similar eagle. A winged symbol is found in nearly every ancient culture, as well as in many modern insignia. Another symbol we take for granted is our dollar sign, which strangely resembles a snake working its way up twin pillars. Every Masonic building has two pillars somewhere. According to legend, sacred knowledge was inscribed upon two pillars called Boaz and Jachin, one pertaining to the cosmos and other to the Earth, and that they were lost during the great flood. Pythagoras and Hermes Trismegistus supposedly found them later and taught the wisdom to others. The two towers also seem to stand for the number 11. It is a bad number to Jews and Hebrews, to them meaning transgression of the law, rebellion, war, sin, sorcery and martyrdom. To others it represents the old world order. Aleister Crowley revered the number and considered it an object of magic, even more important than 13. The numbers 11, 22, 33 figure prominently and are considered the “master numbers” to esotericists. The numbers 19.5 and 33 ostensibly have an intimate geometric relationship known to the
113

Surfing the Tao

Masons; also, twice 19.5 is 39 and these numbers are often found as latitude points for important places. If you place a tetrahedron (think four-sided equilateral pyramid) inside a sphere with one of its points at a pole, the other three points will touch exactly at 19.5 degrees south of the equator. Here are found many of our world’s sacred sites (though some of them are aligned to an old North Pole). Esotericists believe two intersecting and rotating tetrahedronal energy fields exist within the earth and are the source of its energy. These opposing triangles are encoded within two-dimensional symbols like the Star of David as well as the compass and square of the Freemasons. Again, these symbols are not evil unto themselves, but have often been used as such and are a much bigger part of our history than most of us realize. The human body has 11 true ribs on either side, 22 bones in the skull and 33 vertebrae. Is it just numerical synchronicity? Are they claiming to be our creators, having encoded these unlikely numbers into our bodies, or are they just using such numbers to prove they have had advanced knowledge for a long time? There are reportedly 33 degrees, or levels of initiation, in Freemasonry. President Kennedy was not a mason and probably wasn’t so hip on their plans. He was killed on November 22 (11-22) in Dallas, which is on the 33rd parallel. John Paul I enjoyed 33 days as Pope before he suddenly died, after which the Roman Church suffered rumors that satanic influences were afoot in the Vatican. September 11 is New Years Day in the Coptic Christian calendar. Society members love to schedule ceremonies or events for this day. It was on September 11, 1990 when George Bush Sr. first publicly used the term “New World Order” and it was exactly 11 years later to the day when the WTC was destroyed. The first plane to hit was Flight 11. Some say there were eleven “11”’s encoded into that fateful day in 2001; far from being coincidence, to an occultist, the more elevens, the greater chance of success. For example, World War I ended on the 11th hour, on the 11th day, of the 11th month. Do the terrorists know about these things and are knowingly fighting this underground power even we know nothing about? Consider that the CIA trained many Muslims fighters. Who knows what is really going on – but we can be sure much more is happening than we see on TV.
114

How is this possible?

Pythagoras believed the “number is the ultimate reality” and that everything, including God, could be expressed in numerical terms. The occult obsession over numbers and numerology is overwhelming, once you are aware of it. Sometimes I think of it like the movie The Matrix, which represents the false reality with falling lines of numeric codes. Instead of walls, the character Neo just sees numbers. The more I research subjects like harmonics and fractal geometry, the more I also begin to see the numbers that really make up our world. Numbers are not inherently evil, though I do believe they have varying frequencies, like colors. Maybe the reason the Brotherhood has gone out of their way with them is to show they are aware of a higher reality. The streets and monuments of Washington, D.C, Paris, London and others are heavily laced with Masonic symbolism. In fact there is ample evidence to suggest their very layout is linked with the heavens. As researcher Ovason wrote, “the mythology of the stellar lights plays an essential part in the foundation and history of the federal city. The deeper meaning of the zodiacal symbolism which radiates through Washington, D.C., is so subtle that it has remained hidden until even today – secretly enshrined in zodiacs set in marble, plaster, concrete, glass and paint within the fabric of the city.” Pierre L’Enfant and the other designers of Washington, D.C. were Freemasons, along with our founding fathers. Ovason located documents that revealed important events such as the very founding of the United States as well as the laying of cornerstones for important buildings were ritually timed according to the location of certain stars and planets in the heavens. For example, the White House cornerstone was laid at noon on October 13, 1792, when the Moon and the Dragon’s Head were in Virgo. George Washington laid the Capitol cornerstone on September 18, 1793, when the Sun, Mercury and the Dragon’s Head were in Virgo. The Washington Monument foundation stone was laid at noon on July 4, 1848, when the Moon and the Dragon’s Head were in Virgo. The strange street layout of D.C. makes a lot more sense when an inverted pentagram is revealed in the streets north of the White House, which forms its exact head point. The streets going from there to the Capitol form one side of the Masonic compass, while others form the Masonic square and rule. According to researcher Richard
115

Surfing the Tao

Hoagland, the same geometric layout found in Washington, D.C is also reportedly found among the ruined structures in Avebury, England as well as in the ruins of Cydonia, on Mars. If this is true, it means these ‘powers that be’ have been arranging our world, and maybe others, for a very long time. Or perhaps a hidden group is planting such complicated correlations for their own secret reasons. Some believe certain key events in our national space program have also been repeatedly and consistently timed to occur around the placement of certain stars at key ritual positions in the heavens. Who knows? Go ahead and do the research yourself. Our modern spiritual ignorance is leaving millions of us vulnerable. There are many powerful organizations working from the spiritual side of life with the same goal of getting everyone on the synarchistic one-world bandwagon. Being the head of a one world religion combined with a one world government would certainly be a tempting goal for someone interested in ultimate power. Subtle and cleverly deceptive writings can quickly undermine even a determined believer. Non-religious people are swayed by universalist, humanistic notions which condition people to think all religions are pathways to the same God. Pantheistic religions believe they are simply manipulating the forces of nature, that everything is God and therefore whatever anyone does is basically ok. Widespread acceptance of this concept is necessary to be able to unite the world under a single belief. Every major world religion is represented in this movement. Do you think if they actually called themselves or their plans evil, we would listen? Historically, the roots of this movement can be traced to the same secretive, esoteric societies. The Theosophical Society has been at the forefront of this movement since its inception by Helena Petrovna Blavatsky in the nineteenth century. Her books like The Secret Doctrine and The Reappearance of Christ have become widely read occult classics. In The Secret Doctrine she refers to the “Fallen One” and wrote, “better to reign in hell than serve in heaven!” She even briefly published a magazine entitled Lucifer. A later leader of the Theosophical Society, Alice Bailey, established the Lucifer Press to publish and distribute the society’s literature. Public outrage changed the name to the Lucis Press, and it is still the official publisher for the U.N. Until just a few years ago, its parent
116

How is this possible?

organization, Lucis Trust, which has consultative status at the U.N., had offices at the U.N. Plaza in New York. Other groups based on the Theosophical network are the Arcane Schools, the Triangles Program, and World Goodwill, founded during the 20s and 30s.4 Blavatsky and Bailey were also members of the Masonic sister organizations. World Union and World Goodwill, a creation of Lucis Trust, merged in 1961. These groups are also well connected with the World Constitution and Parliament Association, whose job it has become to actually bring about the shift into the New World Order. Past and present members of the Lucis Trust include Robert McNamara, Donald Regan, Henry Kissinger, David Rockefeller, Paul Volcker, and George Schulz. These same men run the CFR and the Trilateral Commission. The World Future Society is where the political, economic and spiritual aspects of the one-world government come together. Its members are also members of the CFR, the World Bank, prominent journalists and politicians, and corporate sponsors reportedly include AT&T, General Electric, General Motors, IBM, and Xerox, among others. The links suggests these people secretly support a character called Lucifer in his quest to maintain our existence in this reality. It is possible they truly believe they are doing good. David Spangler is a respected spiritualist who has also been Director of Planetary Initiative at the United Nations. He has written several books and documents regarding a heightened spiritual consciousness and its role in the future of our world. He often lectures to various U.N. based organizations around the world, and is involved with the development of a new economic reality based on these spiritual principles. He wrote in his book Reflections on the Christ, “Lucifer, like Christ, stands at the door of man’s consciousness and knocks…He becomes the being who carries that great treat, the ultimate treat, the light of wisdom.” (p.41) In fact the United Nations and other world government organizations like the Club of Rome have quite a startling background in esoteric spiritualism. Many people innocently believe the U.N. has the world’s best interests at heart and could even be the way to a future global peace. But its agenda is working towards forcing people within its declared standard of ethics in the name of their strange
117

Surfing the Tao

‘God’, and using the state to assure people that no contrary values will be tolerated, for the good of all. Sri Chinmoy is a new age guru and “meditation leader” at the U.N. He calls the U.N. “the chosen instrument of God; to be a chosen instrument means to be a divine messenger carrying the banner of God’s inner vision and outer manifestation.” William Jasper, author of A New World Religion, describes the religion of the U.N. to be a “diabolical convergence” of “mysticism…atheism, communism, socialism, Luciferian occultism, apostate Christianity, Islam, Taoism, Buddism, and Hinduism.” Regardless of your present spiritual beliefs, the following quote is chilling, given the fact that America is supposed to offer religious freedom. “Fundamental Bible believing people do not have the right to indoctrinate their children in their religious beliefs because we, the state, are preparing them for the year 2000, when America will be part of a oneworld global society and their children will not fit in.” —Nebraska State Senator and humanist Peter Hoagland Maybe they are behind a few years in their Plan, but a few local governments are actually beginning to legislate against Christianity, making it illegal. In its place, “modern” pluralistic concepts welcoming references of intelligences from another world are appearing in nearly every aspect of our society. Many people today would gratefully accept the interference from beings who might claim to bring peace to a troubled world. Whether or not people believe in them, certainly UFOs and aliens are a much more widely accepted part of our entertainment and culture than religion is these days, and many don’t see them as evil. Some might even claim to desire contact with some helpful “space brothers” to help save us from ourselves. Ronald Reagan is remembered for a State of the Union address in which he suggested an “outer threat” could unite our world; he repeated this idea several times during in various speeches the next year or two, including to the U.N. Soon after, Tesla’s electronic ‘Star Wars’ defense program was made public, and then the
118

How is this possible?

“Wall” came down, as America’s Cold War with the Russians suddenly came to an end. President Carter, who claimed to have seen a UFO earlier in life, was quoted as saying, “We hope someday, having solved the problems we face, to join a community of galactic civilizations.” In 1979, Jacques Vallee wrote in his book Messengers of Deception, “The group of people who will first manage to harness the fear of cosmic forces and the emotions surrounding UFO contact to a political purpose will be able to exert incredible spiritual blackmail.”5 I think the following quote nicely illustrates how our ignorance of such things will be our downfall. “Today, Americans would be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order. Tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told there was an outside threat from beyond whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all the peoples of the world will plead with world leaders to deliver them from this evil. The one thing that every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their wellbeing granted to them by their world government.” – Henry Kissinger, addressing the Bilderbergers on 521-92 in Evian, France. Did he actually suggest a threat could be “promulgated”? “Terrorism” is another vague threat that has already made us give up many of our rights we never would have before 9/11. Was this another “necessary sacrifice” by the chosen ones on the road to a unified world state? Following the WTC disaster, new age guru David Spangler wrote about his communication with a mysterious entity from another realm, who told him it was a sacrificial act by the “Soul of America” who was able to give the “gift of energy” released by their dying, and that it helped open a “portal.” This entity suggested the tragedy was a “gift” we could use to “reshape our world.”6 But do we want a world with such misery - is the New World Order the only answer? Aristotle warned long ago, “To the size of the state there is a
119

Surfing the Tao

limit, as there is to plants, animals and implements, for none of these retain their facilities when they are too large.” What if we went to world war, or were threatened by an asteroid; strange entities could come down in a form we can comprehend, like aliens, gods, or even a goddess, to save us and establish this world state. Their very existence would most likely cause millions to give up their previous religious beliefs and worship them without question. As author Paul Davies wrote in the article E.T. and God for September 2003’s issue of The Atlantic Monthly, “To those whose theological outlook depended on a conception of Earth and its life forms as a singular miracle, the very notion of extraterrestrial life proved deeply threatening. But today the possibility of extraterrestrial life is anything but spiritually threatening. The more one accepts the formation of as a natural process (that is, the more deeply embedded one believes it is in the overall cosmic theme), the more ingenious and contrived (dare one say “designed”?) the universe appears to be.” Playing the good guy is an excellent way to mislead. Conversely, if aliens landed and played the bad guy, and threatened the peoples of earth, we would certainly turn to our world organizations for help – or even a competing alien race. Either way, presenting a supernatural scenario to the people of earth would cause massive chaos and inevitably lead to global unity of some sort in our third dimension. So when things get really, really bad down here, like some war or catastrophe, and some incredible being appears out of nowhere to save us, we must be sure not to follow mesmerized like the rats following the Pied Piper to our deaths. When they have declared “peace” in the world, do not believe them; instead look up, tune in, and expect a lot more to come. Choosing to live purely in the Tao will usher in a new heaven and a new earth. It will be a higher frequency of existence. It will be outside of our Matrix-like reality, which we presently imagine is our only option. The way to get there is through love, not a sworn allegiance to strange gods, a world state, religion, gold, or front for global peace. The real revolution will come silently from within each of us. It will not require bandwagons, speeches, or unified global anything, even ‘saving the planet.’ Only God, the Tao can do that. We
120

How is this possible?

can only revolt with our consciousness, by being aware of hidden agendas, and refusing to feel or act outside of His will. “None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free.” – Johann Wolfgang von Goethe Our prison bars are invisible; we actually think we are free, especially in western countries. But we are trapped by our emotions, debt, fear, and obesity, unable to resist. With pride, we stubbornly believe we live in the modern world, where fairy tales are just children’s stories. Terrorized daily, we have been led to create wars, false religions, psychotherapy and chemical medicines to deal with the mental tortures, diseases, and disagreements, and build weapons to fight our ‘enemies’, instead of learning to use love, the simple, effectual spiritual Way out.

121

Celestial Secrets
“Do you believe then that the sciences would ever have arisen and become great if there had not before been magicians, alchemists, astrologers and wizards, who thirsted and hungered after abscondite and forbidden powers?” – Friedrich Nietzsche, 1886 An open mind and a little research is all it takes to discover that things are not really as they seem. Suppose it were true that these ancient god-kings existed in the historical background of our civilization. Whether they themselves are or were present, or whether they just endowed certain descendants with sacred knowledge, their legacy continues to influence and control global affairs as well as daily life. Continuous war and violence is their calling card. In order to keep humans unaware of them and their long-term goals, advanced spiritual technology from ancient times has resurfaced in our modern world. The Tao doesn’t need technology. He doesn’t need UFOs, radio receivers, rituals or magic wands. Neither does He need a complicated government with lots of rules. His tools are people, people who are tuned to love, peace and harmony. Unfortunately, there have been many others throughout time who have attempted to harness the powerful energy of the Force using various rites, tools and technology. In fact this is an easy way to determine if a being is a really a good guy, regardless of what he claims. Do they need a special tool or chant to do their magic? Is their intention to do the will of the Tao? Because if you are Surfing the Tao, walking in love, He will direct His energy directly from you, without any tool. According to legend, the Shining Ones of An brought with them advanced spiritual knowledge some meant to share with humanity – and others sought to control for themselves. Legends state the Dedananns, along with the prophet Jeremiah, brought Jacob’s Pillar to Ireland from the Holy Land. Other Celtic traditions record the Tuatha de Danann brought the four celestial treasures with them to
122

Celestial Secrets

earth. The Ark of the Covenant or Chalice of Destiny; the Holy Grail; the Spear or Staff of Destiny, of which Hitler claims he was in possession; the Sword of Destiny; and the Stone, or Pillar of Destiny. The Tree of Life represents the vehicle for ascension into immortality, also called the gateway or stairway to heaven, forbidden to all but a select few humans throughout time. Many of our world’s religions are based on scraps of memories from ancient times, when people worshipped such instruments, as well as icons, statues, or specific locations where the gods were or had been. The most commonly found remains of such worship are found in stones. Scholars debate whether such stones should be interpreted as cultic or architectural – that is, did people worship the stones as if they were gods themselves, or did they just mark the place where the gods were thought to reside? Maybe it was both. Professor N. D. Mettinger of Lund University documented the ubiquity of standing stones or “massebah” in the Negev-Sinai region, and their use by or effect on Israelite cults, during the Iron Age. His work was critiqued by T.J. Lewis in The Journal of the American Oriental Society in 1998. Mettinger concluded that an aniconic (‘no graven images’) “Amun” cult may have indirectly influenced the formation of Israelite aniconism, having first had an impact on the cult of Canaanite El, which in turn made up “a major component of the concept of Yahweh.” In 2 Kings 3:2 it refers to the “massebah of Baal which his father made,” and in Genesis 28:18-22 it calls Jacob’s stone a “bet elohim.” Lewis suggested that since the ancient Israelite culture only allowed aniconic symbols, such massebah are perhaps not iconic representations of a ‘god’ but just mark the sacred space where the god was, or was to be worshipped. In the Bible, Jacob turns his stone on end and declares from then on, wherever the stone is, God is and will be worshipped thusly. Mettinger notes that in the Bible, the Hebrew god Yahweh was also frequently described as anthropomorphic, walking about (Genesis 3:8), smelling the aroma of sacrifice (Genesis 8:21), descending to see the state of Sodom and Gemorrah (Genesis 18:2022), having arms, ears and eyes (Isaiah 30:27), as a man of war (Exodus 15:3), and sitting on a throne (1 Kings 22:19). Critic Lewis summarizes that cultures can have aniconic and anthropomorphic
123

Surfing the Tao

traditions at the same time, and that the masseboth [stone pillar]…could have been seen as markers of the sacred space where one came into contact with the deity or deities, rather than depictions of the deities themselves.1 In the ruins of a temple in Carthage, archeologists found many large round stones, one or two feet across, called betyls, bail-ili or ‘homes of the gods,’ in the sacrificial court perhaps meant as votive offerings. In Byblos, the stones were conical shaped and served as cult objects in place of statues. In ancient Egypt, statues were worshipped because they were thought to be where the spirit of the god actually came to rest at times. Researcher Robertson Smith in his book Religion of the Semites wrote that whether they were offerings or cult objects, such betyl or sacred stones were central to the worship of these people. He claims this form of stone veneration has survived from paganism in Arabia in the form of the Black Stone in the Kaaba in Mecca. In Judaism and Christianity, the stone became the House of God, churches and synagogues. Initially, sacrifice was the essence of the sacred stone. The stone or heap of stones marked where the deity dwelt and served as the altar upon which sacrifices were offered. Many surviving stones are inscribed to “Baal.”2 Some legends associate stones with the gods themselves, or higher knowledge. In Scottish folklore, stones are the keepers of secrets, and can hold the record of life. Stones with circular holes were used in healing and fertility rituals in pre-Christian times. Samuel’s Stone, in Glen Nevis, is known as a source for advice and counsel. During certain seasons the great stone revolves three times, and anyone who witnesses this can expect answers to any questions asked before the rotation completes. Coinneach Odhar, a sixteenth century Scottish prognosticator, known as Scotland’s Nostradamus, had visions through a stone perforated in the center.3 In Hawaiian, “he ola ka pohaku” means, “in the rock there is life.” Many strange tales of living stones haunt this culture. I myself have heard them whisper. The Obake Files is a 1996 collection of famous Hawaiian ghost stories and folklore. Large stones, bigger than a man, are sometimes found which seem oddly possessed. In one story, a construction crew was unable to move such a stone even an inch. Even their powerful equipment couldn’t budge it. As much as they dug, it seemed to entrench itself even deeper. A local Kahuna, or
124

Celestial Secrets

shaman, was consulted - he said it is not a stone, but a man, who just needs coaxing. The Kahuna suggested laying food and other such offerings for the stone. They gave an offering, and after lifting it upright, the stone began to move by itself into its new place – in front of multiple witnesses. Another such story involves a very special stone, called Pohaku-o-Kane, six feet high four feet across, and located on a point in Pearl Harbor. Said to be imbued with the spirit of the god Kane, it was able to see, move and talk. It stood silently for centuries until January 17, 1893, the day the Hawaiian monarchy was unjustly overthrown by the U.S. Navy, intent on establishing their Pacific empire in preparation for war. On that day, Pohaku-o-Kane disappeared, and was nowhere to be found. Many Hawaiians believed it had foreseen the overthrow of Hawai’i and robbery of the land, and vanished like the kingdom itself. Other ‘healing’ stones have elicited much devotion over the years. Other stories recount finding a stone that contains a startling likeness of a face. I have seen several breathtaking examples. Often the finder is intrigued, but if they are moved and an inexplicable illness or bad luck follows them, they are usually returned without any questions. This is said to be the case if anyone even “accidentally” takes a piece of lava from its owner – the volcano goddess Pele, known for her jealous anger. Other spooky stone stories involve particular locations. Heiaus, built of stones, are considered sacred temple sites. One tale is particularly disturbing. In 1986, a Hollywood film crew went to the Big Island to film a show called “Haunted Hawai’i” for the program “Eye on Hollywood” hosted by Chuck Henry. The crew ridiculed the superstitions, and to prove their skepticism went so far as to defecate on a temple. Within months, everyone who had participated in the desecration was dead.4 Sacred stones are found mentioned throughout myth and literature. Alchemists often used the word VITRIOL that stands for visita interiora terrae rectificando invenies occultum lapidem, or “visit the interior or the earth; through purification thou wilt find the hidden stone.” The foundation of the temple, the Eben Stijjah or Stone of the Deeps, “unlocked the fountain of the great deep…on which the…outspoken name (of God) was inscribed. This stone he brought
125

Surfing the Tao

into the holy of holies, and on it the Ark of the Covenant was set. Fearless disciples of wisdom entered at times into the sanctuary and had learned from the stone the name with its combinations of letters in order to work wonders therewith.”5 Strangely, the Book of Revelation promises “a white stone with a new name written on it, known only to him who receives it.” (Chapter 2:17) Russian mystic and guru Nicholas Roerich, who greatly influenced leaders like Henry A. Wallace, President Roosevelt’s third-term vice president, claimed to be in communication with a group of spiritual masters who were secretly influencing world affairs from Shambhala. He claimed to possess a mysterious stone that came to earth from the star system Sirius and passed from the emperor of Atlantis to King Solomon. This stone, hidden for ages in Shambhala, was “broadcasting rays that influenced the destiny of the world.”6 The same power was said to have emanated from the Holy of Holies of Solomon’s temple, as well as the priceless capstone of the Great Pyramid, which attracted and transmitted ‘cosmic rays.’ Westminster Abbey claims its Coronation Stone was the same stone used by Jacob to “see” the angels’ stairway to heaven. This famous, mysterious stone was allegedly brought to the British Isles by the prophet Jeremiah and a descendant of King David, along with the sacred ark and King David’s golden harp, to continue the royal line. British royalty still claims this genealogy, and still crowns its kings upon this very stone. It is said if a true heir sits upon the stone it will “groan.” This groaning “Stone of Scone” sat in the coronation chair in Westminster Abbey until 1950 when it was stolen by a group of nationalist Scottish students who, like the rest of Scotland, believed it belonged there instead. It was returned to England four months later, having been broken in two and repaired. In 1996 Prime Minister John Major stunned the British Isles by offering the Stone back to Scotland, as a political maneuver. It was very controversial. But even though X-rays are said to reveal it is the real McCoy, some spoke out that it was not. The Knights Templar recently claimed they had actually gotten the stone when it was stolen in 1950 whereupon they had several clever exact copies made.7 Why are they involved again and why would they claim such a thing? Modern power-hungry leaders discovered legends of mysterious black stones in sacred locations around the world. The
126

Celestial Secrets

Nazis installed a black marble altar in the Holy of Holies at Wewelsburg, Himmler’s “Grail Castle”, but it disappeared after the war. Such a stone was said to transforms its possessor into a “master of the universe”. A secret black stone, perfectly cubical in shape, was preserved in an all-white temple, according to the Mayan Popol Vuh. Millions worship a sacred black stone of Allah in Mecca each day; a perfect stone cube protrudes from the ground beneath the Dome of the Rock, the Muslim temple currently located on the ruins of King Solomon’s temple in Jerusalem. Curiously a black stone tomb marks King Arthur’s supposed grave at Glastonbury Abbey in England. In 1953, Dag Hammarskjold, as his first act as U.N. Secretary General, supervised the mining, shipping and installation of a six and a half ton block of black iron ore in the pyramid-shaped Meditation Room, or “Holy of Holies”, of the U.N. in New York. It naturally exudes magnetic waves. Hammarskjold described the stone as being “the symbol of the god of all.” Hundreds of thousands of tourists and spiritualists visit the stone each year. Was Jacob’s Pillar the Stone of Destiny? Mysterious standing pillars of stone are found all over the world. And rather than being the subject of worship themselves, perhaps they originally were part of a global array – an ancient technology of the gods. Within Solomon’s Temple as well as in every Masonic temple somewhere are the two sacred pillars Joachin and Boaz. Some say when united, the pillars uphold a “great archway to eternity.”8 Like antennae, these pillars could conduct a great power between them. Gold is an excellent conductor of electricity. Ancient Egypt records the same 40-foot tall golden antennae-like pillars found mentioned in the Bible. The Parthenon in Athens reportedly had a 40foot tall golden statue of Athena. The Emperor Constantine erected a great porphyry column 25 meters high topped with a gold statue of himself.9 A pillar was found within a huge chamber inside Moses’ Mount Horeb. The Pillar of Osiris, housed at Abydos, Egypt, was also 40 feet high, made of gold, and also known as the Tree of Life, the Tree of Peace, the Maypole, and Jacob’s Ladder.10 Don’t forget the Apprentice pillar in Rosslyn Chapel and its twin brother in Spain. The Temple of Denderah housed the TET pillars, always shown in pairs. This is the hieroglyphic ‘signature’ of Osiris. The TET pillars are depicted supporting jars with serpents inside of
127

Surfing the Tao

them.11 Author Henry notes on his website that the Winchester Bible, kept in the Oxford library, contains a curious picture of King David dancing in front of the Ark, with a pillar on one side of him and a serpent on the other. A second-century Alexandrian recorded his experiences of the curative properties of a certain “mystical shrine.” Three columns marked the location, and to explain their existence he wrote, “…the disposition of these three towers, one which is 5000 [paces] away, the other 2500, the third 4000. They were built by the giants when they wanted to mount to the heavens. It was because of this impious folly that they were struck by lightning or stricken with madness for the rest of their days by the judgment of God…” He also wrote that the sacred enclosure included a temple with 365 steps in silver and another 60 in gold.12 Supposedly the good guys in the book of Revelation recover a set of pillars. Legends place one pillar on each side of a river to unite the two sides – the Hermetic axiom “as above, so below” suggests one pillar is in the galactic core, and another on earth, on either side of the Milky Way; when they are united properly, the earth could be raised in frequency. Was this “machine” turned off or disconnected at some point, long, long ago? The Dead Sea Scrolls referenced the “secret of the pillars” in a scroll fragment called the Brontologion.13 Scroll scholar John Allegro states the root of the word “Qumran” means “vault, arch or doorway”; are these pillars a gateway, or stargate, to another world? Were these devices somehow used together to trap souls in the material plane? Do they need to be replaced properly, so earth and its inhabitants can exist harmoniously on the higher plane they were meant to? Pillars are often found next to or entwined with serpents. Between the two pillars is the “Rainbow Bridge” of consciousness connecting Earth to its higher self in the galactic core. This concept of a rainbow of consciousness appears in African and Indian mythology. In Vodun belief, Damballah the sky serpent, whose wife is a rainbow, sends lighting bolts upon the earth to form the sacred rocks and stones. Scandinavian legends tell how a sparkling rainbow bridge called Bifrost joins the earthly and heavenly realms of Asgard and Midgard. The Hopi Indians call the rainbow the symbol of the
128

Celestial Secrets

serpent. The rainbow is the sky-dragon joining earth to heaven, according to the Chinese. Recent mining maneuvers in the tropical north of Australia, which contains one of the world’s largest natural deposits of uranium, have aroused vehement protests among the local aborigines who fear it would disturb sacred ground. They claim a spiritual ‘rainbow serpent’ sleeps on the land that must never be awoken.14 Everywhere it can be found as a symbol of promise or deliverance. Is the rainbow bridge a wormhole, an ancient portal into another reality? Does it spiral through the galaxy much like a DNA molecule spins through our cells? Through the archway was a cosmic “peace” which united heaven and earth. Reminiscent of Jacob’s stone, also referred to as a ladder, Amazonian anthropologist Jeremy Narby noted a similar theme in shamanic visions of a “ladder – or a vine, a rope, a spiral staircase, a twisted rope ladder –that connects heaven and earth and which they use to gain access to the world of spirits. They consider these spirits have come from the sky and to have created life on Earth.” The Pyramid Texts also talk about ascending “to the sky on the ladder of the god.”15 The government tested their ability to manipulate space-time in 1942 during the Philadelphia Experiment, which they interestingly named “Project Rainbow.” Cleared by FDR in 1936, Project Rainbow was first headed by Nicola Tesla. But the experiments in invisibility were tested against his will for military purposes after his death– to disastrous results. His concepts are the basis for Reagan’s Star Wars defense system, already having gone through over five decades of secret development. Tesla believed he could play the unified field like a harp, broadcasting power with vibrations in the atmosphere, using the planetary grid. He dreamed of anti-gravity, vertical take-off and landing airships, electric airplanes and ships, ozone generators for curing cancer and a “Wall of Light” capable of manipulating time, space, gravity and matter. However, his nightmares were realized instead; this powerful technology is being developed for secret electromagnetic weapons to this day. Tesla’s genius had a plan to bring light and power to the world – for free. But having revealed his technology to powerful financier J.P. Morgan, who preferred Edison’s
129

Surfing the Tao

more lucrative electric alternative for public consumption, Tesla’s dreams were doomed. Like Tesla, to perhaps connect or interact with other dimensions, or assist in raising their consciousness, people may have learned to harness the energy of the earth at certain locations in ancient times. Tesla knew location was very important, and tested his largest coil at a very specific spot in Colorado Springs, CO, at Cheyenne Mountain, exactly where today (not coincidentally) the military has chosen to set up its greatest electronic complex in the world – the North American Defense Command, or NORAD. Certain locations, like pyramids and churches, are deeply imbued with meaning and even holiness. In Scotland when they go to church they actually say, they are ‘going to the stones.’ Because the understanding of the importance of locations was so powerful, it was kept to an elite few. Today’s simplistic scholarly interpretation says it was “convenient” for early church leaders to use pagan sites to help convert habitual people. Instead, the Church, which became repressive in the middle ages, forced this ‘magic’ knowledge underground – or even kept it for themselves. Here it was further misused and abused. Secret initiates believed they could manipulate this power. Gnostics and other mystery religions continued underground under the guise of outward Christian conformity. They even designed and built many of our greatest cathedrals! Beyond the scope of the ordinary man, these elite masons arrogantly claimed power over God by encoding ancient sacred geometry, the physical, mathematical manifestation of a higher dimensional reality, into the architecture of a religion they secretly opposed, on a location they knew contained a mysterious power. The ancient Druids were known to disallow any metal present at their sacred sites during ceremonies. They knew that iron and other metals could have a static effect on the energy fields at these locations. Irish folk myths instruct women to place a piece of iron in their baby’s bed to protect them from child-stealing fairies at night. Modern dowsers know strong earth energy currents can made a dowsing rod twitch, bend or even fly out of their hands. Many ancient gods were depicted holding a staff; Psalms reminds us “thy rod and thy staff, they comfort me” – could this energy be beneficial to human bio-rhythms, if used correctly? I found a book called Anyone can
130

Celestial Secrets

Dowse for Better Health by Arthur Bailey (1999). Energetic healing techniques claim to harness this same current. Ancient pillars and phallic monuments are often located where this natural energy wells up. They mark the location of this regenerative energy and perhaps amplify it as well, like antennae. This energy worked like two opposing magnets, and could have enabled ancient monks and others seem to leap and float through the air, just as modern mag-lev trains float above their tracks. Using dowsing rods, such energy lines are also consistently found within mysterious crop circles. Knowledge and use of the natural geodetic energy or “ley” lines is recorded among the ancient Britons, Chinese, Indians, South Americans and Israelites. They are also referred to as “Kundalini,” or “dragon paths.” Animals are known to migrate along such lines. Many times the places where these energies run or are connected are marked with ancient roads, temples, mounds, stone circles, or serpentine spirals, swirls and whorls found in earthworks or designs at various “pagan” sites, in Britain, America, Peru, China and many other places.16 Many different researchers have determined the curious location of ancient religious sites upon these natural energy vortexes. “Nan Madol,” the name of the bizarre megalithic ruin in Micronesia that continues for great distances under the water, means in the language of Ponapes, “places of the intermediate spaces.” 17 Druids were said to have gained entrance to the otherworld through sacred groves of trees. Often a lone tree occupied an earthen mound. Like the Rowan tree or blackthorn, this fairy thorn was thought of as sacred – no one dared even break a dead limb. It was rumored that to build the fated DeLorean car factory, such a tree was cut down.18 Trees were important symbols of the coexistence of parallel worlds and timelines. From this ideal comes the totem, later incorporated as symbols of life and warding off malevolent spirits. This ancient technology cannot but involve the pyramids. The Great Pyramid at Giza is the culmination of many great mathematical equations in physical form. Located at the exact center of the world’s energy grid, its alignment with the poles and the stars still mystifies us. It incorporates mathematics only described to us thousands of years later by Pythagoras. The Holy of Holies in Solomon’s temple,
131

Surfing the Tao

built to house the ark and completely lined with gold, exactly matches the measurements of the Kings Chamber in the Great Pyramid. Shapes are physical expressions of frequencies. One writer wonderfully described matter as being “frozen music.” It is thought sonic vibrations, perhaps assisted somehow by the natural telluric forces, were used to help levitate and easily maneuver large stones into position. Certain tones were also used for balance in healing. The pyramid shape could be some sort of prism for psychic energy. They regenerate living crystals, preserve organic matter, and perhaps were used to focus cosmic rays and link the energies of the earth and the cosmos. A pyramid can refract or deflect sound or energy in the same way a prism affects light and color. Earlier this century, the patent for the pyramid razor sharpener astounded the skeptical patent officer. One interesting story I came across involves pyramids in the ocean off the Bahamas. I found it in Pyramid Prophecies, a book by Max Toth. I cannot vouch for its veracity, yet I do remember seeing a similar story on an old In Search Of episode. A naturopath and diver named Dr. Ray Brown related his experience diving near the Bahamas in 1970. He reported seeing about 90 feet of what looked to be an enormous pyramid buried beneath the sand. Its surface was like a mirror, lined with bright, white tight-fitting stones with beautifully beveled edges. Suddenly he saw there was an opening, so he swam inside. From the peak of the pyramid hung a gold-colored metallic rod, about 3 inches in diameter. A faceted red stone was attached to the end of the rod. Directly below this, seven chairs surrounded a stone stand or altar of some kind, which contained two human sized metallic hands. The hands held a large, round crystal. He managed to dislodge the crystal and return to the surface. Other divers found strange artifacts around there at that time as well, such as small calculator-looking objects without buttons. Some people have reported strange energies coming from the crystal sphere, almost like an “ionic wind.” Touching it has healed some people and injured others. It has a strange flaw inside, with four perfectly formed pyramids stacked behind each other. When placed inside a pyramidal structure, the energy output is measurably very high. And it continues to grow in energy, especially when placed in the sun or among a group of people.19
132

Celestial Secrets

Mr. Toth considered the various theories surrounding this crystal. Perhaps its specific location within the pyramid would “attract or accumulate cosmic forces”, which could be used either to transmit thoughts, to power anything needing energy, or to measure cosmic time. The rod, hanging over the crystal, could be the conductor of the energy, and the red stone directed it into the crystal. Or maybe it was the other way around, with the energy coming from the crystal. He even goes on to speculate the crystal could have been the enigmatic Philosopher’s Stone. What is of interest is the possible combination of tools used in an ancient technology. There are legends of lost pyramids in various tribal cultures around the world. In Hawaii locals tell stories of pyramids lost in jungles or on the ocean floor between the islands. In South America Indian legends talk about a ‘fat tower’ of stones capped with a ‘light that never goes out.’20 Pyramid shaped mounds are found all over the British Isles as well as in Ohio and Illinois. A WWII pilot named James Gaussman reported seeing an enormous “shimmering” white pyramid in the mountains between India and China. More research should be considered regarding their position on a global grid, or network. This possibility could help explain their use, not to mention the methods used in their construction. Another writer, William Kingsland, explains in his book the Great Pyramid in Fact and Fiction, “When the king built the pyramids the great stones were brought long distances from the quarries. The stones were laid upon pieces of papyrus inscribed with suitable symbols. Then the stones were struck with a rod, whereupon they would move through the air the distance of one bowshot. In this way they came eventually to the place where the pyramids were being built.” 21 How such ancient megaliths got built in the first place boggles our arrogant, modern minds. Why are we so blinded by pride we cannot imagine the ancients knew about sonic and /or magnetic levitation? Certain “magical” rods, according to legend, were made into varying lengths, each which then produced a different tonal pitch or vibratory sound in a specified wavelength. These sounds or words of power were used for various tasks, like lifting stones or opening portals. In the late 19th century, an inventor named John Keely supposedly came up with an engine that ran on vibratory, or harmonic, energy. Many were convinced he had rediscovered the
133

Surfing the Tao

power of the ancients, and even Madame Blavatsky mentioned him in her discourse on harmonic power in The Secret Doctrine. However, he refused to reveal the secret of his discovery, and some still claim he had faked the whole thing.22 Edward Leedskalnin built his enigmatic “Coral Castle” in Florida, somehow maneuvering many tons of coral into fantastic configurations by himself. He knew he needed to be in a specific location, and claimed he had used the secret technology of the ancients. In Chaldean Magic and Sorcery, writer Francois Lenorant writes, “Certain it is in ancient times the priests…by means of magic wands raised storms and carried stones for their temple through the air which a thousand men could not lift.”23 Fairy tales tell of sorcerers who held great powers, and almost always contain reference to some sort of object, tool, or substance used in their magic – hardware, like a staff, pillar or crystal. And of course it is nearly always accompanied by some mysterious combination of sounds or chants – like the software necessary to run the machine. The Spear of Destiny is another sacred tool, allegedly possessed by Herod the Great before it was used by Longinus to pierce Jesus’ side as he hung on the cross. This same spear is supposedly still displayed at the Habsburg Treasure House in Vienna, Austria. Its black iron blade is topped with metal flanges, and its cuff is threaded with gold, silver and copper wire. Golden crosses are embossed in its base. Legends say this relic is the Key of Life, permitting one access past the flaming sword that guards the Garden of Eden. When Hitler took the spear from its resting place, it is said he was “possessed” by a strange force; tragedy followed. Other notable mentions of a staff or spear are found in the Bible and other myths. When instructions to build the Ark of the Covenant were relayed in the Bible, Aaron was also order to build a magical staff of power, which “blossomed” only in the presence of the Ark. Moses and Aaron were instructed to use it on “the Stone” to “bring forth living waters.” The Greek god Poseidon thrust his trident into the earth and burst forth a “stream of water”. In Revelation, a male child is born who will “rule the world with an iron scepter.” (Chapter 12:5) In Indian myth, the thunderbolt, the weapon of “Father Heaven” or Indra, King of the Gods, commonly appears as “a magic wand for the exorcism of evil forces, or as the handle of the bell used
134

Celestial Secrets

to mark time…”24 In the African Yoruba creation myths, the god Ogun had to use his special iron axe to clear the way through the thick forest which separated the world of man from the world of the gods, after too long an isolation had rendered the barrier impassable.25 Devils are rarely depicted without ‘pitchforks.’ The goddess Pele stuck her magic stick ‘Pa’oa’ into the ground at Kilauea in Hawai’i, marking her new home. Virgin priestesses at the ancient oracles sat upon tri-legged stools where they could be clear receptors for the energy and information flowing through them. Nostradamus was said to have received his prophecies by connecting a metal wand or tripod to a crystal or bowl of water. Modern day ‘remote viewers’ reportedly use a similar technology. Sound is also a terrifyingly effective weapon used for centuries, and still today, on the battlefield. Runes are song-words or keys used to unlock the doors to the spirit world. According to author Henry, the Ur-language, also called the “Language of the Birds” or Angelic (because in Latin ave is the root for angel and bird), was supposedly known to King Solomon, and others like the Knights Templar. Knowledge of this sacred language is said to have been the source of their great wealth. Henry also suggests there is a fifth hidden element beyond the traditional earth, air, fire, and water. The “fifth element” is commonly thought of as wood, but some say mystics believe it is really “word”, and that this wooden “tree of life” is actually a magic word. Consider the Arthurian legend; he pulled the Sword from the Stone. Was there a symbol or sound on the stone, like a rune? In Grail legends, the Stone is said to confer superpowers of perception. “I have a word of secret to tell thee, a message to whisper unto thee. It is a contraption that launches words, A Stone that whispers. Men its messages will not know; Earth’s multitudes will not comprehend. Heaven with Earth it makes converse, And the seas with the planets. It is a Stone of Splendor;
135

Surfing the Tao

To heaven it is yet unknown. Let’s you and I raise it Within my cavern, on lofty Zaphon.” -Ugarit tablet found at Rash Shamra (Canaanite) Will a word of power, or “open sesame”, reopen the gates to immortality? A “Flaming Sword” guards the gates of Eden. Mystical Hermeticism teaches about a mysterious treasure sought by many in the form of a magic word. The “lost that must be found again” is called the “master word” in Freemasonry.26 In Matthew, Jesus tells his disciples that he is not come to send peace on the earth, but a sword. In Revelation, Jesus has recaptured the sword, “And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he could smite the nations.” Author Henry suggests that for safe keeping this (s)word was kept hidden or trapped in a (s)tone, and that this Word of Power allegedly gives its user the “wise blood” of the gods and the ability to weild chi, or life force. The Book of Revelation states, “To him who overcomes, I will give some of the hidden manna. I will also give him a white stone with a new name written on it, known only to him who receives it.” (Chapter 2:17) Is the Sword of Destiny some kind of energy rod, a word, or a combination of both? The Archangel Michael may use this missing or secret Word, or Sword, to slay the dragon. Maybe there really is a sacred word that somehow transforms matter. God created the world with a sound, the Word, and is thought to manifest physically by his “Word.” In the 18th century a German physicist named Ernst Chladni experimented with the vibratory patterns of musical notes with a violin and some sand. He found each note rendered a different beautiful swirl or shape (like a crop circle?). I also remember reading an article about a NASA shuttle flight experiment in which they took along a 55-gallon drum containing a liquid metal they were able to manipulate into various geometric shapes in a non-gravity environment using varying frequencies of sound. Same idea. So what was the ultimate purpose of this ancient technology? Obviously particular locations were used to harness the earth’s strongest telluric energy. Pyramids, stones, rods or staffs accelerated or amplified the energy further, perhaps even focusing cosmic rays as well. Maybe certain tones, sounds and chants played a role in altering
136

Celestial Secrets

the harmonics. This power could have been used as an energy source for various purposes, like building, teleportation, or communication. New discoveries have led some to suggest this technology was used to make a mysterious substance that caused these Shining Ones to shine. Perhaps it is the secret drug spoken of by the mysterious Nine. I believe this substance could have been this “bread”, or food of life, gleefully shared in secret brotherhoods throughout the ages. It could confer power over space and time to its user – without having to be in agreement with love, peace or harmony. Ancient symbols combining the sun, the moon and fire, or Mercury, were secret references to this sacred science.

137

A Philosopher Stoned
“To know fire, the sun, the moon, and lightning, is three-fourths of the science of God. -Hindu Oupnek-hat Author Bernstein wrote of the Rosicrucian Brotherhood, “adepts possessed the secret of the Philosophers Stone and knew the process of transmuting base metals into gold, but taught that these were only allegorical terms concealing the true mystery of human regeneration through the transmutation of the ‘base-elements’ of man’s lower nature into ‘gold’ of intellectual and spiritual realization.” The search for gold, and lost or hidden gold treasure has been part of our folklore since our earliest memories. In ancient Greece, gold was considered divine and was used to decorate temples and as an offering to the gods.1 The Grecian “Golden Apple of Hesperides” was presented to Zeus upon his marriage to Hera, guarded by an immortal dragon with a hundred heads, and visited by men passing to the Happy Other World. From ancient myth to medieval alchemists, from King Solomon, to Egypt, to the ancient gold mines in Africa, certainly it is surrounded by mystery. Today it is still greatly valued amongst all global cultures. And exciting new discoveries by modern science are helping us understand the incredible properties of monatomic gold. In his 2003 book Lost Secrets of the Ark of the Covenant author Laurence Gardner explains the recent discoveries and their relation to an ancient mystery. Platinum group metals, or PGMs, include platinum, palladium, iridium, rhodium, osmium, and ruthenium. These strong metals are used today for all kinds of modern implements like surgical instruments and ball bearings. They were discovered starting with palladium, used to make “white gold”, in the 19th century. Gardner reports that PGMs were discovered in rare abundance in 1976, in Phoenix, Arizona, on the property of a wealthy cotton farmer named David Hudson. When treating his soil with chemicals
138

A Philosopher Stoned

for planting, he discovered a particular mineral had the unusual ability to “flare up in a blaze of white light and totally disappear” when exposed to sunlight. Analysis in a lab revealed the substance was a mix of iron, silica and aluminum. However, since it did not display any of the normal characteristics of those minerals, the substance was purified, tested again – registering as “pure nothing”. Finally receiving assistance from the Soviet Academy of Sciences, the substance was tested by spectroscopic arcing – application of intense electrical heat. It turns out Hudson’s land contained the single largest lode of PGMs ever found outside of South Africa.2 It was to change David Hudson’s life forever. Author Gardner noted that these metals are found naturally present in our own bodies. Tests have proven over 5% of brain tissue is composed of iridium and rhodium in the high-spin state. A “high spin state” is when all the electrons in an atom begin spinning in the same direction. When they are perfectly balanced they become white light, and the individual atoms can no longer hold together. The substance falls into a powder of separate atoms. As spiritual beings, humans naturally possess this substance that can be harnessed to help alter our chemistry so we can rise above our physical states. Manufacturing a substance that amplifies this effect improperly, or creates it outside of the Tao, can be a perverted Mirror Image of the truth. This substance is artificially achieved by the application of a substantial electrical arc on PGMs. Since part of the atom becomes white light, its weight seems to disappear – but it is actually just removed to an alternate non-physical dimension. These exotic highspin elements are today classified as Orbitally Rearranged Monatomic Elements – or ORMEs. Hudson patented his ORME discoveries in the late 1980s. He also began contacting scientists who were researching a new fuel-cell technology using these metals. He found that they had been having problems with white light explosions. In their experiments, the metals seemed to fall to about half their weight, seeming to disappear from sight until cooled, when it would miraculously return to its original weight. They had discovered superconductors, as did the IBM Research Laboratory in Zurich in 1986. A superconductor contains a flowing “liquid” light, like a plasma, with a null magnetic field easily
139

Surfing the Tao

repelled even by the Earth’s magnetic field. This meant it could levitate, which is what had happened to the missing 44% of the weight of the heated material. This magnetic field surrounding the superconductor is called a Meissner Field, discovered by a German scientist of the same name in 1933.3 ORMEs are said to have extraordinary powers of levitation, transmutation and teleportation. The Institute for Advanced Studies in Austin Texas calls it “exotic matter”, capable of bending space-time.4 The Center for Advance Study at the University of Illinois calls its superconductivity “the most remarkable physical property in the universe.” Supposedly scientists found that heating the material made it seem to disappear, and confer the properties of weightlessness even to the container it was in – certainly one way to lift heavy stones. They theorized it had resonated into an alternative perceptual vision, another dimension of space-time, and could enable speed-of-light travel. Hudson was able to prove that this exotic matter resonated in an alternate dimension. He also did the “impossible”, recreating apples from applesauce, as author Gardner so aptly phrased it. After many disastrous trials, in 1995 his research finally successfully created an ingot of pure unadulterated 24 carat gold from recombining iron, silica and aluminum.5 Science had officially rediscovered the Philosopher’s Stone, and David Hudson patented it. Note the 1991 Bruce Willis movie Hudson Hawk about a gold machine built by Leonardo Da Vinci, which required a crystal to produce a laser beam that changed lead into gold. As Gardner wrote, the enterprising Hudson planned to manufacture super conducting fuel cells as an alternative to costly and polluting combustion sources. However, the military industrial elite had other ideas. First the Department of Defense required he supply them with all details of his discoveries for “national security” reasons. The government’s stringent requirements made it all but impossible for the project to succeed. Unsure whether to call his discoveries drugs or fuel, Hudson experienced so many problems from the government he finally wrote in 2000 that the project had been “regulated out of existence.” It seems the ancients were surprisingly well versed on the subject of PGMs. In his 1974 book In Search of Ancient Mysteries,
140

A Philosopher Stoned

writer and television producer Alan Landsburg wrote about ornaments mysteriously made from molten platinum, requiring a heat much greater than fire, found in Peru. 6 Writer Flem-Ath noted the discovery of strange glass deposits in the Libyan Desert in 1971, which required temperatures upwards of 6,000 degrees Celsius to form. 100% pure gold necklaces have also been found in Mexico and in Egypt, suggesting the ancients had learned to create and sustain the high temperatures necessary to make them. The 6th century King Croesus had a gold refinery in Lydia, in western Turkey, which was unearthed in 1968 to reveal proof that PGMs were indeed known and used in the ancient world.7 Author Gardner further relates that in 1904, British archaeologist Sir W.M. Flinders Petrie led an expedition to survey for mining purposes the Sinai Peninsula, specifically Mount Horeb, or the legendary mountain of Moses. In this desolate and remote area, known today as the Serabit el Khadim, Petrie discovered the ruins of an old temple dated to the 4th Dynasty, about 2600 B.C. Adjoining the temple was a deep cave, called the Cave of Hathor, with strangely flat, smooth inner walls. In the center was a large pillar. Gardner claims the artifacts found there caused controversy over the interpretation of the Old Testament, for this reason were secreted away for many years and are just now being brought to light. Among the cartouches, scarabs and basketwork, they found wands of an unidentified hard material, and two strange conical stones 6 and 9 inches high. One stela depicted the mason Ankhib offering two conical bread-cakes to the pharaoh. In another one the treasurer Sobekhotep is described as being the one who “brought the noble Precious Stone to his majesty,” as well as the “Great One over the secrets of the House of Gold.”8 They also found a metallurgist’s crucible and an estimated 50 tons of pure white powder beneath the flagstones. Many of the inscriptions on the stelae found there mentioned a mysterious substance called mfkzt. Scientists debated what this was for many years, only agreeing that it was a “valuable mineral product.” The 18th dynasty’s treasurer was also depicted in carvings presenting conical objects called in this instance “white bread.” This same person was also the “guardian of the House of Gold”, even though Petrie found no gold at Mount Horeb.
141

Surfing the Tao

Gardner believes Petrie found the “alchemical workshop of Akhenaten” and generations of pharaohs. He imagines a great furnace continually smoked and quaked during production of the magical substance, hence the mention in Exodus that Mount Sinai was “altogether on a smoke, because the Lord descended upon it in fire…” (Exodus 19:18) It brings to mind notions of the mythical firebreathing dragon at home in his mountain cave, protecting his gold. Monatomic gold, known for centuries by alchemists as the Philosopher’s Stone, leads us to question the true powers of the ancients. It is a strange substance that looks like a white powder but behaves as a stone, said to change colors, produce brilliant light and deadly rays. There are all kinds of stories of the Ark of the Covenant having some sort of strange power emanating from it. Even our pop culture contains vague references - check out the “gem” on Gandolf’s staff in the movie The Lord of the Rings – it keeps changing colors. Also remember the strange power that shined out of the Ark in the movie Raiders of the Lost Ark. Though mention and depiction of this mysterious substance can be found in many places, the method of its manufacture was known only to the metallurgical adepts of the Mystery Schools, passed down from ancient times. It was known in alchemical lore that a special “powder of projection” could be manufactured by which human ignorance could be “transmuted” into the spiritual gold of enlightenment. This sacred substance mysteriously starts out as gold, changes into a powder with intense heat, is called a stone and can be eaten as bread. Gardner diligently researched other mentions of this exotic product throughout history. The Egyptian Book of the Dead calls it the “bread of the presence” and the pharaoh seeking enlightenment repeatedly asks the same awe-filled question. An Alexandrian document called Iter Alexandri ad Paradisum is about Alexander the Great’s journey to the kingdom of the God of Light using the Paradise Stone, a magical weightless powder. The Golden Fleece sought by Jason and the Argonauts was said by Renaissance philosopher Salomon Trismosian to be a parchment that contained the secrets of gold and the Philosopher’s Stone from “the kings and sages of the Egyptians, Arabs, Chaldeans and Assyrians.” Hermes Trismegistis wrote the Emerald Tablet, which contains alchemical information the Rosicrucians called “the most ancient monument of the Chaldeans
142

A Philosopher Stoned

concerning the Philosophers’ Stone.” The medieval tale Parzival by Wolfram von Eschenbach discusses a stone with magical healing and anti-aging properties, called Lapis Elixis. He wrote, “By the power of that stone the Phoenix burns to ashes, but the ashes speedily restore him to life again. This doth the Phoenix moult and change its plumage, after which he is bright and shining as before.” Gardner also mentioned various medical applications for the product. Scientific American reported in 1995 that the application of ruthenium atoms to human DNA causes the DNA strand itself to become a superconductor. Another publication, Platinum Metals Review, has published several articles on the benefit of this application to the treatment of cancers. It is known that the gold and platinum metals, in their monatomic high-spin state, can “activate the endocrinal glandular system in a way that heightens awareness, perception and aptitude to extraordinary levels.” In other words, the ancient kings may have used it to “feed their light bodies”, since application of the compound acts as a superconductor to human DNA, causing it to resonate aged or cancerous cells back to a normal state. It also caused those who ingested the substance to glow, or shine. What kind of inter-dimensional chaos could one wreak in possession of such a substance if they lacked a loving spirit? Many mentions of gods or religious figures in cultural myth relate a white or golden glow coming from them, or that they wore gold crowns of some sort. Perhaps some truly radiated a loving, golden hue, while others created the effect artificially, another example of a reflection of truth. The Hindu Vedas talks about how they “speed on their course with a roar, over the ridges of the sky…And spread themselves with beams of light…Bright, celestial, with lightning in their hands and helmets of gold upon their heads.” 9 Military remote viewers, or psychic spies, reported seeing many different non-human “ambassadors” conducting some sort of meeting together somewhere in which a tall, robed figure, “shimmering all over,” discusses the importance of having a certain “energizer working properly and tested soon”.10 Another time a remote viewer found his consciousness in a mysterious “chamber of light…[with] three huge golden throne-like chairs covered with strange hieroglyphics…[and] three giant beings that occupied the chairs. They wore great golden beards that flowed to their chests. They each wore
143

Surfing the Tao

large golden helmets. They looked…like Greek gods.”11 One cannot help but think of the countless paintings over the centuries depicting divine beings with golden halos. It even appears in the Bible. “And it came about when Moses was coming down from Mount Sinai…that Moses did not know that the kind of his face shone because of his speaking with Him. So when Aaron and all the sons of Israel saw Moses, behold, the skin of his face shone, and they were afraid to come near him.” -Exodus 34:29-30 “The Lord make his face shine upon you…” –Numbers 6:25 “His face was like the sun shining in all its brilliance.” -Revelation 1:16 “And their faces shone like the sun, and their eyes were like burning lamps; and fire came forth from their lips.” – Book of Enoch When the Emperor Constantine arrived at the controversial Council of Nicea in 313 AD he was described by Eusebius as “like some heavenly messenger of God, clothed in a shining raiment, which flashed as if with flickering rays of light…and adorned with the lustrous brilliance of gold and precious stones.” Those who beheld him were “stunned and amazed at the sight like children who have seen a frightening apparition.”12 Whether or not he was actually glowing, he was certainly obsessed with gold and his own glory, requiring huge patronages in gold and silver, used among other things to decorate cathedrals - never to feed the poor. An obsession with gold can be found to possess the ruling elite in virtually every culture, in every era. The Pyramid Texts, sacred writings from a 5th century pyramid tomb, also record this mysterious mfkzt. The texts are an account of the pharaoh’s journey into the Afterlife, to a place called the Field of Mfkzt. They also mention another ethereal location called the Field of Iaru – or the Dimension of the Blessed. This mfkzt seems
144

A Philosopher Stoned

to be the key to this field – an “alternative dimensional state of being”. In the Temple of Karnak in Egypt, a bas-relief depicts a number of conical shaped objects. The inscriptions describe them as “white bread”, one cone of silver and thirty of gold. Gardner reminds us that in the Book of Exodus, Moses climbs Mount Horeb to talk to El Shaddai, the “Lord of the Mountain”. He instructed Moses and the Israelites not to make any more idols from gold. However, because Moses was gone so long, the Israelites got scared and had Moses’ brother Aaron make a new idol from all their gold jewelry in the form of a calf. When Moses came down and saw what they had done, he became angry. “And he took the calf they had made and burned it in the fire; then he ground it to powder, scattered it on the water and made the Israelites drink it.” (Exodus 32:20) Elsewhere in Exodus, Garnder went on, it states that “shewbread”, or “bread of the Presence”, was made at Mount Horeb by Bezaleel, the son of Uri Ben Hur. (Exodus 25:29-31) Bezaleel was said to have wisdom and understanding, and was a cunning goldsmith and craftsman. This “shewbread” is found mentioned in Hebrews 9:12, and also in the book of Leviticus 24:5-7. “The people of Israel called the bread manna. It was white like coriander seed and tasted like wafers made with honey.” (Exodus 16:31) Moses told his people in Exodus 16, “This is the bread which the Lord hath given you to eat.” Manna means, “What is this?”, a question continually asked in wonderment. The Ark of the Covenant is thought to have housed a sacred stone, Moses’ ‘tablets’. Earlier renditions of the Ark are found in ancient Egyptian descriptions. Some say this Ark, or holy golden chalice, is the Holy Grail. Tales of its mysterious powers intrigue us. On the top of the Ark of the Covenant are two “cherubs”, or gold flanges, possibly similar in function to two pillars, or antennae. Between them is the “mercy seat”, said to be where the face of God appeared, and where direct communication occurred. Guardians of the Ark had to be ‘enlightened’ to be in its presence, or death would follow; sometimes the priests would tie a rope around the ankle of the chosen priest, who entered the Holy of Holies once a year, in case he should die, to retrieve the body. In the Bible, dozens of people died simply because they were too near the Ark. Maybe the Ark was a device able to process communications from the stars. Or perhaps it
145

Surfing the Tao

was an ancient version of a laser beam or nuclear fusion of some kind, capable of the intense heat necessary to transform metals when placed in the right location. Where is this “ark” today? Some researchers follow the trail of the Queen of Sheba into Ethiopia after her affair with King Solomon and the birth of their son. Others believe it is still buried somewhere in the West Bank.13 Another group believes it could be hidden beneath Oak Island in Nova Scotia, or Rosslyn Chapel in Scotland. Some believe there could even be more than one. Hidden Symbolism of Alchemy and the Occult Arts explains the Philosopher’s Stone is the gold stone, the unification of the sun and the moon.(p. 399) Seventeenth century alchemist Eirenaeus Philalethes wrote a work entitled Secrets Revealed, in which he discussed the Philosopher’s Stone. Rather than being a way to change lead into gold, he explained the true Stone was itself made of gold. In another work Philalethes wrote that “it is called a Stone by virtue of its fixed nature; it resists the action of fire as successfully as any stone. In species it is gold, more pure than the purest, it is fixed and incombustible like a stone, but its appearance is that of a very fine powder.”14 Eaten as bread or taken in water, this substance was clearly perceived as being some kind of “giver of life.” In the Chartres Cathedral in France has a statue of Melchizedek presenting a conical stone within a chalice. Sometimes called the Ben Ben, this sacred conical-shaped stone was said to have cosmic origins. Seventeenth century alchemist Michael Maier wrote, ‘From a man and a woman make a circle, then a square, then a triangle, finally a circle, and you will obtain the Philosophers Stone.”15 The ‘squaring of the circle’ or ‘cubing of the sphere’ was used as a code for the Philosopher’s Stone, referring to the mathematics necessary to produce the substance. The square in a circle symbol is found in ancient sites as well. Such “sacred geometry” was encoded into architecture and other works in order to preserve it and pass it on. This shape largely marks the entrance to Rosslyn Chapel. “The perfect square has no corners.” – Lao Tzu
146

A Philosopher Stoned

The British coronation ceremony was considered the act of fulfilling God’s alchemical work, and took place in Westminster Abbey upon a mosaic floor that displayed interconnecting circles symbolizing the great work of creation from chaos. An Egyptian onyx disc with the four elements, and another gold circle with a black marble center, the alchemical symbol of Sol, or God of the sun, represents this connection. In the fifteenth century, British alchemists were looking for some new vitality for the crown after the weak and sickly reign of Henry VI. They found their new “Sun King” in Edward IV, the Welsh Earl of March, who grew up believing he was the One, chosen to redeem Britain’s lost identity. Prophecies of the time predicted the Welsh Red Dragon would defeat the Saxon White Dragon to restore greatness to the nation. Indeed Edward was buoyed by the myths and prophecies surrounding him, as well as the popularity with the people and the counsel of the alchemists. His moment of destiny arrived at the crossroads at the River Lugg in 1461 when he used the rare astronomical phenomenon of a parhelion, or three suns, to inspire his troops and win the battle.16 One of the alchemists at the time, John Kirby, wrote the Ripley Scroll, which includes subversive imagery of sexual conjunction and marriages of opposites like the sun and the moon, incest, dragons and venomous toads, as well as a feathered bird king perched on a globe, a famous symbol of the Philosopher’s Stone. Another is the image of Ripley holding a pilgrim’s staff and a horseshoe, above which stands a silver and gold king holding a mirror reflecting the sun and moon. Edward’s secret marriage to Elizabeth Woodville, a supposed descendant of the water witch or serpent Melusine, was regarded by the alchemists as the key to alchemical transformation, but probably doomed his reign. Soon Edward’s obsession with alchemy became an obsession with gold. Instead of pursuing heroic quests for his nation, Edward began imprisoning alchemists in order to acquire the secret of transmutation. Rumors of his drunkenness and womanizing spread. He died suddenly in 1483.17 In the early seventeenth century, one alchemist turned attention away from lust for gold towards a more profound revelation. Michael Sendevogius was a Polish doctor and alchemist whose legendary account is replete with tales of spectacular transmutations
147

Surfing the Tao

and improbable escapes from dungeons and burning towers after imprisonment by jealous rulers. However, his most famous work, De Lapide Pbilosopborum (On the Philosopher’s Stone), later retitled Novum Lumen Cbymicum (A new light on Alchemy), influenced many great thinkers including Isaac Newton, whose personal dog-eared copy is now housed in the British Library. Easy to read and devoid of mystical terminology, it revealed, “in the Aire a secret food of life…whose invisible congealed spirit is better than the whole earth…” He convinced fellow alchemists of the existence of a “universal spirit” – a vapor or soul, pervading all matter. His ‘aerial food of life’ seemed to be the true Elixir of Life sought for centuries. His work led to the development of chemistry, the study of oxygen, nitrogen and the other elements of our atmosphere.18 However, he may have in truth been trying to point out the all-encompassing power of the Supreme Being, the Force of Life present in every molecule, and its overwhelming significance to the human condition, over the mere acquisition of gold. Maitreya, leading the “Masters of Wisdom”, shared information about a new technology in The Emergence Quarterly. “One such advance, called the Technology of Light, will use energy directly from the sun and provide unlimited energy for all humanity’s needs. It will even be applied medically, and combined with new genetic discoveries, will allow us to create new organs in the body as needed…Even our transportation systems will be revolutionized in ways that will make them silent and apparently motionless… Education in the new age will teach the fact of the soul and the evolution of consciousness.” Let’s not forget the strange, seemingly ambiguous mention in their magazine ad by the “Great White Brotherhood”: Gold is where you find it! In order to create the precious Philosopher’s Stone, gold, white gold or platinum (or some combination thereof) must be heated to an extreme temperature – actually a laser beam or other such technology is necessary to reach the required 4000-6000 degrees. Maybe the Ark of the Covenant was a device that could transmit an “arc” of power sufficient to change the metal. Without modern lasers, perhaps the ancients used cosmic or telluric energy, streaming from certain grid locations, through pyramids or “Tesla” tools like rods, pillars and crystals, maybe with resonating sounds or harmonics, to
148

A Philosopher Stoned

create this precious material that confers such great powers upon it user. The Philosopher’s Stone, firestone, or manna, called mfkzt by the ancient Egyptians and ORME by modern science, seems like a rock and looks like a powder. Is this what the ancients meant by Stone of Destiny, or Jacob’s Ladder, enabling the angels’ movements between heaven and earth? Modern science recognizes it can bend space-time, confer longevity, as well as power and light. Is this material necessary for our ascension to the higher realms, or is it just a way to artificially ascend our realm without true love or faith? Is it a “fast food enlightenment” - a “white bread” of empty calories? Since the science of monatomic high spin metallurgy has been “rediscovered,” considerable sums of gold have suddenly been stockpiled, even traded for certain less stable currencies. In 1991, just after Michael Gorbachev was ousted from office, Russia’s 2000 metric ton gold reserve vanished into thin air. Christian fundamentalist Pat Robertson bizarrely owns a gold mine in Liberia; his company there is called “Freedom Gold,” and requires him to do business with men who themselves are revered as “gods” in a place saturated with secret societies and satanic worship.19 Today this tiny, gold-rich nation is the site of one more in a long line of U.S. military “operations”. In 1997, four independent mining companies in South Africa merged to form Amplats, or Anglo-American Platinum Corporation, which was then in control of 70% of the world’s platinum supply.20 In 1999 the International Monetary Fund announced the sale of large amounts of bullion in a scheme to devalue gold. They said it was to benefit poor countries, but instead the plan brought the price of gold to a new low, doing damage to the fragile economies of small, goldproducing nations. Even though the World Gold Council called the transfer economic madness, the Treasury of the United Kingdom proceeded to sell even more, and lowered the price even further. Public outrage that the UK had lost hundreds of millions of pounds in the deal seemed to fall on deaf ears. And somewhere, notes author Gardner, certain anonymous “approved” buyers were able to come into a large amount of gold at a very good price. As Lao Tzu reminds us, “Amass a store of gold and jade, and no one can protect it.” Now who do we know with a lot of money?
149

Secret Science
“The truth behind possible government secret space technology, cover-ups, disinformation campaigns, and the military possession of UFOs and aliens remains unproven. If indeed there is development of craft based on alien technology, what is its purpose – to wage war against terrestrial enemies or intergalactic visitor…or could it be to provide a means of escape for the world’s wealthy elite?”1 –Jim Marrs In Lost Secrets of the Sacred Ark, Laurence Gardner suggests the development of superconductors was manipulated and stifled by a wealthy, powerful yet anonymous group. Not only were David Hudson’s developments made practically impossible, but patents were also required made available to the Department of Defense which attempted to squelch further research. But given that Mr. Gardner, who is a best-selling author, also happens to be the Chevalier de St Germain, a Knight Templar of St Anthony and Prior of the Sacred Kindred of Columba among other things, one must question his motives as well. Gardner noted a lecture given by Nuclear physicist Daniel Swell Ward, Ph.D. to the International Association of New Science Forum in Fort Collins, Colorado, in October 1999. His words are startling. A plethora of evidence suggests that a profoundly important and basic science capable of explaining a vast array of otherwise anomalous observations exist…Of particular importance are the subjects of sacred science (including mathematics, physics, and health/longevity) and the degree to which such subjects have been withheld from seekers and investigators. A widely acknowledged truism is that ‘knowledge is power.” Significantly, secret knowledge or teachings held by a limited elite constitute the potential for even
150

Secret Science

greater power. It is apparently for this reason that the world history of the last several thousand years has had embedded in its scope the underlying theme of the struggle for control and power based on esoteric knowledge, understandings and wisdom. From the mystery schools of ancient Egypt and Greece, to the Jerusalem treasures uncovered by the Knights Templars…to the modern day guarded secrets of the Trilateral Commission and various other secretive organizations, the greatest heritage of the human race has been carefully and studiously withheld from the mainstream of society. Understandings and techniques which afforded the potential for enormous enlightenment and evolution of the individual have been historically held for the exclusive use of those in power…The fact that there have been many forces (particularly religions) which have made every effort to attach truth as a means of preserving their own view of the universe is perhaps the primary case in point. Curiously, the quest for the outright destruction (as in the case of the burning of the Library of Alexandria) or the placing of severe limitation on the dissemination of knowledge is also based on control and power issues. Within the confines of this world-class power struggle, much esoteric wisdom and knowledge has been kept from public view both as a means of protecting the underlying truths as well as using them (or eliminating them) in order to profit thereby. Suddenly (in historical terms) Pandora’s box has been overturned and individuals outside the elite groups… have begun to glimpse, study and understand the heretofore secrets of esoteric knowledge. And with the dissemination of such understanding into the mainstream, the control of one human over another is being lessened…For the individual seeker of truth and enlightenment, suddenly the history of conspiracy to deny the existence of such wisdom becomes less
151

Surfing the Tao

important than the understandings of how one applies these fundamental teachings. It seems clear, for example, that Moses, as a Prince of Egypt was amply instructed in the ancient mysteries, and shared a portion of his education with the Israelites in the form of the Ark of the Covenant. The Templars came into existence during the Crusades at the turn of the last millennium, and it was they who apparently discovered a wealth of information contained in the environs of Jerusalem… The good news is that such information has become increasingly available…This has been due in large part to the discovery and decipherment of ancient writings. These writings include such things as the Egyptian Book of the Dead, the Dead Sea Scrolls, and the Nag Hammadi Codices. In addition, much of the more esoteric wisdom in the form of the Qabala, the Tarot and other books have been handed down through the ages and outside the confines of secret societies. There is additional evidence that much of the information is being purposefully disseminated as if a decision has been made to bring a much larger segment of the population into the fold of understanding…Truth has a way of inevitably rising to the surface… A key question is whether or not the proliferation of our understanding of sacred geometry and mathematics is the result of accidental discovery or intentional dissemination of information. One the one hand, geometry and numbers and imminently discoverable, due in part to the simplicity of the logical process employed. All one really need do is ask the right question, and the mathematics fairly rushes to show itself…But is there more of which we are unaware? Is the current trend in state-of-the-art physics into zeropoint energies and multiple dimensions beyond our four-dimensional space-time continuum a foray into heretofore secret knowledge, or merely the advance of knowledge into the reality of the universe?
152

Secret Science

Dr. Ward goes on to suppose it is no longer simply the realm of “those who are worthy,” but all and any who find interest in the matter. And since this heretofore-secret science is now being packaged for mainstream interest, especially by the likes of Mr. Gardner, himself so clearly a member of secret societies, one must gravely question their agenda. Why was it kept secret for centuries, and why it is being released now? Evidence suggests even medieval monks kept themselves busy with their wealth and politics rather than spreading love to the masses. Let us not forget the mysterious “Nine” claimed to be attempting to pass on information of a drug or substance that could enable a false spiritual enlightenment, or the opening of a ‘gateway’ to communicate with them. Could this information being released under the guise of enlightenment ultimately be just another way to control us? Another secret science is “remote viewing,” or psychic spying. Unknown to most citizens until relatively recently, our military as well as those of other countries are known to have engaged in secret spying using the bizarre but well-documented abilities of trained psychics. Tests of such an operation were first demonstrated in the Oval Office in 1985, according to one writer.2 The method is reportedly similar to that used by Nostradamus in his visions, in which he used a brass tripod together with a cup of water, like an oracle. The first researcher to prove consistent and reliable results was Ingo Swann, a scientist known for his 1973 book The Secret Life of Plants. At the American Society for Psychical Research in New York, where Dr. Swann worked with Dr. Gertrude Schmeidler, “remote viewing” came into being. Begun as a strict, scientific experiment, its success quickly brought in clients like the CIA.3 Apparently the Soviet Union had already worked for years on remote viewing with success and the CIA was concerned about this. It was subsequently used to locate enemy military installations, rocket-launching sites, or submarines, and during the Gulf War it was supposedly used to locate Saddam Hussein’s biochemical arsenals. Remote viewers described such remote locations as Mercury and Jupiter, their incredible visions mocked until new photographic evidence of the surface of the planets revealed the startling truth of their observations. Its successful use by
153

Surfing the Tao

the military was reported on ABC’s Nightline, though it is still not widely known. Several military-trained remote viewers formed a private company called PSI TECH Inc in 1989. Their clients requested information on everything from crop circles to aliens, and many of the viewers had experiences in other dimensions.4 However, most of the original military viewers have left the company for various reasons. The military’s Controlled Remote Viewing Manual was written in May 1986 and released to the public in July 1998. It discusses this dangerous methodology that often caused terrible psychological problems for people in the program. Any experimentation of this sort for fun is to be avoided; like the Ouija board, it can cause problems, especially if the practitioner is not tuned in. That is why extrasensory abilities are best used at a time and place of God’s choosing. It is not our job to use the Force for our own devices – we should not try to use the master carpenter’s tools. However, one might imagine the military would have other ideas. “The prospect of domination of the nation’s scholars by federal employment, project allocations, and the power of money is ever present - and is gravely to be regarded. Yet, in holding scientific research and discovery in respect, as we should, we must be alert to the equal and opposite danger that public policy could itself become the captive of a scientific technological elite.” – Dwight D. Eisenhower New technologies threaten to harness the brain wave patterns of an entire population. A reevaluation of celestial or sacred technology, as well as evidence that our world’s ancient stone megaliths are arranged around the earth in a pattern similar to today’s technologies, gives rise to the thought that this kind of population control is not a new idea. This energy we are now familiar with may have somehow connected the globe harmonically and “turned on” certain resonating locations, where there were maybe pyramids or other capturing or amplifying devices that beamed what was basically a certain frequency all around the Earth.
154

Secret Science

Plato observed in Phaeado that, “the earth itself looks from above, if you could see it, like those twelve-patched leather balls.” How did he get this information about the twelve-faced dodecahedral pattern that makes up the energy grid around our earth? The activation of this grid using specially placed buildings, or shapes, on specific points of the earth, is said to be part of this ancient technology. Ruins of pyramids are found literally by the thousands all over the world. A legend of Solomon’s Temple tells how the Ark of the Covenant was used as an amplifier. Supposedly the Temple had an underground network of canals spreading outward in a grid system; the chants and rituals from the Temple “permeated the grid field of the earth and went through all parts of the country.”5 A similarly mysterious canal works can be found in the ancient ruins of Palenque in Mexico. An understanding of world energy grids is vital to understanding this technology. Certain locations were apparently turned off long ago to assist our spiritual decay. More and more books are investigating these ancient megaliths and “ley lines” and discovering their power. Author Bernstein observed this “dodecahedral energy network”: “…ley lines, the earth’s acupuncture system, follow a network around the globe on a mathematical pattern related to the heavens. Energy and power are carried on the ley lines and where the ley lines of the earth cross they relate a particularly powerful vortex of energy. It was on sites such as these that the holy places of the earth were built in ancient times. These locations were chosen because they were centers where energy entered and existed the earth. This was all part of the ‘blueprint’ designed to ensure that the area surrounding the sacred site was one that raised the consciousness of the people.”6 Or perhaps kept them within a certain desired frequency. It was said each ancient site represented on musical “note” on a scale and were tuned in a particular way; our modern world now interferes with the open spaces necessary for this mysterious resonance. Also,
155

Surfing the Tao

one might imagine tuning to different frequencies would have different effects. One independent researcher has rocked the boat of conventional science and published this kind of information clearly and effectively. Bruce L Cathie has written several books on field harmonics, including The Energy Grid (1990) and the Harmonic Conquest of Space (1998). Mr. Cathie discovered evidence of a world energy grid system, and in doing so caught the attention of the intelligence agencies of several major countries around the world. It became obvious to him that he had discovered something that these global power groups wanted kept secret, as he was approached by them many times with various threats and offers. He always declined in favor of remaining independent, and tries to protect himself by publicly sharing his information. Eventually, these various agencies admitted to him that the grid does exist, but would not admit to the possibilities of free energy. Mr. Cathie claims UFOs are inter-dimensional anti-gravity machines, many of which are built by our own scientists on Earth. He thinks they may even originate within the Earth, rather than from outer space. “The secrets of anti-gravity and free energy production are known in top scientific circles and they will go to any length to keep this knowledge from us,” he writes. In September 2002, well after Mr. Cathie’s book was published, MSNBC reported that the U.S. government had declassified the huge, “static energy” anti-gravity, delta-shaped military ‘blimp’, the subject of thousands of UFO sightings the past decade. And we are still supposed to rely on earth polluting, war-causing and expensive oil? Cathie discovered a series of harmonic geometric equations, which can cause reactions in space-time if put into practical application. The government is clearly familiar with such knowledge, if you do any research on modern weaponry. After discovering how these points in time and space relate mathematically and harmonize with each other, he theorized that the whole of physical reality, which is tangible to us, is formed from the basic geometric harmonics of the angular velocities, or waveforms, of light. These waveforms of light blend with each other to create physical structures. Einstein stated that the “geometric structure of space-time determines the physical
156

Secret Science

processes.” Space-time manifests from the geometric harmonics of the wave motions of light. Cathie found that the fundamental harmonic of light in geometric terms has an angular velocity of 144,000 minutes of arc per grid second. The reciprocal harmonic of light, or 1/144,000 brings 694444 repeating. This harmonic 694444 refers to the geometric reciprocal of light, which in theory forms the basic building block of the anti-universe, or negative reality. Cathie states, “we live in a reality of un-reality; all is an illusion, and the stuff that dreams are made of. Our physical world is nothing more than a resonating ball of light and shade.” This sounds incredibly similar to the words of the ancient sages. It is very eye opening for a layman to discover how mathematically interconnected our earth is. Maybe that’s why the bad guys are so obsessed with numbers and “sacred” geometry, not to mention ‘light”, the by-product of the nature of our Matrix, since with such knowledge one can artificially manipulate reality, space and time. Mr. Cathie also noticed that reported UFO activity had a geometric pattern on the planetary surface. He was able to establish the pattern of the grid and break it down into mathematical coordinates. He found that all the values represented in the grid had direct harmonic relationships with the speed of light, gravity and earth mass. He even determined a possible method of UFO propulsion, using the harmonic imbalance of gravitational forces. The UFOs would reposition themselves in space-time; that is, move from one point to another along the grid in order to restore the balance of the forces caused by space-time geometrics. Mr. Cathie determined that volcanic activity, earthquakes and nuclear bomb detonations are all related to grid structure. Atomic bombs are space-time devices, and can only be detonated at pre-calculated, very specific points both in time and space. He says it took them months to plan and practice the nuclear drops in WWII. He claims the CIA offered him a job when they discovered he had learned this; he declined. Volcanoes and earthquakes also occur in geometric points on the same grid system, due to disturbances at these points. The activity of scientists at certain key areas around the globe during the past few decades indicated to Mr. Cathie there is feverish, government-backed activity going on in connection with research into
157

Surfing the Tao

the structure and nature of the grid. Nearly every army base worldwide is located on one of these points. He found that ancient cultures also flourished on the intersections of the grid system, and it is where we find all our megaliths and pyramids. The center of the harmonic world grid is the exact point of the Great Pyramid in Giza, Egypt, which itself incorporates the harmonics of light and gravity. Grid lines coincide with active earth zones, mountain ranges, and risings and depressions on the ocean floor. Interestingly, twin megaliths Ayer’s Rock in Australia and Stone Mountain in Georgia are harmonically linked. Another interesting spot is in the African country of Gabon where there is a ‘natural atomic reactor.’ Apparently a natural deposit of uranium right on a grid point has caused spontaneous nuclear detonations in past millennia. Mother lodes of mineral ore and vast oil deposits are found at various intersections of the grid. Fault lines coincide here, and even the very elements of the soil are in different proportions according to its location on the grid. Intersecting points coincide at places like the Bermuda Triangle and Stonehenge. In fact, according to Mr. Cathie, Stonehenge was constructed according to the universal geometric harmonics of light itself. The ancient megalith is constructed by two concentric circles. The radius of the Aubrey Circle harmonically corresponds to the speed of light; the radius of the Sarcen Circle corresponds to the square of the reciprocal of the speed of light. The large stones appear to be crystalline in structure, and even emit a form of radiation, showing up in many photographs as a line of fog. Small chips of blue quartz similar to that used in early crystal radio sets were found in the empty holes in the surrounding rings. This crystal resonates the harmonic fields set up by the inner and outer circles, based on the harmonics of the angular velocity of light.7 Mr. Cathie wonders if Stonehenge is an ancient, gigantic crystal set, or perhaps a massive geometric device used as a transmitter and receiver of signals from the heavens. In 1979 a team of scientists detected ultrasonic energy pulses emanating from the Rollright Stones, another circle of stones near Oxfordshire.8 Similar results were found in the pyramids of Egypt. Another strange discovery are dozens of large, stone spheres with diameters up to eight feet, cut perfectly round, found in the
158

Secret Science

jungles of South America. Some were even found in complex, geometric arrangements. Converting their measurements to harmonic equations, Mr. Cathie found they have a direct harmonic relationship to gravity. Were the spheres constructed to tune into the electromagnetic oscillations of the harmonic unified field; did some sort of artificial electronic stimulation caused them to glow in the dark like the “ultimate light bulb”? Or were they power centers for a more incredible technology, like a stargate? Other notable grid locations include the center of Washington, D.C., Paris, London, and other major cities worldwide. Mr. Cathie found that certain transmitters and power stations have harmonic relationships. Other less obvious locations contain even bigger mysteries. Rennes-le-Chateau, in the south of France, contains a network of churches and geographic points arranged in an obvious harmonic relationship. This area was associated with the Knights Templar and an unexplained wealth centuries ago, and is harmonically linked with Bethlehem. Famous gothic churches like Notre Dame and Rosslyn Chapel in Scotland, places also linked to Masonic or Templar activity, are important grid points. One must admit, the tall spires could resemble not only rocket ships, as some researchers claim, but present-day electric towers. And it is known that many churches were built on old ‘pagan’ sites. Could it be that these secret groups endeavored to rebuild the old grid centuries ago, disguised as churches? Did they knowingly seek to misdirect the power of the ancients? Strangely enough, all Mormon temples are built on powerful grid intersections and are harmonically linked with each other. That religion also talks about all kinds of strange “angels” coming down here and interacting with people – and seems obsessed with genealogy. As David Icke said in his book Children of the Matrix, “…just because the vortex points are power centers on the global grid, it doesn’t mean that the structures built at these places by the bloodlines have been designed and located with humanity’s best interests at heart.” He feels the powers that be have been suppressing the true power at these points, originally meant to connect the human energy field to the cosmic one. Other modern researchers have discovered similar geographical anomalies that further suggest our world’s oldest and
159

Surfing the Tao

most sacred sites are not arbitrarily located. Writer Rand Flem-Ath documented in The Atlantis Blueprint that the sacred sites around the world are arranged in patterns in alignment with old North Poles, which were known to have been in the Yukon and Hudson Bay areas during past ages. He established a blueprint based on these old poles as well as a prime meridian centered at Giza instead of Greenwich, and was essentially able to plot the location of other forgotten sites, which are all arranged in regularly spaced intervals around the globe. For example, among the dozens of sites aligned to the old Hudson Bay pole are Alexandria, Babylon, Canterbury, Chichen Itza, Easter Island, Giza, Jeruzalem, Luzor, Nazca, Ojai, Pyongyang, Rosslyn, and Troy. Sites linked to the old Yukon pole over 100,000 years old are Rosslyn, Avebury, London, Pyongyang, Stonehenge, Nanking, Rennes-le Chateau, Babylon, Jericho, Macchu Piccu and Nazca. He also noted other interesting relationships between locations, such as the Fibonacci spiral which connects the apex of the three pyramids at Giza, and suggests the long lost hidden library, or Holy Chamber, could be found at the very center of this spiral. Nicola Tesla discovered this same grid a century ago, and invented technology to harness and use the energy it radiates. Like Cathie, Tesla found that matter was nothing more than a complex matrix of wave-forms locked together by harmonic resonance. He apparently found that to tune in to this energy ball we call Earth, we have to set up special apparatus at particular points on its surface, like NORAD in Cheyenne Mountain, long known to be a sacred spot to the Native Americans. The Russians have similar positions, as do other governments around the world. They base their world energy grid system on the application of Tesla technology like his transformer, magnifying transmitter, and wireless systems. Tesla’s patents are now in the hands of Eastland and ARCO companies, companies contracted by the government. Tesla knew his transmitter could generate energy levels and frequencies that could unleash massive destructive forces. In an effort to prove the power of his discoveries, he wrote a letter to The Times in April 1908 which said, “when I spoke of future warfare I meant that it should be conducted by direct application of electrical waves without the use of aerial engines or other implements of destruction…This is not a dream…Even now wireless power plants could be constructed
160

Secret Science

by which any region of the globe might be rendered uninhabitable without subjecting the population of other parts to serious danger or inconvenience.”9 Nine days later an explosion of staggering proportions took place near the Tungunska River region in central Siberia. It flattened half a million acres of pine forest in the same pattern as a nuclear detonation, and was heard for 620 miles around. There was never any evidence of a meteorite or its crater found, though this is the official explanation of the event. Such technology enables long distance, space and undersea communications. Communications frequencies are tuned to the structure of matter and harmonic waveforms that permeate all space. With the correct aerial system and frequency ratios, long distance communication would be enabled – and what better antenna than Earth itself? The U.S. military Project Sanguine used this very technology. The military established a grid pattern of aerials spread over thousands of square miles of the ocean floor. Using ultra low frequencies, radio communications with deep-sea submarines became possible. Today, there is increasing evidence that using and testing this equipment has caused the deaths of thousands of sensitive sea creatures including whales, dolphins and seals. Knowledge and understanding of our Earth’s true power and history has been lost and perhaps abused by those not in agreement with the Tao. Sacred or ‘haunted’ tools, stones, energies or locations are not necessarily bad or good – but we should understand what they are in relation to the Tao. We should also question who is using them now, and why. Kept secret, such things can be used against masses of people. Releasing such technology to a non-love culture under false pretensions could be even worse. Properly tuned and understood, it could re-harmonize the Earth and its people, and generate a planetary frequency of love in line with the Tao. But in the wrong hands it can be very dangerous indeed - for it could kill the soul as well as the body. “The wise man is he whose ears are very attuned to the Divine Whisperer, and who, through all the delusions of a cheaper civilization, hears the Voice.” -Bernard Bromage, from The Occult Arts of Ancient Egypt
161

Free Your Mind
“Any technology that might unseat the monopolies of energy, communication, or health care would be viewed as dangerous to a position of power.”1 – Jim Marrs Bruce Cathie mathematically showed the harmonic links of the human body to its natural environment, due to its gestation period, blood heat, major acupuncture points and the geometrics of the DNA spiral. People are ‘tuned in’ to varying degrees. Most important is the brain’s electromagnetic wave pattern, which functions within four major frequencies: Delta (0.02-3 Hz), Theta (3-7 Hz), Alpha (7-13.5 Hz), and Beta (13.5-27 Hz). Delta is sleep or unconsciousness, Theta is dream state. Beta is wakefulness, and when awake but completely relaxed, brainwaves are in Alpha state. The majority of waves produces in this state is 10.6 Hz. Mr. Cathie found a more accurate value for the transmission would be 10.598084 Hz, and his calculations indicate the Alpha frequency has a direct harmonic link with gravitational values in the unified tables. The “Shumann resonance” is the wave-guide, which channels extra low frequency waves in a circular path around the Earth. The average frequency range of the waves is 7 to 13.5 Hz, and most frequently 10.6, the same as a human brain! It’s like we are walking radio transmitters, tuned into our environment to an extent we are perhaps unaware of.2 Trying to change those earth values with ELF technology couldn’t help but affect people as well. The High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program, or HAARP, is a series of transmitters of sufficient signal strength designed to turn the aurora borealis into a virtual antenna. Essentially it is a giant ionospheric heater, but it was erected with a number of possible purposes. Its primary, public goals are earth penetrating topography and deep-sea communications. Its transmitters are in every country worldwide, often doubling for use as cellular phone towers. It uses Extra Low Frequency radio waves in the ionosphere. The government and the various private research companies involved
162

Free Your Mind

insist it is an innocuous test project. Others believe its potential for use can be as destructive as the results of the Manhattan Project, and many scientists involved with HAARP have begged for more research before testing was completed, for fear of its potential harmful effects on the Earth and people. In point of fact man himself is not unaffected by this technology. If you can retune the aurora borealis to rebroadcast an ELF message, you have basically created the “ultimate bio-feedback” machine.3 The human brain works in the same extremely low frequency range where HAARP broadcasts. Operators assert there is no impact on terrestrial environment since the signals are pointed upwards, but they ignore the reflective qualities of the signals and the mounting medical and scientific evidence of health risks associated with electromagnetic and radio frequency radiation. Studies have shown that “even small increases in EM radiation from devices like HAARP can cause human health problems such as leukemia, cataracts, birth defects and cancer, alter brain chemistry, and elevate cholesterol, blood-sugar, blood pressure and heart rates.”4 In Alaska, locals have battled the program since the beginning, as initial tests took place at a facility in Gakona. In 1994 an article in the Tundra Times boldly stated, “We strongly object to the arrogance, secrecy and avowed aim of this project, and must add our voice to those who feel something is seriously wrong with this picture. We are not convinced that the High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program, known as HAARP, is harmless and fear that those fronting for the Department of Defense are lyres[sic].”5 What could you do, for example in a war or a state of unrest, if you could transit thoughts directly into people’s minds? Psychologists in the Russian KGB have been working on radio remote control of people since the 1930s, and the CIA has had similar programs since the 1950s. The Soviets were known to beam microwaves at the US Embassy in the 1970s and 80s. Newsman David Brinkley said on the air on July 18, 1981 regarding this Russian ‘Woodpecker’ signal, “As I say I find it hard to believe, it is crazy and none of us here knows what to make of it: the Russian government is known to be trying to change human behavior by external electronic influences. We do
163

Surfing the Tao

know that much. And we know that some kind of Russian transmitter is bombarding this country with extremely low frequency radio waves.” “Since October 1976 the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics has been emitting extremely low frequency signals from a number of Tesla-type transmitters. Their frequencies correspond to brain-wave rhythms of either the depressed or the irritable states of humans - and scientifically tenable tests have shown that the USSR signals do lock-in human brain-wave signals. The USSR signals have been assessed by the EPA to be psychoactive (i.e., liable to produce psychological response and vulnerability in humans). The same agency has noted that the USSR ELF signals can be absorbed and re-radiated by 60-Hertz power transmission lines and even be magnified by waterpipe grids.” – Dr. Andrew Michrowski, Ph.D., Technologies Specialist with the Canadian Dept. of State, & President of the Planetary Assoc. for Clean Energy (PACE) So it is known that power lines and other metal grid systems can be used as an extension of these brain-wave manipulating signals. One further note regards the fact that electric appliances such as televisions and computers also radiate at a 60-Hertz level, while our body needs to resonate higher to stay healthy. These low electromagnetic radiation levels can depress our immune systems and make us more susceptible to illness. There are statistics to prove a connection between childhood leukemia and nearness to power lines, for example. This means that taking the time to raise your body’s frequency or vibrational level can literally be life saving. “Entrainment” is the result of external stimulation of the brain by electro-magnetic means. An external sensor could “entrain” brain patterns, overriding normal frequencies and retuning them to harmonize with the signal. This could change brain chemistry, thought patterns, and emotions. It was the intention of the Russians to capture and control the mental state of humans, and you can bet other
164

Free Your Mind

governments have done similar things. There is a lot of information and research out there on biofeedback as well as psychotronic weaponry. The mind is actually very susceptible and easy to control, and using this for warfare is a terrifying thought. I remember reading a story in the newspaper after the Gulf War, and the journalist was describing his surprise to see a helicopter fly over an area. A few seconds later hundreds of Iraqi soldiers pour out from an underground bunker to surrender. The journalist was told it was a psychoactive weapon that was used. “Many of the non-lethal weapons under consideration utilize infrasound or electromagnetic energy (including lasers, microwave or radio-frequency radiation or visible light pulsed at brain-wave frequency for their effects.) These weapons are said to cause temporary or permanent blinding, interference with mental processes, modification of behavior and emotional response, seizures, severe pain, dizziness, nausea and diarrhea, or disruption of internal organ functions in various other ways.” – from The Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, Oct 1994. “Russia’s psychotronic weapons include a psychotronic generator which produces electromagnetic emanations that can be sent through telephone lines, TV, or even light bulbs; an ‘infrasonic sound’ generator that destroys all life forms; a ‘nervous system generator’ known, so far, to paralyze insects; ‘ultrasound emanations,’ which kill by attacking internal organs without leaving a mark on the skin and ‘noiseless cassettes’ featuring voices too low to be heard, which are nevertheless detected by the subconscious.” - Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, 1998 A 1982 US Air Force Review of Biotechnology stated, “Radio frequency radiation fields may pose powerful and revolutionary anti-personnel military threats…
165

Surfing the Tao

RFR experiments and the increasing understanding of the brain as an electrically-mediated organ suggests the serious probability that impressed electromagnetic fields can be disruptive to purposeful behavior and may be capable of directing and or interrogating such behavior. Further, the passage of approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium can lead to cardiac standstill and death, again pointing to speed of light weapons effect. A rapidly scanning RFR system could provide an effective stun or kill capability over a large area.” According to scalar scientist Lt. Col. Tom Beardon, at least ten nations now possess scalar electromagnetic weapons called “Tesla howitzers” or “Longitudinal Wave Interferometers.” Beardon, who wrote the 1986 book Fer-de-Lance: A Briefing on Soviet Scalar Electromagnetic Weapons, has written various articles updating this information, which discuss the possible use of such weapons to create impenetrable electromagnetic domes over entire cities. He claims China has already deployed both quantum potential (QP) weapons as well as negative energy electromagnetic pulse (EMP) weapons. Guns and bullets are way out of date, to be sure. Imagine disabling all of our guns by electromagnetic means from far away with the flick of a switch: forget the NRA and the right to bear arms, we are already unarmed, sitting ducks. It might be a good idea to dust off our swords. Also, imagine the incredibly powerful propaganda tool this could be, not only for enemy nations but perhaps in building support for our own government at home as well. In fact this kind of weapon was not unheard of in ancient times. Besides the possibility that the world’s ancient megalith network was being used as a type of HAARP system, personal selfdefense utilized changes in individual electrical fields as well. The placement of different kinds of energy along certain grid lines and points of the body, called meridians, can cause healing, and even today acupuncture and chi gung are gaining acceptance in the West. Just by changing the frequency of the energy field in the subject, one can affect powerful healing from a cellular or even atomic level.
166

Free Your Mind

But this same knowledge is also a terrifyingly effective weapon. “Dimak” means “death touch” in Chinese and was discovered through the same means as acupuncture thousands of years ago in the East. Dimak can affect bio-rhythms, electrical impulses in the brain, cause liver failure, heart attacks, cerebral hemorrhage, and a variety of other deaths. What’s more scary is just as with the Tesla coil, placement in time and space is vital. Depending on which body part you want to affect, you just lightly tap a certain point on a certain meridian at a certain location and time of day; the lunar calendar supposedly is involved as well. This was the favorite method of the assassins of ancient China. It is still one of the reasons why in those countries when people meet, they bow and cover one hand with another, as opposed to making physical contact, to show they are not dimaking. MKUltra was a covert CIA operation, which was uncovered during the Kennedy administration largely due to the testimony of Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, the psychiatrist in charge of the program. According to him, their goal was to investigate whether and how it was possible to modify an individual’s behavior by covert means. The “MK” stands for the German words for “mind control.” They experimented with drugs like LSD and many test subjects never recovered. The CIA was forced to admit their research had involved dozens of major colleges and universities (including Harvard, Columbia, Cornell, and Johns Hopkins), various research foundations including the NIH, as well as hospitals and prisons. It was found out that Eli Lilly was the main American supplier of LSD to the CIA. President George Bush, a former director of the CIA, was also a former member of the Board of Directors of Eli Lilly. Dr. Jose Delgado is considered the father of American mind control. He was the first to test tiny radio transmitters under the skin in monkeys. By pressing certain buttons on his controls, he was able to immediately change its mood, from angry to docile and back again.6 He told Congress in 1974, “We need a program of psychosurgery for political control of our society. The purpose is physical control of the mind. Everyone who deviates from the given norm can be surgically mutilated. The individual
167

Surfing the Tao

may think that the most important reality is his own existence, but this is only his personal point of view. This lacks historical perspective. Man does not have the right to develop his own mind. This kind of liberal orientation has great appeal. We must electrically control the brain. Someday armies and generals will be controlled by electric stimulation of the brain.”7 Believe it or not, this guy is still considered top in his field. If these things are out in the open, what on earth is in all those secret files?? In an interview with author David Icke, published in the September 2002 issue of The Spectrum magazine, he said, “As big time insiders, scientists, have told me, with the kind of microchips they have now available, waiting to be manipulated into everyday use, once you are microchipped, they can manipulate you emotionally, mentally, from a distance, simply by sending electronic messages and codes to the chip. And, in that way, they can make us fearful, stressful, producing the energy they want, they need, any time they want. The goal, of course, is to have children, straight out of the womb, microchipped. So they want to create a situation in which, when a consciousness becomes incarnate within this frequency range we call our world, the five-sense level, it immediately enters a body that is under their control because of the microchip. They want to turn this world into a gigantic power station.” Katherine Albrecht is completing her doctoral dissertation on consumer privacy and psychology at Harvard. Her work has been featured in the likes of USA Today, the Wall Street Journal, the Washington Post, the Boston Globe, Fox News, NBC, CBS, and ABC. She is leading a campaign against consumer privacy invasion and shopper surveillance. Her research has uncovered actual technology in use today most people know nothing about, like homing beacons in grocery carts, microphones in restaurant booths, and tracking devices in shoes. Far from being paranoid, her work is well researched and documented. She has proof there is a lot going on we are not told about, and believes strongly that we should at least be made aware. Her organization CASPIAN, Consumers Against
168

Free Your Mind

Supermarket Privacy Invasion and Numbering, seeks to educate consumers about such technology. And let’s not forget the neurophone. In the 1960s, this technology was developed for man-dolphin communication and later was used successfully, even on deaf people, to beam sounds and words directly into a person’s brain using a microwave carrier. Extrapolating the other possibilities for such a device is literally mind numbing. “The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe we are doing it.” -Joseph Mengele There are several books out there by or about people who claim to be de-programmed government agents. The material is so disturbing I prefer to let people research this on their own if they wish to know. Some titles are The Top 13 Bloodlines of the Illuminati by Cisco Wheeler, Trance Formation of America by Cathy O’Brien, Thanks for the Memories by Brice Taylor, and David Icke’s books like The Biggest Secret and Children of the Matrix. On a related subject, did you know the U.S. has been “cloud seeding” since 1946? Such technology was used to clear fog at airports or increase rain for the crops. Talk about playing God. In 1958 Captain Howard T. Orville, White House advisor on weather modification (!!), described for the press their study which “manipulated the charges of the earth and sky and so affect the weather”, using electronic modification to ionize or de-ionize selected regions of the sky.8 Decades of bizarre weather and weather-related disasters followed. Scientific modification of the weather has been the subject of international law since the 1970s. Wilhelm Reich, sometimes called the father of weather control, is known for his study of orgone, a directly measurable and observable atmospheric energy. He invented “cloud-busting” machines that are used by various nations today to break droughts, bring rain to deserts, and take the power out of hurricanes and tropical storms. (Incidentally, he died in prison for illegally selling his ‘orgone’ machine that claimed to heal cancer.) The United Nation’s convention on the Prohibition of Military of Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques (ENMOD Convention)
169

Surfing the Tao

prohibits the use of technology that would have severe effects on the environment. One of the provisos is a law against the deliberate causation of earthquakes! Actually there is quite a bit of material out there on geophysical warfare, and we would be none the wiser if it had been going on for a while. The HAARP executive summary states, “In 2025, U.S. aerospace forces can ‘own the weather’ by capitalizing on energy technologies…offering…tools to shape the battle space in ways never before possible. A high-risk, high-reward endeavor, weathermodification offers a dilemma not unlike the splitting of the atom…[It also] offers the war fighter a wide range of possible options to defeat an enemy.”9 The U.S. funds a lot of studies on rain-making, fog and cloud modification, hail and lightning suppression, hurricane modification and other such weather modifications. It’s quite easy to look up in the sky, especially in a city, anywhere in the world really, and see crisscrossed cloud lines in the sky, sometimes even in a grid pattern. Unlike true vapor trails that dissipate, these are at low altitude and generate more cloud cover. There has been a lot of controversy over these “chem-trails” because they are found to contain dangerous elements like barium, aluminum, ethylene dibromide, pseudomonas aeroginosa, serratia marcescens, and streptomyces that are making people sick. Called Project Cloverleaf and initiated in 1998, it involved contracting major airlines to help spray these chemicals for the government, because it was such a large scale project.10 Airline officials and mechanics were forced to sign nondisclosure forms, but many have spoken out anonymously with concern against the program. This is not the first time such programs have been implemented. In the 1950s the Los Angeles Times reported that a “germ fog” had been sprayed by a Navy ship over San Francisco without its citizens’ knowledge in an experiment designed to determine both attack and defense capabilities of biological weapons. The records contain the conclusion that nearly every one of San Francisco’s 800,000 residents was exposed. The aerosol substance released by the ship contained a bacteria known as serratia, which was believed harmless by the military at the time but which has been found since to cause a type of pneumonia that can be fatal.11 That
170

Free Your Mind

alone was horrible enough, but later the military disclosed it had conducted 239 open-air biological tests between 1949 and 1969, again, experimenting on the public without the their knowledge. The Soviets had made a lot of progress in studying the effects of ELF on people. They published studies showing a marked increase in psychiatric and central nervous system disorders and stress in sailors working near ELF generators. Today we can read headlines about our own military personnel involved in extremely high rates of stress disorders and domestic violence, not to mention unexplained illnesses like Gulf War Syndrome. Another leading researcher in the 1970s was Dr. Elizabeth Rauscher, Director of Technic Research Lab in California. She successfully predicted earthquakes in the 1990s by monitoring background ELF, and she has studied the effects of ELF on people for decades. She discovered that one frequency would cause nausea lasting for over an hour. Another frequency she called the “marijuana frequency” gets people laughing. Dr. Rauscher said, “give me money and three months and I’ll be able to affect the behavior of eighty percent of the people in this town without their knowing it.”12 Another note on this subject refers again to our old friend, St. Germain. Allegedly with him during one of his “trips” inside Mount Shasta, Mr. Ballard described seeing a large machine, shaped as a disc of gold 12 feet tall, covered with the All-Seeing Eye and a sevenpointed star encrusted with diamonds. St. Germain revealed that far from being a mere symbol, this machine was used by the “Great Cosmic Beings”, who pour their powerful currents of radiation through it and directed out to the “humanity of earth”. According to Ballard, St. Germain stated, “This radiation affects—the seven ganglionic centers [nerve centers outside the brain and spinal cord] within every human body on out planet—as well as all animal and plant life.” This is strange evidence that powerful electronics are being used by these beings to “affect the human nervous system on a widespread scale.”13 Along similar lines, William Henry in his book One Foot in Atlantis wrote about a particular black stone, which “had been hidden in a tower in Shambhala, broadcasting rays that influenced the destiny of the world.”14 Nicholas Roerich, the renowned mystic, claimed to have possessed the mysterious “stone from another world” and used it to aid the creation of the League of
171

Surfing the Tao

Nations after WWI, the precursor to the New World Order. Alone, these stories would seem unbelievable. But next to all this other evidence regarding modern technology and weaponry, one must stop and think. Do you think our government is wise to be developing these kinds of weapons? They might be stupid not to, yet public knowledge of them could strip them of their power. Do you think such weapons could ever be tested on, or used against, our own people? All you have to do is consider the government’s well documented past record of abuses. They experimented on hundreds if not thousands of involuntary human subjects, especially during times of war. The CIA has allegedly participated in all kinds of criminal behavior over the years. Such agencies have a record of circumventing legal restrictions on their activities. And the governments of the world are now working publicly towards identifying and controlling every citizen in a very Big Brother-like way, with massive computer networks and now even tiny microchips to be fitted inside each person. Such devices, as well as the presence of certain chemicals or food additives in the body, can be used to resonate the person at a desired frequency if exposed to certain levels of electromagnetic radiation. Talk about population control.

172

Destruction by Fire
The trees will burn; summer will be winter, and winter will become summer. Could the new technologies being developed like HAARP and Russia’s Woodpecker system, modern takes on an ancient technology, be destructive to our environment in ways no one imagined? March 1988’s issue of Omni Magazine contained an article which said, “Richard Williams, a physicist at Princeton, stated that he thinks the Eastlund (HAARP) project might become ‘a serious threat to the earth’s atmosphere’ and ‘could cause irreversible damage…effects in the atmosphere cannot be localized…the language of the patent indicates that it is clearly intended to provide effects on a global scale.” Scientists are now studying and planning for the geo-magnetic phenomenon of a pole reversal, an event they believe takes place about every 3,300 years – and for which we are long overdue. Could modern technology affect or disrupt our Earth’s natural internal dynamo system; could it cause a premature reversal of the poles? An article in Specula Magazine from January, 1978 speculated that “giant resonance waves of this type can be combined so that a ‘beam’ or focused effect of very great energy exists inside the earth…depending on the frequency, focusing, wave shape, etc, one can…induce a variety of effects such as earthquakes, induced at a distant aiming point, severe disturbances…and anomalous weather effects. This is called the Tesla effect.” Tesla himself predicted the possibility of a vibration so intense it could actually split the Earth. Consider that for the first time in history, an increasing number of ELF and VLF vibrations could be disrupting the Earth’s natural electromagnetic systems. In Fer-deLance, author Beardon wrote, “If significant scalar effects are produced on Earth in a ‘pulse’ mode…the coupled resonant response from the Sun could be disastrous. The simplest Doomsday simulation would be for a violent expulsion of solar electromagnetic energy and particles…In that case, the fiery destruction of the Earth, strongly
173

Surfing the Tao

indicative of Biblical prophecy, would result. Particularly sensitive are the resonances of Sun-Earth, Sun-Moon and Earth-Moon systems.”1 Beardon believes countries like China now possess the technology to literally fry large areas, burning everything into oblivion. Some scientists like Immanuel Velikovsky and Charles Hapgood describe something like a polar shift having happened to our planet several times, even at regular intervals, and is an alternative explanation for the cause of ancient floods and other catastrophes. There is evidence that polar positions may swing around suddenly; they have found mammoths in Antarctica frozen solid so quickly their flesh is still edible and daisies were found in their mouths midchew. As mentioned earlier, evidence suggests ancient civilizations seem to have flourished for long periods with our Earth at a different tilt. Many researchers believe a sudden shift could be caused by an ancient cosmic perterber, which is on its way back into our solar system; perhaps our governments are hoping to control its effects with their technology. There is evidence of a mystery planet, actually a brown dwarf star, whose orbit takes it far, far out of the solar system, only making it around our sun once every 3600 years or so (some others say it returns at the turn of the zodiac, every 25,920 years). Its orbit is in the opposite direction of the orbit of Earth and the other planets around us. According to anonymous NASA astronomers, its arrival in our solar system would cause global destruction. The body would not strike Earth itself, because of the strong repellent magnetism. But it will cause the rotation of the Earth to actually stop for up to three days, and then in one hour shift our planet 90 degrees, causing hurricane force winds across the entire surface of the Earth. (Remember the three days of darkness in the Book of Exodus?) Massive tidal waves, earthquakes and other destructive elements, including possibly a rain of deadly fire from its tail, will virtually destroy the Earth’s surface. It will allegedly appear red in color, trailing red iron oxide dust and comets (it may appear like a red cross in the sky) in its tail, which could fall to earth and contaminate the earth’s waters. There is an inexplicable layer of red silt found planetwide from about 3600 years ago, around 1600 BC. An article in the Dallas Morning News on Feb 5, 2001 talked about saving people from ruinous climactic changes. It went on to discuss evidence of past
174

Destruction by Fire

planetary calamities occurring around the years 12,387 B.C., 8787 B.C., 5187 B.C. and 1587 B.C. The Aztec accounting of past ages, or “Suns”, is mysteriously similar. The First Sun was a period lasting 4008 years, during which time there were giants and a great flood which destroyed everything but one human couple. The Second Sun lasted 4010 years, followed by destruction by a great wind. The Third Sun was 4081 years, and this world was destroyed by fire. The Fourth Sun began 5026 years ago and is supposed be destroyed by a rain of blood and fire.2 Zecharia Sitchin’s book The Twelfth Planet relates ancient accounts of this destructive, extra-planetary body. The Sumerians called this invader “Nibiru”, and blamed it for the destruction of a former planet in our solar system called Tiamat, half of which became the asteroid belt and the other half becoming Earth. The Babylonians and the Mesopotamians called it “Marduk”, also “The King of the Heavens”, or “The Great Heavenly Body”. The Egyptians called it “Apep’ or “Seth.” The Hebrews called it “The Winged Globe” because of its long orbit high among the stars. The Greeks called it “Typhon”, or “Nemesis”. Other prophets have called it “The Blue Star” (Hopi legends talk of a blue star, and some researchers say the refraction of light can make it appear blue for a time), “The Red Star”, The “Fiery Messenger”, “The Comet of Doom”, “The Celestial Lord Shiva”, and the “God of Destruction”. The Chinese called if “Gung-gung”, “The Great Black” or “Red Dragon.” The Phoenicians, “The Great Phoenix”, the Mayans “Celestial Quetzalcoatl”. Other ancient astronomers called it “The Intruder, or “The Perterber.” The Sumerians even had a name for the 3600 year orbit, called a Shar. The ancient Hindu astronomers named the 3600 year period Treta Yuga, and the destruction it causes Kali Yuga. Modern researchers officially identified an object in our skies and released the information on December 30, 1983 in The Washington Post, and then promptly retracted it. The official name of the object is 2001 KX76, commonly referred to as Planet X. Since then, other observations have been suppressed. The whole issue is shrouded in controversy. Newsweek magazine July 13, 1987 said, “NASA held a press conference last week to make a rather strange announcement: an eccentric 10th planet may - or may not - be orbiting
175

Surfing the Tao

the Sun. John Anderson, a NASA research scientist who was the principal speaker, has a hunch Planet X is out there, though nowhere near the other nine.” In 1992, scientists Harrington and Van Flandern of the Naval Observatory found this 10th planet, even calling it an “intruder” planet. Harrington dispatched an appropriate telescope to New Zealand to get visual confirmation, but he suddenly and mysteriously died. The scope was immediately called back, as one observer noted, “almost before he was cold”. Science News on April 7, 2000 reported, “A Comet’s Odd Orbit Hints at Hidden Planet and Orbit of 3,300 years.” The government is keeping silent, while at the same time building dozens of massive underground cities, shelters and even a space station. A military ‘remote viewer’ psychically witnessed an official interaction between a recent President and the gray aliens about the orbit of a celestial anomaly, something they [suspiciously] say was done to “preserve life”, but will affect the gravitation of Earth. They say “every 25,000 revolutions around the sun, the Earth is pelted by large stones from the sky…There is also a planet that crosses the orbits of planets in this solar systems and that…cases a lot of problems for Earth and the other planets…He tells them to get people involved in putting up a - the best I can come up with here is ‘shield’, because he’s talking about protection. ..[think ‘SDI’] He says they must build underground facilities for themselves and their people – not just where they are but in other places where there are mountains and bedrock…there are humans who will die because they are not prepared…Panic …is inevitable but there are means of keeping problems to a minimum and we will give you those means…”3 There have been dozens of misleading articles written about this in the past two decades. Maybe the government is trying to prevent a catastrophe. Maybe the whole thing is just a red herring. The details seem to change back and forth, a sure give-away that a cover-up is in the works. If it were true, would you want the government to tell us? It would certainly cause worldwide panic, and it is clear that there is no way to save all 6 billion of us. Some estimates say 80% of the earth’s population would die at the moment of the shift, and another 10% in the months afterwards from starvation. Only a few hundred million would survive at all, and these will have to be mostly underground.
176

Destruction by Fire

“Then the kings of the earth, the princes, the generals, the rich, the mighty, and every slave and every free man hid in caves and among the rocks of the mountains. They called to the mountains and the rocks, “Fall on us and hide us from the face of him who sites on the throne and from the wrath of the Lamb! For the great day of the their wrath has come, and who can stand?” – Revelation 6:15-17 There are stories of people moving underground to survive such a calamity in past ages; there are elaborate ancient tunnel systems all over the world, from South America to China. Secret societies are rumored to be guarding giant golden doors that open into tunnels that connect the earth’s continents through its network of pyramids. One Native American legend explains how the “Ant people” who lived inside the earth helped them survive one such catastrophe. Many alternative researchers believe a civilization exists within the earth to this day. Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd of the U.S. Navy reported some unusual sights when he flew into a strange tropical land “beyond the poles” during his polar expedition in 1956. The Russians allegedly made a strange comment in September 2000 during a parliamentary meeting about an “anticipated chain of disasters due to hit in 2003.” (The timing of such an event is probably difficult to pin down, but you know what they say about the boy who cries wolf: when there really is a danger no one will listen.) They discussed the expected “massive population shrinkage” and wondered aloud in a recorded microphone whether Russia would even be a country any longer. Some researchers suggest even a fairly large brown dwarf star could remain invisible to the naked eye and regular telescopic equipment until it is as close as three months away, too late to do anything. Nibiru is 100 times denser than earth and four times bigger. Some say it is already out by Pluto and its arrival in our solar system has been the cause of the increasing severity of earth and climate changes such as earthquakes, droughts, volcanoes and arctic meltdowns in recent years. Independent astronomers intent on
177

Surfing the Tao

viewing the object have had a difficult time getting permission to use a big enough telescope. I am not alone in my vision of a shifting and burning Earth. This prophecy can be found in Native American legends as well as the Bible. An Apache Indian prophet called Stalking Wolf had a vision of the end back in the 1880s, and told it to his student Tom Brown who wrote about it in his book The Quest. Stalking Wolf saw the sky turn a liquid blood red. The whole of creation seemed to have grown still. The red sky seemed to burn the Earth wherever it touched. “This, then is the third sign, the night of the bleeding stars. It will become known throughout the world, for the sky in all the lands will be red with the blood of the sky, day and night…when the sky bleeds fire, there will be no safety in the world of man.”4 The Norse Ragnarok involves the destruction of the earth, when the world is destroyed with flames by a being called Surt, who lives beneath the lower world in a place called “Hel” and was involved in the world’s creation. The Srimad Bhagavatam (3.11.30) states that at the end of Brahma’s day, “the devastation takes place due to the fire emanating from the mouth of Sankkarsana”. Qur’anic text often references a coming “calamity”, and a “conjoining of the sun and moon” (Q. 75:9), and many Islamic traditions mention “the rising of the sun in the west.” The Ipuwer Papyrus is a document found in Egypt in the 1800s which recounts in stunning detail a series of ancient catastrophes, including rivers turning red, raining down fire and hail, fire at night, pillars of clouds during the day and a thick darkness in all the land. Many believe the strange heavenly manifestations and earth changes in the Book of Exodus were this same phenomenon. Berosus, a Chaldean astonomer, wrote that all terrestrial life will be consumed by fire during a planetary alignment, followed by a great flood. Caesarius of Heisterbach, a prophet who lived during the thirteenth century, claimed that many terrible signs will appear in the sky, the sun will darken and will ‘show itself bloody red.’ Geoffrey of Monmouth wrote in The Prophecies of Merlin that Merlin predicted a time of luxury, fornication and debauchery and famine, “…in those days the oaks of the forest shall burn…the Seven Sea shall discharge itself through seven mouths, and the river Usk burn for seven months…Fishes shall die in the heat thereof, and from upon them
178

Destruction by Fire

serpents will be born…the river Thames will turn to blood and ‘the seas shall rise up in the twinkling of an eye.” In the Book of Revelation, the sixth seal talks of a strange disturbance in the heavens, one that is repeated over and over again by nearly every prophet in the Bible. “I watched as he opened the sixth seal. There was a great earthquake. The sun turned black like sackcloth made of goat hair, the whole moon turned blood red, and the stars in the sky fell to earth, as late figs drop from a fig tree when shaken by a strong wind. The sky receded like a scroll, rolling up, and every mountain and island was removed from its place.”-Revelation 6:12-14 Final destruction by fire and a shaking of the heavens is found everywhere. There is a remarkable recurrence of this event in Biblical prophecy. I have listed many of them here because I find it so astounding. “But the day of the Lord will come like a thief. The heavens will disappear with a roar, the elements will be destroyed by fire, and the earth and everything in it will be laid bare. …That day will bring about the destruction of the heavens by fire, and the elements will melt in the heat.” – 2 Peter 3:10, 12 “Immediately after the distress of those days the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light; the stars will fall from the sky, and the heavenly bodies will be shaken.” – Matthew 24:29 “But in those days, following that distress, ‘the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light; the stars will fall from the sky, and the heavenly bodies will be shaken.’ At that time men will see the Son of Man coming in clouds with great power and glory. And he will send his angels and gather his elect from
179

Surfing the Tao

the four winds, from the ends of the earth to the ends of the heavens.” – Mark 21:24-27 “There will be signs in the sun, moon and stars. On the earth, nations will be in anguish and perplexity at the roaring and tossing of the sea. Men will faint from terror, apprehensive of what is coming on the world, for the heavenly bodies will be shaken. At that time they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. When these things begin to take place, stand up and lift up your heads because your redemption is drawing near.” –Luke 21:25-28 “Let all who live in the land tremble, for the day of the Lord is coming. It is close at hand - a day of darkness and gloom, a day of clouds and blackness. Like dawn spreading across the mountains a large and mighty army comes, such as never was of old nor ever will be in ages to come. Before them fire devours, behind them a flame blazes…Before them the earth shakes, the sky trembles, the sun and moon are darkened, and the stars no longer shine.” -Joel 2:1-3, 10 “I will show wonders in the heavens and on the earth, blood and fire and billows of smoke. The sun will be turned to darkness and the moon to blood before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord.” -Joel 2:30-31 “In that day, declares the Sovereign Lord, I will make the sun go down at noon and darken the earth in broad daylight.” – Amos 8:9 “You split the earth with rivers; the mountains saw you and writhed. Torrents of water swept by; the deep roared and lifted its waves on high. Sun and moon stood still in the heavens at the glint of your flying arrow, at the lightning of your flashing spear.” -Habakkuk 3:10-11
180

Destruction by Fire

“See, the day of the Lord is coming – a cruel day, with wrath and fierce anger – to make the land desolate and destroy the sinners within it. The stars of heaven and their constellations will not show their light. The rising sun will be darkened and the moon will not give its light…Therefore I will make the heavens tremble; and the earth will shake from its place at the wrath of the Lord Almighty, in the day of his burning anger.” -Isaiah 13:9-10, 13 “This is what the Sovereign Lord says: I am about to set fire to you, and it will consume all your trees, both green and dry. The blazing flame will not be quenched, and every face from south to north will be scorched by it. Everyone will see that I the Lord have kindled it; it will not be quenched.”-Ezekiel 21:47-48 “I looked at the earth, and it was formless and empty; and at the heavens, and their light was gone. I looked at the mountains, and they were quaking; all the hills were swaying. I looked, and there were no people; every bird in the sky had flown away, I looked, and the fruitful land was a desert; all its towns lay in ruins before the Lord, before his fierce anger…The whole land will be ruined, though I will not destroy it completely. Therefore the earth will mourn and the heaven above grow dark, because I have spoken and will not relent…”-Jeremiah 5:23-28 “God is our refuge and strength, an ever-present help in trouble. Therefore we will not fear, though the earth give way and the mountains fall into the heart of the sea, though its waters roar and foam and the mountains quake with their surging…Nations are in an uproar, kingdoms fall; he lifts his voice, the earth melts.” -Psalms 46:1-6 “On that day there will be no light, no cold or frost. It will be a unique day, without daytime or nighttime – a
181

Surfing the Tao

day known to the Lord. When evening comes, there will be light.” – Zechariah 14:6 “That day will be a day of wrath, a day of distress and anguish, a day of trouble and ruin, a day of darkness and gloom, a day of clouds and blackness, a day of trumpet and battle cry…In the fire of his jealousy the whole world will be consumed, for he will make a sudden end of all who live in the earth.” – Zephaniah 1:15-16, 18 “The Lord is slow to anger and great in power…The mountains quake before him and the hills melt away. The earth trembles at his presence, the world and all who live in it…His wrath is poured out like fire, the rocks are shattered before him.” – Nahum 1:5-6 “As for the prophets who lead my people astray, if one feeds them, they proclaim peace, if he does not, they prepare to wage war against him. Therefore night will come over you, without visions, and darkness, without divination. The sun will set for the prophets, and the day will go dark for them.” – Micah 3:5-6 “…I will shake the heavens and the earth. I will overturn royal thrones and shatter the power of the foreign kingdoms. I will overthrow chariot and their drivers; horses and their riders will fall, each by the sword of his brother.” – Haggai 2:21-22 “‘Surely the day is coming; it will burn like a furnace. All the arrogant and every evildoer will be stubble, and that day that is coming will set them on fire,’ says the Lord Almighty. ‘Not a root or a branch will be left to them. But for you who revere my name, the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings.” – Malachi 4:1-2
182

Destruction by Fire

“At that time his voice shook the earth, but now he has promised, ‘Once more I will shake not only the earth but also the heavens’.”-Hebrews 12:26 “The day of the Lord is near for all nations…The house of Jacob will be a fire and the house of Joseph a flame.”-Obadiah 15,18 The Qur’an also mentions a curiously similar event. “When al-waqi’ah (“the Terror”) descends…abasing, exalting, when the earth shall be rocked and the mountains crumbled, and become a dust scattered and you shall be three bands…(Q. 56, trans. Arberry) In the Zandi Vohuman Yasht, Zoroastrian scripture contends that a comet called “Gochihr” will strike the earth and cause its final destruction, melting all the metals and minerals and burning the Earth in a general conflagration. It says the sun will stand at its zenith for 10 days. This system believes the pious will survive and pass through the fire as if through ‘warm milk’. The Final Signs of Qiyaamah predict the ground will cave in and fog will cover the skies for forty days, after which will follow a darkness lasting three nights. Wovoka, a Painte prophet who lived from 1858 until 1932, predicted a similar destruction. He had a vision that the world would be renewed so that there would be no more death, sickness or old age. But before this, he said, the Earth has to die. He predicted a tremendous earthquake that will shake the Earth, after which a mighty flood will sweep away the white man. He said the Indians who lived faithfully should not be afraid, though, because they will survive and be reunited with their ancestors. Another theory suggests an exploding super volcano or series of volcanoes could destroy a large section of the Earth and throw the rest of it into darkness, possibly even contributing to the onset of another ice age. According to geologist Dr. Bruce Cornet, the giant mega-caldera at Yellowstone has risen over three feet just in the past few years. Ground temperatures are on the rise, having already killed vast swathes of vegetation. Large sections of the park are now closed
183

Surfing the Tao

because geysers and even road surfaces have become scalding. An eruption there would have a magnitude 100,000 times greater than Pompeii, destroying the world’s breadbasket and spinning the world into meteorological and economic chaos. Most nonconformist researchers know about Alternatives 1, 2 and 3, developed by the secret Jason Society, which was formed by President Eisenhower in 1957. These are the government’s plans for what to do to save the elite from the future overpopulation chaos and/or planetary disaster they believed was coming. The first is the proposed use of nuclear weapons to blast holes in the stratosphere to allow heat and pollution to escape. Number two builds a network of underground cities and tunnels in which a select few would survive. The third option is to provide settlements on the moon or other planets. Los Alamos along with NASA and Texas A&M produced reports in 1986 and 1988 that plans existed for a “Lunar Tunneler,” a device with plasma or ultrasonic and laser technology, designed to create an underground colony on the moon.5 And from the enormous amount of information available recently it seems the underground plans have already been implemented in a very wide scope. Some conspiracists believe what is now a “secret” world government can only take power openly if there are far fewer people on earth, especially if those remaining have been though an unimaginable trauma and were willing to accept anything in fear for their lives. Such a catastrophe fits the bill perfectly, though of course one never knows for sure how things will happen. Maybe Nibiru will come all the way at the very end, to destroy the horrors of the greedy ‘new world’ empire. Maybe there is no Planet X and HAARP will shake our world alone, either accidentally, or as a result of electromagnetic warfare. Maybe a volcano will be the author of a rain of fire. One thing is for sure, our poor Earth has been selfishly used and abused over the years and is already way out of balance. Its leaders are not making decisions based on love, peace and harmony, but based on power, control and greed. “There is a conspiracy of her princes within her like a roaring lion tearing its prey; they devour people, take treasure and precious things, and make many widows within her. Her priests do violence to my law and
184

Destruction by Fire

profane my holy things… Her officials within her are like wolves tearing their prey; they shed blood and kill people to make unjust gain. Her prophets whitewash these deeds for them by false visions and lying divinations. They say, ‘this is what the Sovereign Lord says’, when the Lord has not spoken. The people of the land practice extortion and commit robbery; they oppress the poor and needy and mistreat the alien, denying them justice.”-Ezekiel 22:23-30 Hindu scripture is in agreement with the terrible signs of the age. “All kings occupying the earth in the Kali Age will be wanting in tranquility, strong in anger, taking pleasure at all times in lying and dishonesty, inflicting death on women, children, and cows, prone to take the paltry possessions of others…rising to power and soon falling. They will be short lived, ambitious, of little virtue, and greedy. People will follow the customs of others and be adulterated with them; peculiar, undisciplined barbarians will be vigorously supported by rulers. Because they go on living with perversion, they will be ruined.” Thankfully, their seemingly interminable reign over our dimension is coming to an end. For many people, the ‘end of the world’ is a terrifying idea. I suppose it depends on your perspective. If you realized you belonged in a more peaceful, serene frequency, or dimension, and knew how to get there, it might not be so difficult to handle – you might even look forward to it. But this is not a misleading cultic call that requires us to commit questionable acts – our only job is to cultivate the joy we need for the swell of the Tao to carry us safely over the reefs. “…the one who was born of God keeps him safe, and the evil one cannot harm him. We know that we are
185

Surfing the Tao

children of God, and that the whole world is under the control of the evil one. “-1 John 5:18-20 Some people claim present day events are being construed to force the ‘end times’ upon us. Indeed, many of our headlines do strangely mirror events in Biblical prophecy. One Biblical event hearkening the arrival of the end times is the creation of Israel as a nation again, after thousands of years of exile, persecution and splintering. Its very location is so politically charged, that it is difficult to see how someone interested in future wars could not have planned it. Most of us alive today have no sense of the unlikelihood and importance of Israel being a political entity again after thousands of years. Another prophecy predicted that the Hebrew language would be returned to Israel during the last days. Even during Biblical times Hebrew was a dying language, known only to a few scribes and priests. The revival of this ancient language is a phenomenon without equal in human history. Probably one of the biggest moments in prophecy will be the third rebuilding of the Temple in Jerusalem, predicted to happen just before the rise of the ‘anti-Christ’ figure of the end times. Jewish temple sacrifices haven’t occurred since the Romans demolished the second temple in 70 A.D. However, Jewish rabbinical students have been studying the reintroduction of the ancient Jewish sacrificial rites on the Temple Mount since the mid 1980s. Interestingly, the architectural plans for the third Temple have also been ready in Israel for years, amidst much debate. The problem is that at the moment the Islamic Dome of the Rock is presently occupying this space. The main purpose of the Temple is to house the Ark of the Covenant, though according to its Biblical dimensions, it curiously fits perfectly inside the “sarcophagus” in the King’s Chamber of the Great Pyramid as well. Yet another prophecy indicates a fifth and final world empire would arise in these last days. Historians agree the first four world empires were Babylon, Media-Persia, Greece and Rome. Prophecy also predicted many men would attempt this empire - Charlemagne, Genghis Khan, Napoleon, the British Empire, Hitler; they all failed. The joining together of ten smaller nations, according to Daniel, will
186

Destruction by Fire

form the last world empire. Is the United Nations, European Union or other ‘new world order’ destined to this fate? The Club of Rome has a plan to divide the entire world into ten regions for rule, per the prophecy in Daniel. There are only ten seats in the pyramid-shaped ‘meditation room’ in the Holy of Holies at the U.N. Everyone wants to know when. The Bible warns against this; plenty of people have been criticized over the years for determining the dates for this last era. It is even likely our calendar is off by a few years. “No one knows about that day or hour, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but only the Father. As it was in the days of Noah, so it will be at the coming of the Son of Man. For in the days before the flood, people were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, up to the day Noah entered the ark, and they knew nothing about what would happen until the flood came and took them all away. That is how it will be at the coming of the Son of Man.”-Matthew 24:3639 Some people like to try to predict it anyway. In Rosslyn: Guardian of the Secrets of the Holy Grail, each of the ancient oracles with their “modern” cathedrals represents a planet, and the date of their alignment was plotted as being July 28, 2019. Some Christian scholars have determined from in-depth mathematical research of the Bible a date sometime around A.D. 2018. The controversial decoding of the Mayan prophecies was a remarkable development. The Mayan civilization was one of many who built pyramids, was obsessed with gold and worshipped a bloodlusting serpent god. Based on the works of various people that helped break the code, Mayanist Eric Thompson was able to establish in the early 20th century that the end of the last Great Cycle and the start of the present corresponded to the Gregorian date of 13 August 3114 B.C. As a Great Cycle was reckoned to last for 13 baktuns, that is, 1, 872,000 days, the end of the present age would be December 22, 2012. 6
187

Surfing the Tao

Terence McKenna’s Timewave Zero Theory came to a strikingly similar conclusion. Back in the 70s, McKenna worked out complex mathematical reasoning using the I Ching and found a pattern for high and low points in evolution and civilization that worked back for literally millions of years. Over time this pattern speeds up. Their research mirrors a Hindu concept which claims each past era was ten times longer than the previous one, following the pattern of an ever-tightening spiral in a geometrical progression – for example, the First Age lasted perhaps 4,000,000 years, the next 400,000, the next 40,000, and now we are right at the very end of the last 4,000 year era. Explained in his book The Invisible Landscape, McKenna determined the end date for civilization to be November 2012. When he came upon the Mayan prophecies years later it shocked him so thoroughly he went back and reworked it and came out with a more exact date of December 21, 2012. He is not the only author to write about this sense of ‘quickening’. If you consider even just the technological advancements made this century, the rate of acceleration is incredible. But remember, no one knows the exact timing. Events are constantly in a state of flux. Other indications of the last days are less obvious. Some would argue humans have behaved badly forever, what would make this time different from any other? But consider that within the perspective of a reality that may have existed for millions and millions of years, perhaps the entire last 2000 can be considered the end times – and they have all been full of strife and bloodshed. I might also remind some people how much nicer life was even just a couple of decades ago, when we didn’t have to lock our doors or worry about our children at the park, or even in school. Never have times seemed to get better, always worse. As role models for our culture, we have gone from Ozzie and Harriet to Ozzy Osbourne in fifty years. “But mark this: There will be terrible times in the last days. People will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boastful, proud, abusive, disobedient to their parents, ungrateful, unholy, without love, unforgiving, slanderous, without self-control, brutal, not lovers of the good, treacherous, rash, conceited, lovers of
188

Destruction by Fire

pleasure rather than lovers of God - having a form of godliness but denying its power. Have nothing to do with them.” – 2 Tim 3:1-5 All you have to do is turn on the television to see the truth in this. The Zandi Vohuman Yasht refers to this period when people will worship greed and false religion, being “fat of body and hungry of soul.” Again, Hindu scripture is curiously similar in tone. “And Dharma becomes very weak in the Kali Age, and people commit sin in mind, speech and actions… Quarrels, plague, fatal diseases, famines, drought and calamities appear. Testimonies and proofs have no certainties…People become poorer in vigor and luster. They are wicked, full of anger, sinful, false and avaricious. Bad ambitions, bad education, bad dealings and bad earnings excite fear. The whole batch becomes greedy and untruthful…Earth will be valued only for her mineral treasures. Money alone will confer nobility. Power will be the sole definition of virtue. Pleasure will be the only reason for marriage…Thus in the Kali Age humankind will be utterly destroyed.” Comedian George Carlin wrote, “The paradox of our time in history is that we have taller buildings but shorter tempers, wider freeways, but narrower viewpoints. We spend more, but have less, we buy more, but enjoy less. We have bigger houses and smaller families, more conveniences, but less time. We have more degrees but less sense, more knowledge, but less judgment, more experts, yet more problems, more medicine, but less wellness. We drink too much, spend too recklessly, laugh too little, drive too fast, get too angry, stay up too late, get up too tired, read too little, watch TV too much, and pray too seldom. We have multiplied our possessions, but reduced our values. We talk too much, love too seldom, and hate too often… We’ve cleaned up the air, but polluted the soul. We’ve conquered the atom, but not our prejudice…These are the times of fast foods and slow digestion, big men and small character, steep profits and shallow relationships. There are the days of two incomes
189

Surfing the Tao

but more divorce, fancier houses, but broken homes. These are days of quick trips, disposable diapers, throwaway morality, one night stands, overweight bodies, and pills that do everything from cheer, to quiet, to kill.” There is another famous prophecy regarding the coming of an anti-Christ, a charismatic world leader or teacher. There have already been many claiming to be Christ; perhaps there is even a figure now looming behind the scenes that will arise from within a sinister ancient brotherhood. Hindu scripture warns, “In the Kali Age there will be many false religionists…” “Watch out that no one deceives you. For many will come in my name, claiming, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will deceive many. You will hear of wars and rumors of wars, but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such things must happen, but the end is still to come. Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be famines and earthquakes in various places. All these are the beginning of birth pains. Then you will be handed over to be persecuted and put to death, and you will be hated by all nations because of me. At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other, and many false prophets will appear and deceive many people. Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most will grow cold, but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.”-Matthew 24:4-13 And of course most people won’t want to believe this is happening at all. “First of all, you must understand that in the last days scoffers will come, scoffing and following their own evil desires. They will say, “Where is this ‘coming’ he promised? Ever since our fathers died, everything goes on as it has since the beginning of creation.”-2 Peter 3:3-10
190

Destruction by Fire

Knowing about a possible catastrophe hurtling towards us doesn’t do much to get us in that peaceful state of mind. But we must be prepared, so when and if it happens we are not terrorized – for terror may be exactly what They have planned, if you decide to hang around for their games. But as strong as the warnings are in my spirit, the reassurance that we can be ultimately headed for something better is even stronger. “When the storm has swept by, the wicked are gone, But the righteous stand firm forever. –Proverbs 10:22 Our world is headed for destruction, either by a giant cataclysm or simply by continuing to sink deeper into the despair of secret weaponry, violence, war, famine, plague, overpopulation, poverty, militant totalitarianism and non-love. It seems to be seeping into every pore of the planet. But this does not have to become our reality. When and if these prophecies actually come to pass it will be doubly frightening if you don’t know there is a Way out. We have free will – we have a choice. If we choose to align ourselves with the Tao and its living, pulsating Force of love, we can surf our Path into a higher reality, and these negative things will simply disappear. It is all about how we visualize our world, and what we are conscious of: what we KNOW. Are you still of mind, so that you can know with the spirit? Do you know the Way to a future cleared of bad guys and their selfish motives of power and control? “If powerful men and women could remain centered in the Tao, all things would be in harmony. The world would become a paradise. All people would be at peace, And the law would be written in their hearts.” – Lao Tzu The Tao is looking for those who choose Him and His Way of love, of their own free will.
191

Free Will?
“I could be bound in a nutshell and count myself as king of infinite space.” – Shakespeare’s Hamlet Many spiritual leaders describe life-altering mystical experiences in which they perceived the incredible interconnectedness of everything in an altered state of consciousness. They all report communicating with ‘beings of love’ in ethereal realms beyond our normal perception. Are they sure the entities that inhabit these alternate dimensions are telling us the truth about our reality? What if it’s all part and parcel of a false reality; an illusory world, replete with false gods, higher realms and consciousnesses, programmed to keep us prisoner within a certain set of parameters, and victim to its miseries? The abundance of “secret technology” alongside apocalyptic daily headlines serves to question. Philosophers have forever wondered how we can “know” what is real. As mentioned previously, even Plato and Socrates discussed notions of illusory worlds. In his Meditations, Rene Descartes noted that the senses often deceive. He actually wondered if a “malicious demon of the utmost power and cunning has employed all his energies in order to deceive me.” He further postulated that this demon could easily mislead us into believing in an external world, which is “merely the delusion of dreams which he has devised to ensnare [our] judgment.” Does knowledge require absolute certainty? How can we know that we know? This question nags at us like a ‘splinter in the mind’s eye’. Modern mathematician and philosopher Willard van Orman Quine, who just passed away in 2000, contributed to a fundamental change in the way people conceived of the world. Quine’s revolutionary ideas laid the groundwork for Thomas S. Kuhn’s famous 1962 work The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, which states that scientific theories are subjective descriptions of observed phenomena, rather than true descriptions of reality.1 Much like Descartes questioned the authority of our senses, Quine wondered
192

Free Will?

how we could use just our simple sense receptors to justify such an elaborate theory of the way things are. We have accepted a dualistic and hierarchical society without knowing there is an alternative. And our society adjusts slowly to new interpretations of reality. Thomas S. Kuhn coined the term “paradigm shift”. He stated that new knowledge is assimilated by individuals, who must readjust their traditional beliefs in order to create a new logical and factual congruence. When mathematician Benoit Mandelbrot discovered a complicated new fractal set of equations in 1975, it led to a fundamental scientific re-categorizing of our reality. Suddenly there was order in chaos. Science even uses it now to predict hurricanes and other natural phenomena.2 After a fashion, he had discovered equations governing our reality – the architectural structure of our ‘Matrix’. (Incidentally, Mandelbrot’s former research assistant, Lewis Siegel, is now a software engineer at Disney’s The Secret Lab and created the effects for the movie The Matrix.3) And judging from other sacred geometry and fractal shapes found throughout the ancient world, it is worth considering the idea that other civilizations knew far more about the nature of our reality than they are often given credit for. In Angkor Wat, recurrent patterns resembling the Mandelbrot Set were found amongst the vast ruins.4 Curiously, that particular fractal image also closely mirrors the outline of a sitting Buddha. “Mandelbrot’s reality has shapes undreamed of by Euclid, and surprises that ridicule the idea of order…clouds, coastlines, tree branches, commodity prices, word frequencies, turbulence in fluids, stars in the sky, a reputation, fame, the passage of history itself…- all are fractal shapes.”5 According to Rhonda Shearer in her article Real or ideal? DNA iconography in a new fractal era, classical geometries are based on the classical framework of dualism and hierarchies and created false values. But because, as Mandelbrot stated, “mountains are not cones,” fractals do not decrease in complexity, and by so thinking “we can begin to comprehend that duality and hierarchy are not properties of all structures.”6 Shearer also postulates that our brains have been perhaps unconsciously processing fractal structures all along. Perhaps by consciously knowing another kind of abstraction and expanding our horizons, we can learn how fractals are new possible social,
193

Surfing the Tao

perceptual and cognitive structures that reflect nonhierarchical and nondualistic principles. Humans cannot begin to comprehend their world without some sort of structure. Fractals give us this alternative – a tool to learn to conceive of life “outside the box” – outside the Matrix, which is presently held by those who rebel against His will. We can instead choose to live in joy in His will, using sounds and images of our own creation. “The most perfect actions echo the patterns found in nature.” –The Art of Peace Native cultures could have been processing fractals way before our modern arrogance discovered them. Ron Eglash, a former Silicon Valley computer engineer, noticed a geometric pattern in the layout of a Tanzanian village. He then noticed fractal geometry in everything from hairstyles and architecture, to artwork and religious practices in African culture. Fractal geometry is less ordered and less obvious than classic Euclidian geometry, and was perhaps considered primitive by invading European cultures that promptly redesigned life in straight lines. “It never occurred to them that the Africans might have been using a form of mathematics that they hadn’t even discovered yet.”7 Skara Brae, a Stone Age village in the Scottish Isles, also contains a series of interconnected houses of surprisingly complex design, and many villages were laid out in geometrical patterns.8 Free will goes largely unexercised, as most people are unaware of a higher reality at all. Machiavelli’s The Prince was written during the Renaissance to instruct those in positions of power and rule in Italy on how to obtain and maintain control over a group of people. This is the same concept as Hegelian dialectic: creating and supporting both sides of a conflict. Create turmoil and unrest between the people you are attempting to control, so that they will weaken each other, become easier to take over, and even come to you for help and governance as well as protection from their enemies. Divided, they will fall, either by economics, race, gender, politics, religion, whatever. They have used our own free will against us since the Garden of Eden. It is pretty much how our world is being run, though we are
194

Free Will?

in ignorance of this – if we knew about it, it wouldn’t work. They have gone to great lengths to deceive us on this point. There isn’t a single war that wasn’t stirred up by some secret ulterior motive. Most people don’t want to hear this, or believe it, for their perception of reality is limited to this frequency, and they take pride in the role they have on earth. Justifiably so, and I cannot imagine how many millions of innocent, ignorant lives were lost and deceived by this exploitation. Today many people rebel against any authority or tradition instead of conforming, but just look at our youth; they revel in selfimage and anti-social behavior, yet are just as standard and predictable in their rebellion as soldiers in an army. Big business willingly supports and greatly profits from this “alternative culture”. Outward rebellion is just a different method to control the minds of the masses. This includes “alternative” religions or spiritual movements. People might think they are using their free will, but in truth they are being manipulated through tradition, culture, fads, rebelliousness and plain old stubbornness not to mention junk food, drugs, technology and out-of-body trips. We have about as much free will as a cow, and about as much wisdom, too. But the cow doesn’t know any better, and neither do people, unless someone tells them. Is it acceptable for us to remain trapped on a ticking time bomb just because we are used to it, ignorant of a higher reality, only able to exercise our selfish will within the limited Matrix? In order to fully comprehend the illusion, we must investigate the truth regarding elements that can affect our reality. With awareness of modern technology, it becomes clear that we could be manipulated beyond our knowing. It is possible to change brain wave frequencies and take people out of a loving state of mind, so that our world becomes a Frankenstein creation of millions of nightmares. To get back to Paradise we must use our free will to take a leap of faith beyond intellectual knowing into the realm of knowing with the spirit. At this higher level of consciousness we can use the illusion to our advantage. Rather than fall victim to a negative frequency, we can choose to amplify a loving one, create our own quarks of matter, and swirl them into fractals of our own design, with the power of the Force behind us. He just wants us to know Him and the conscious role He plays in our reality. Help create that perfect wave surging your through life, making the choices that keep you most easily balanced.
195

Surfing the Tao

Use geometry to amplify His love and create a world that includes Him, instead of using it to declare your own power and separate yourself from Him.

196

There is no spoon: Learning to Surf
“You can be in my dream if I can be in yours.” – Bob Dylan Our world is made up of interlocking wavelengths of light. Matter is a matter of opinion. When you speak into this quantum void, you are creating your own reality whether you know it or not, constructing and deconstructing the “frozen music” that makes up our reality. People with positive views on the world and their lives tend to have successful and happy ones. Others are constantly complaining and moaning about something, and they tend to live miserably because of it. “For as he thinks in his heart, so is he…” – Proverbs 23:7 I urge the reader to consider a place; planet, frequency, dimension, whatever, where there is no conflict. No money is needed; everything is provided in abundance before our eyes. Even the plants and animals work together in peace. There are no accidents, no crashing cars, no arguments, diseases, ego or cruelties. No fear or anger. We are free to create and live together harmoniously, knowing intuitively the secrets of the universe. Everyone really knows God; there is no argument over religion or even politics, because there is no law necessary where everyone knows how to Surf. They each follow the rhythm of their hearts, and let the Tao work out the harmony between them. Life would become an abundant, enthralling yet graceful dance, each event and movement perfectly timed and choreographed exactly the Way each person desires, for they are at One with the Wave. There is no death. There are legends of cities that disappeared into the mists of the higher realms, as their inhabitants became aware of these truths about love together. Do you know the Way? Buddha spoke of it. The ancient Chinese called this Way the Tao.
197

Surfing the Tao

This is the Way to go if you want to be free. That means true free will, beyond the reach of any negative technology or catastrophe. By using love to raise your frequency and consciousness, you can easily speak away all negative influences in your life. To stay at a higher frequency while we’re here requires us to learn how to truly forgive. You can’t hold a grudge about what someone said yesterday and expect to ascend tomorrow. This is an extremely important point. Anger, retribution and vindictiveness will tune you to the wrong frequency. So will guilt, worry and fear. Be simple-minded, like a child. Let it go. It’s not real. Buddha taught, “‘Look how he abused me a beat me, how he threw me down and robbed me.’ Live with such thoughts and you live in hate. ‘Look how he abused me and beat me, how he threw me down and robbed me.’ Abandon such thoughts, and live in love…Only love dispels hate.” Turn the other cheek. Once you know bad guys exist, you know what to ignore. They are trying to keep you involved in the material world, its dramas, traumas and dilemmas. Take advantage of the illusion by visualizing and speaking the negative parts out of existence. Don’t let bad things get you down. Don’t allow yourself to be afraid or get frustrated – don’t focus on the sharks. Create a positive vision of your world. Learn control over your emotions – this is your ticket out. Cast them out of your life and never look back. Realize things that seem bad can be part of a greater good – and it’s all good. It’s not that there is no evil, it’s just that with love, you can “ride” it or “surf” it into something good, thereby defusing the negative power. “Now is the time for judgment on this world; now the prince of this world will be driven out.”-John 12:31 Once we become aware of our enemy, our task is to think and speak it out of existence again. Fighting and complaining will only made it more real; know about it, but rise above it – ignore it, and don’t let it affect your state of mind. BE still, and KNOW. Don’t let them surprise you, or fool you. This takes all the hot air out of their terror balloons.
198

There is no spoon: Learning to Surf

“Give evil nothing to oppose and it will disappear by itself.” - Lao Tzu It doesn’t do any good to panic about evil or destruction. Our only escape is through joy and a personal relationship with the Tao. Stillness and even peace of mind is a foreign concept for most of us. Much of the world hasn’t been told what the actual conflict is about – that we must use our own free will to seek God’s will. He is a loving and generous Force, and if we trust in Him our lives will become blessed. We won’t need to worry about what to do even if the world seems to be coming to an end. He’s already got it all figured out. Face everything in life without fear. This will tune you in to a frequency where the bad things simply cannot reach you – if you do this, somehow God will manage to get you out of it, one way or another. It is a bit of a paradox – we must first save ourselves, by refusing to be fearful, and maintaining a positive state of mind. This is how we declare we have made the choice allowing God to take control. Wallowing in fear or doubt will not make Him ‘pass you over’, but will cause you to be unable to hear Him when He calls. “God is our refuge and strength, an ever-present help in trouble. Therefore we will not fear, though the earth give way and the mountains fall into the heart of the sea, though its waters roar and foam and the mountains quake with their surging…Nations are in an uproar, kingdoms fall; he lifts his voice, the earth melts.”-Psalms 46:1-6 It is said that a student of the Tao starts unaware of the mountain ahead of him. As he learns more and more about the truth, the mountain appears and seems impassable. Over time, higher realizations eventually cause the mountain to disappear again, its insurmountable peaks becoming anthills. Once we are tuned, we begin to experience life on a higher level, where we were meant to be. We begin to realize how great our powers are to fight the Mirror Images. I like to visualize it like a video game, and our controllers are our words. With them we can create a world outside the established parameters.
199

Surfing the Tao

The key is to go with the flow. Know the Tao; become aware of its rushing river of loving energy, and choose to be part of it. Don’t fight the current, or become distracted by the fear or temptations on the shore. Just float along, with the secure knowledge that love and joy are its ultimate goals. You don’t give up power or control in the creation of your own reality when you align with the Tao; it gives you more power to work with! Becoming one with love and allowing God to find your Path for you is the most empowering act you can ever choose. When your life is in this flow, there is peace and serenity in your world, and a constant ecstatic joy surging in your heart. “The highest good is like water. Water gives life to the ten thousand things and does not strive. It flows in places men reject and so is like the Tao.” – Lao Tzu The bad guys will do anything to keep us from understanding this discrepancy. We become stronger than they are if we realize we have the consciousness of the Tao behind us, while they can only harness the raw power. Imagine what God can do when He wants something. To fight forces in the ethereal realms, the Tao has given us weapons of spiritual warfare. That means love, faith, and prayer. Resistance is not futile. “For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms. Therefore put on the full armor of God, so that when the day of evil comes, you may be able to stand your ground…” – Ephesians 6:12,13 We are in the world, but not of it. We are spiritual beings in a physical world. Our true weapons are not of flesh and blood. However, our enemies are also of a spirit. Your defense against them consists of an armor of truth, righteousness, and faith, not to mention the most powerful weapon of all: the sword of the Word.
200

There is no spoon: Learning to Surf

“For though we live in the world, we do not wage war as the world does. The weapons we fight with are not the weapons of the world. On the contrary, they have divine power to demolish strongholds.” - 2 Corinthians 10:4,5 Ueshiba teaches in The Art of Peace that our spirits are the true shields. The battlefield is in the mind, where we are bombarded with a “cleverly designed pattern of little nagging thoughts, suspicions, doubts, fears, wonderings, reasoning and theories.”1 “Strongholds” are blockages in our minds that hold us to certain negative ways of thinking. Many of us have been conditioned into bad habits like worry and anger for generations. The battle is to break free, not wallow in suffering but instead keep from speaking words of woe, regardless of the bombardment. Many people might think they are trapped in misery by their unfortunate circumstances; it is exactly this thought that keeps them there. Break free to think and speak positive and creative words, and your reality will begin to improve. Prayer is like a tool given to us by the great cosmic void. When you begin to use this tool, you can experience radical changes in your own life. This vibratory power of prayer is found amongst many tribal cultures. Chanting, singing and praying are ways people have sought communion with God. Certain sounds and tones are lovely and happy, while others are disturbing and even nauseating. In ancient times, priests were venerated for their knowledge of words of power. But just as with our other technology, this power is not inherently evil. It’s who it’s aimed at, how it’s used and by whom that makes the difference. Anton LaVey, founder of The Church of Satan, talks about “words of power” in his book, The Satanic Rituals – Companion to the Satanic Bible, “Satanic Ritual is a blend of Gnostic, Cabbalistic, Hermetic and Masonic elements, incorporating nomenclature and vibratory words of power from virtually every mythos.” (p. 21) Since ancient times, humans have worshipped the sacred power of the spoken word. In ancient Egypt, evidence suggests just about everyone used ‘magic’ in their daily lives. Various gods and goddesses were invoked, a practice which survived throughout the
201

Surfing the Tao

millennia, regardless of the religion of the day. Certain texts and scrolls were considered sacred because of the magical power thought to surround spoken as well as written words themselves. This concept continued within mainstream religions. And since most people couldn’t read, spells and charms were written on papyrus and then soaked in water, or written on stone over which the water was poured, after which they would drink the water to enact the spell. We are using the Force all around us every time we speak, but without proper understanding of whose will we are enacting it is generally misused and abused. Without knowing it our sloppy lips let in all kinds of influences from the ethereal realms whose intentions are questionable. Using words properly one can also cause positive reactions in the quantum realm; this is what prayer is all about and certainly this power is very real indeed, if you are tuned properly. Most important, once we are tuned, we should need no one to minister these elements for us. Trust no teacher, preacher, guru, master or guide before your own inner voice, and ability to speak. Only you can determine God’s loving will for you; everyone’s Path is slightly different, and we all have equal power of the spoken word. Prayer is faith in action, speaking words that resonate out into the universe and down to each atom. We will never quite understand how it works but we do it anyway and witness the results. What to pray is simple. Always be in a state of gratitude, desiring to do His will. If you concentrate on your own will you may not succeed. That is why humbleness and egolessness are vital. Do not repeat or plead with Him; this betrays doubt, and double mindedness. Just find something to be grateful for and concentrate on it. An important tip: His timing is not always our timing. Sometimes He is weaving an intricate web our puny minds cannot comprehend; this is why we let Him do His job, and don’t question when or why. Trust me, the end results are stunning. Meanwhile learn to exist in the NOW, instead of worrying about tomorrow. We cannot control the past or the future, only the present moment. You can’t pray for something and then afterwards continue to complain about your life. Live as if your problem was already solved; don’t allow negative words to leave your lips. This act of doubt actually uncreates what you have asked for. Don’t think prayer is just the words you say between “Dear God” and “Amen” - every word
202

There is no spoon: Learning to Surf

you say all day every day is a prayer. Each one resonates powerfully in God’s quantum realm – He hears you. If you whine and moan you will continue to create your own disappointments, joining others in creating a world of fear, a place where you cannot find your perfect wave. You must be focused and unwavering. He wants you to be thankful even before you have it – that shows faith that He is there and working for you. This intention includes our thoughts as well. Meditation is the art of gaining a higher perspective over uncontrolled or unwanted thoughts. Don’t imagine you need to be completely thought-free, especially at first. Just begin by noticing the thoughts that enter your mind, and watching them leave again. This is your higher self becoming aware – you are developing the ability to rise above your thoughts, instead of following them into worry or fear, which would give them power. It is only as difficult as you imagine it is. Meditation is not a “goal” of enlightenment, but merely a tool to help us function more clearly in this world. We must practice not allowing negative thoughts to influence our moods. Even if you do not speak anything negative, wallowing in negative thought can be just as destructive. Take back control of your own mind – choose it, with your free will. The decision to choose love in spite of the situation will reward you with such abundance that your situation will no longer be negative. And remember His plan is much greater than we can know. He might not want for you to get that job because He has a better one just around the corner. This is where the true Art of Surfing is practiced. Let Him guide you around in life, allowing failures to become new avenues toward success. But you must maintain eventemperedness, regardless of what happens. A great Taoist story that illustrates this concept is about a Chinese farmer. He finds a wild horse, and the villagers said, “good luck!” But the farmer said, “bad luck, good luck, who knows.” His son tried to ride the horse and fell off and broke his leg. “Bad luck!” said the villagers. “Bad luck, good luck, who knows,” said the farmer. Soon the army came through town looking for able-bodied youths. They passed over the farmer’s son with a broken leg. “Good luck,” said the villagers. Who knows? There is no bad luck if we accept everything as a blessing in disguise.
203

Surfing the Tao

An important thing to remember about prayer in our dimension is that there is a time lag. On a higher plane of existence you might ask for a loaf of bread and it materializes instantly in your hands. For the time being, in our dimension if we ask for a loaf of bread God will provide a bountiful harvest of wheat, for you to make the bread yourself, or find you a job so you can make money to buy it. This will be hard for some people at first, but after a while you get the hang of it. Learn from the man trapped in a flood. The waters were rising so he got on the roof of his house and prayed, “Oh, God, I have such faith in you, I know you will never let me drown.” Just then someone came around in a canoe and offered to give him a ride. “No, no, I am waiting for my God to come and save me,” he cried. The waters continued to rise, and pretty soon the Coast Guard came along in a ship, but the man still claimed to be waiting for God and refused to go. Just as the waters were about to swallow him up a helicopter came for him but he waved them on, confident that God would save him. He soon drowned, and in heaven he asked God, “why didn’t you come and save me? I had such faith!” God replied, “I did, I sent a boat, a ship and a helicopter for you, but you wouldn’t go!” Learn to recognize the divine in daily life. He is always there, giving you little synchronistic signals. Don’t ignore the helicopters!! “Do not love the world or anything in the world…The world and its desires pass away, but the man who does the will of God lives forever.”-1 John 2:15-17 Living in His will means living in the flow of the Tao, Knowing Him and living each moment in love. So doing will take us to a place beyond. Misunderstanding or even outright refusal to live this way has filled our world with selfishness, vindictiveness and disharmony. Even worse, since most people are unaware of the power of their words, they could have already renounced the good guys. Speaking an oath or curse is far more profound than many people realize. It’s not just saying empty words; they are fulfilled in the other realms, and in our own futures, in ways we cannot understand. I found a terrifying quote from David Spangler, Director of Planetary Initiative at the U.N., mentioned in New World and New Age articles. He said, “No one will enter the New World Order unless he or she
204

There is no spoon: Learning to Surf

will make a pledge to worship Lucifer. No one will enter the New Age unless he will take a Luciferian oath.” Hopefully if that is really true many people will refuse. In order to access the world beyond this one and truly exercise our free will, we must still our minds and speak only words of love. The world around us is full of misleading information – the physical reality we are used to has been perverted by the Mirror Image of the truth. To overcome, learn to tune in your spirit. BE still, in the NOW, and KNOW. To know that we know that we know, we must find and access that leap of faith. As poet Robert Frost encouraged, find the path less traveled. That will make all the difference.

205

Spiritual Confusion
In our strange modern times, when so many are educated about so many things, the Supreme Being has had to take a different path to win back the faith of a wandering herd. The path less traveled is not so highly prized in a world of fads and crazes, where everyone wants to fit in. Only a precious few will have the ear to hear their spirit’s call to a life of pure love, of their own free will. Sadly, many who innocently believe they are working for good are being cleverly deceived. To help us learn to discern this deception, He is raising up people who can deliver a message in a way our modern minds, arrogantly crammed with facts and trivia and short attention spans, can fathom. Many brilliant minds are involved in a movement to heighten consciousness in our world today. So many wonderful, loving people are following along this spiritual ‘awakening’. Thousands of tentacles and branches of this network have sprung up amongst various political, social, educational and even quasi-spiritual groups. And their intentions all seem good. Everyone wants to live in peace in the world. Everyone I know is horrified that there is so much war and stress, and they want to make a difference, they want a better world for their children. Many of these intelligent people find the issue of religion repugnant and even contrary to spiritual enlightenment. To be sure, many religions have troublesome track records. I also believe the answer does not lie within one particular religion alone, but can be found in a realm beyond our present consciousness. To evolve in consciousness requires us to become conscious of something new. I challenge the ‘enlightened mind’ to take a trip somewhere it probably never thought it could go. This is not about simple evolution – it will have to be an outright revolution for the modern, educated mind to take a leap of faith like the one I propose. Because the alternative, though it seems full of love and ‘light’ on the outside, has a very rotten core – a very rotten core indeed. Of course the world should unite under one spiritual truth. Ultimately we all know there can be only one. But I suggest we all
206

Spiritual Confusion

educate ourselves on just who is heading up the seemingly benign drive towards ‘nondenominational’ spirituality, and world spiritual unification. What is the agenda? What is its source, its motive? Can we be sure? What if we really are being denied access to higher realms we are not told about? Can I be sure I am really using my free will? I will not trust any person – not a King, a Prince, a President, Priest, Rabbi nor even the Dalai Lama, to tell me a truth I know I can discern for myself. If God is everywhere, I can talk to Him too. The real Tao leads revolutions through our hearts, one person at a time, not through political agendas, pep rallies, television, or a group of spooky “Masters”. And certainly not through someone called Lucifer. Whether or not you believe he exists, just coming to the realization that thousands of brilliant people do, and also secretly believe him to be the answer to our global suffering is highly disturbing. Though our world’s top minds are often linked to this unification movement and probably understand who is behind it, there are a lot of people who are just looking for something to follow that sounds intelligent and seems to be working for good. So I suggest that everyone who has felt the call should read a little more about the connections the present ‘enlightened consciousness’ movement has to a group of “masters” who ultimately work for a very dark prince and his kingdom of reflected “Light”. Being ‘king of the world’ means he’s not king of much else – and is extremely eager to show us a good time so we will stay a little longer. Ancient technologies are even being revived behind our backs, to help keep us oblivious. David Spangler makes it pretty clear. He actually believes he is doing the right thing by working for a figure called Lucifer. They can even make it sound like they’re out to save the world. Spangler is very active in elite circles. I’m sure he’s a nice guy and loves his family. But are we sure this is a wisdom, or even a world, we want to be a part of? New age religions often contain subtle mis-teachings. It is difficult to discern them, since they use words like love and light. Key phrases they use include “of the light,” “one light”, or “light workers.” Author Hieromonk Damascene writes, “This is where many who have practiced watchfulness have fallen into delusion over the centuries. Everything depends on the purity of one’s intention in going within. If one’s intention (conscious or unconscious) is not to
207

Surfing the Tao

face one’s sin-condition, repent and thus be reconciled to God, but instead to “be spiritual” while continuing to worship oneself, then one can – upon becoming aware of the light of one’s spirit – begin to worship it as God. This is the ultimate delusion.”1 Damascene continues, “If a person’s motive is prideful, he will stop at this point, admiring his own brilliance; but that brilliance will still be darkness. He will think he has found God, but God will not be there. He will find a kind of peace, but it will be a peace apart from God.”2 Even as spirit is made of light, do not mistake this light for God Himself. This is a great example of the Mirror Image. However, Damascene does distinguish between this false light and what is called the “Unoriginate Light”, which is far greater than mere spiritual light. Damascene quotes the mystic monk Archimandrite Sophrony and his experience of this phenomenon, “the unoriginate Light…eclipsed all else, just as the rising sun eclipses the brightest star.”3 So being “of the light” isn’t necessarily bad or evil, it’s just incomplete – and dangerously susceptible to clever and subtle misinterpretation. Those who control the outer world have created various complicated systems of knowledge, which can lead to what they call “enlightenment”. Don’t forget, the guy who thinks he’s God likes to call himself the Bright Morning Star, or the Bearer of Light. But he is actually the Reflector of Light – he is not the Source of light itself. He is like a flame, or a light bulb, wooing the moths away from their true destiny, which is the light of the moon – in the sky, where they can find each other. Lao Tzu even describes the Tao as being elusive and intangible, and dim and dark. “The path into the light seems dark”, he wrote. In my opinion being of the “light” is a vague term that could easily be abused and misinterpreted, like “justice” or “equality”. The stillness of the void is both dark and light. Another new-fangled spiritual call claims to be leading people towards “transcendance.” But as Ueshiba wrote in The Art of Peace, “Unite yourself in the cosmos, and the thought of transcendence will disappear. Transcendence belongs to the profane world. When all trace of transcendence vanishes, the true person – the Divine Being – is manifest. Empty yourself and let the Divine function.” Lao Tzu taught that the wise ones never tried to lead anyone to enlightenment, but to become unsophisticated – simple, like a child.
208

Spiritual Confusion

The truth is so simple that once you realize you know everything, you also realize there is nothing to know. Organizations devoted to this artificial light speak of service to a fraternity or sharing and charitable works on earth. They are busy worker bees. They support new technologies to divert and amuse. They claim to channel the “Ascended Masters” but they are impostors; I can promise you the real masters, the human ones, are not named Atum, Ra, Horus, Germain, Thoth, Hermes or Melchizedek. They like to say there are no battles, no bad guys, and no evil, but that difficult times are somehow “necessary” for us to learn or evolve. Similar subtleties lace the practice of witchcraft. Of course many of the potions and incantations do actually work; remember, an individual may exercise their free will to use the Force for their own gain. But unfortunately there is no such thing as good witchcraft; manipulating the forces of nature on your own signals you are denying that God might have another will for you. If you want magic in your life, acknowledge God and ask Him to do it for you. People are flattered into believing they are powerful, divine gods, and the Tao is just energy to be manipulated, not a consciousness to be recognized and loved. They are taught to focus their power in this dimension, deciding for themselves their own will. Just think about all the TV shows, books and movies portraying ‘good’ witches and kids having fun ‘super powers’. The New York Times reported September 28, 1986 that “Representatives of some of the nation’s largest corporations, including IBM, AT&T, and General Motors, met in New Mexico to discuss how metaphysics, the occult, and Hindu mysticism might help executives compete in the world marketplace.” Stanford University’s Graduate School of Business offered a seminar called “Creativity in Business”, which taught chanting, meditation and tarot cards for use for the “New Age Capitalist.” Hundreds of corporations as well as our own military have sponsored some type of training in psychic skills and magic. Such notions are tempting – I’ve been there. I grew up in a church of “God’s frozen people” – I never really understood the confusing rituals, I just went because I had to. As soon as I was old enough I chose instead to believe in a more ‘universal’ God. I gravitated towards new age teachings because I always believed in the supernatural. And I don’t necessarily deny any of the spiritualisms
209

Surfing the Tao

taught there. Esotericism is based on universal principles – the best way to deceive people is with the truth. There indeed are multiple dimensions, and strange beings inhabit them. Space-time can be manipulated. Geometrical and mathematical realities encircle us like a kaleidoscope. We do possess strong energy points on our bodies at the chakra points, much like the earth does. And ‘enlightenment’ does affect these glands as it opens our hearts and minds. But with faith we need not concern ourselves with such details. The bad guys have simply created a Reflection of the truth, warped and perverted for their own selfish reasons. To know God personally means we allow Him to be our only guide, and His will to be our own. Tao means Way; the way is a walk, a journey that cannot be enumerated or easily explained, and is different for everyone. Taoism is not a religion, but a philosophy, or way of life. The point is not to allow negative forces to elicit any emotion; think of a monk, sitting in peace and serenity. But you don’t need to become a recluse to learn this. Recognize the higher power, walk in love and gratitude, and take whatever comes and use it for good, radiating joy regardless. It is a lot like basic Christian teachings, without all the hoopla. Even Jesus was trying to get the Jews to abandon archaic ritual. Lao Tzu taught, “Ritual is the husk of true faith, the beginning of chaos.” There are some things we can learn from books. But most physical activities are difficult to describe in words. Learning dance from a book is difficult – it is much easier to take a class or even watch a video, where you can watch others first, and listen to the instructor explain the movement. Most religions have special holy or sacred books or scrolls, and in ancient times these texts were often themselves the objects of worship. Sometimes today this is still the case. However we aren’t here to worship words, but to live in love. Because our puny brains can barely comprehend the full power of ancient texts, not to mention their subtle misinterpretations, I feel that adhering too closely to texts or one particular interpretation of them can be dangerous. Anything God wants us to know can be intuited if you are tuned in to Him, and love. It is difficult to really express the true nature of God without physically experiencing a personal relationship with Him. Though some texts can be used to help guide us, no one ever entered the actual ascended state through the pages of a book. By the same token, He can teach us from any
210

Spiritual Confusion

book, if we are tuned in to Him. This is important - we need a way to be sure we are tuning in to the right frequency. The bad guys can sound very convincing, and we want to be sure our words are creating the world God wants for us. Many people I know have had supernatural experiences. The nicest people study sacred geometry and channel extraterrestrial entities who bring gentle instruction about raising the consciousness of the earth, as it shifts into a new age in the cosmos. They tend to feel drawn to mystics and psychics who also talk of these ‘other realms’ of existence, places of pure consciousness. Such spiritualists have described the need to empower the Self, and create thousands of individual points of ‘light’ – thousands of individual ‘gods’ to act as a group force or energy necessary to manifest this physical realm. They appeal to human pride and ego because they tell us we can all be like gods, especially if we listen to our own will, instead of His. This is because they desperately need these human spiritual ‘robots’ in order to maintain the existence of this particular frequency. Too often innocent people who are spiritually open are used by these entities to open “portals” into our world under the guise of “helping” us through some sort of change, or shift. Just because it sounds awe-inspiring doesn’t mean we shouldn’t be asking a lot of questions before we agree to such things. Those who are really on our side don’t need a portal to get here. The truth is, God is already everywhere, and we can easily become more powerful than these ‘gods’ through Him. If we just all stopped and silently asked Him into our hearts we could all see this for ourselves. He wants us to be the amazing individuals we are, instead of becoming part of a ‘collective’ hive. God doesn’t need us to be involved in any strange technology, sacred geometry or worry about which dimension we are aiming for. He is taking care that those who choose Him will be saved from any catastrophe simply through faith. Those who can discern the difference are the chosen ones; these people who can hear the simple message of love are the ones He wants. Our reward is immortality – not just spiritual, as the esotericists teach, but physical. He promises us a completely new heaven and a new earth. But are you ready to take that leap of faith? Can you ignore the vast oceans of material that have been misconstrued over the ages,
211

Surfing the Tao

and find out the truth for yourself? There is a way to know that you know that you know. This is not about religion. The Tao does not need stones, rods, books, or golden boxes of powder to communicate with us. But we do need to learn how to turn on our spiritual radios, and tune in so that we can hear His voice. Otherwise this great, living, fiercely joyous Field of energy will fall on deaf ears, remaining the misunderstood, seemingly coldly silent ‘amoral’ Void. It seems that thousands of people actually believe in the insane teachings of a fallen Archangel and his subtle and clever reflections of the Truth. At this point many readers have not yet been able to swallow that one. But hear me now, believe me later. If someday evidence of him or his army becomes more obvious to you, won’t you be glad you know about another far more powerful army fighting against such devilishness? Do you think only the bad guys can play this game? “At that time Michael, the great prince who protects your people, will arise. There will be a time of distress which as has not happened from the beginning of nations until then. But at that time your people – everyone whose name is found written in the book – will be delivered. Multitudes who sleep in the dust of the earth will awake: some to everlasting life, others to shame and everlasting contempt. Those who are wise will shine like the brightness of the heavens, and those who lead many to righteousness, like the stars forever and ever. But you, Daniel, close up and seal the words of the scroll until the time of the end. Many will go here and there to increase knowledge.” Daniel 12:1-4 It is the job of Michael, a spiritual being, and perhaps others like him, to return any lost celestial technology to its rightful place and reestablish harmony for the planet and its people. And who do you think he works for? “Leave this chanting and singing and telling of beads! Whom dost thou worship in this lonely dark corner of
212

Spiritual Confusion

a temple with doors all shut? Open thine eyes and see thy God is not before thee! He is there where the tiller is tilling the hard ground and where the pathmaker is breaking stones. He is with them in sun and in shower, and his garment is covered with dust. Put off thy holy mantle and even like him come down on the dusty soil!” –Rabindranath Tagore, Gitanjali

213

Tuning In
In the beginning was the Tao, And the Tao was with God, And the Tao was God… -The Gospel of St. John, Chapter I, translated from the Chinese In April, 2003 the Associated Press reported that six U.S. congressmen were sharing a townhouse in D.C. owned by a secretive fundamentalist Christian group called the Foundation, or the Fellowship. A lengthy and highly controversial expose also appeared in Harper’s magazine at that time by Jeffrey Sharlet. This particular group of believers, who also call themselves “the Family,” consist of people in public life, though the organization calls itself “invisible” and keeps its inner workings secret. Members at the time included Senator Don Nickels (R-OK), Charles Grassley (R-IA), Pete Domenici (R-NM), John Ensign (R-NV), Conrad Burns (R-MT), Reps. Frank Wolf (R-VA), and Bart Stupak (D-MI). Their goal is an “invisible world organization led by Christ”. But their version is controversial, because according to Sharlet, they use Hitler’s militant example to define their need for a ‘covenant’, to have everyone convert in order for it to work. They believe “Christ’s Kingdom is not a democracy” and emphasize the Old Testament and its notion of being part of a “chosen” elite. This group hosts thousands of receptions and prayer breakfasts around the country. Their supporters include some of the most famous Christian leaders today. Rather than helping the poor directly, this group’s ministry is to introduce hundreds of the world’s most powerful people to Jesus, “man to man,” – believing these are the truly “poor in spirit”. They claim Jesus Himself is helping them set up the structure for a new world. Through the years their members have been behind a lot of our country’s worldwide diplomatic efforts, having high-level connections with various politicians and the CIA. Some members have since called writer Sharlet a traitor for publishing his article, but he says he was “there to meet Jesus…the
214

Tuning In

new ruling Jesus, whose ways are secret.” I believe Mr. Sharlet had reason to be dubious. All truly successful manipulators use the truth to their best advantage. Instead of denying it outright, just distorting the true image slightly can be an excellent way to mislead. Those who believe in this official version of the religion will follow it without question; still others will sense the non-truths woven throughout and thus find the entire religion subject to ridicule. Score one more for the Mirror Image. I find that many by-the-book believers tend not to question those who are presently governing our nation and our world, believing their claims to be true “Christians” and accepting their governances and decisions hook, line and sinker. People go to church on Sunday and then rally around our military victories on Monday. Lao Tzu pointed out, “If you rejoice in victory, then you delight in killing; If you delight in killing, you cannot fulfill yourself.” It is the blind leading the blind, through the chaos of an insensitive, legalistic and tyrannical Republic that masquerades as a democracy – not to mention a religion inappropriately associated with wrath, strange gods and archaic rituals. It is said that an imposter will fool millions of people who think they know Him. Jesus Himself warned us that in the last days, “if anyone tells you, “Here he is, in the inner rooms,” do not believe it. For as lighting that comes from the east is visible even in the east, so will be the coming of the Son of Man.” -Matthew 24:26-27. In the foreword of his 1999 book Christ the Eternal Tao, author Hieromonk Damascene noted that while in China, 40,000 people per day are becoming Christians, people in the West are increasingly turning away from their Christian roots in favor of Eastern religions. He believes that in the West, Christianity has become a matter of intellectualism and rote memorization, “a dry, word-based religion, a legalistic system, a set of ideas and behaviors, and a political institution that operates on the same principles as the institutions of this world.”1 Damascene suggests they are instead turning to more profound spiritual works like the Tao Te Ching to learn what the churches failed to teach: how to be free of thoughts, desires and negative emotions. He points out that even though Western Christianity attempts to control how and what to think, Christ Himself, as did Lao Tzu, taught us how not to need to think at all.
215

Surfing the Tao

Damascene’s work seeks to “receive the message of Christ from a new source: not from the modern West – which has distorted it into thousands of conflicting sects and philosophies – but from the ancient Christian East, which has transmitted to modern times the essence of Christ’s teaching in a way that resonates with the teaching of Lao Tzu…” 2 “As our mind utters from itself a word, So did the Primal Mind utter the Primal Word (Logos)… Mind does not exist without word, Nor word without mind… Mind, coming from itself, Is thus the father of the word, And the word is the son of the mind.” “Before the world was made, The Mind, Word and Breath were One, Sharing in the One Essence, above all essences. The Oneness of these Persons is a mystery Whose vastness cannot be comprehended by even the highest spirits. Nevertheless, we attempt to give a name to this mystery of oneness: The name of love. A name so great that, finding it impossible to give it due reverence, People despair and treat it as commonplace. The Mind, Word and Breath had this perfect love between them. Not only did They have this love, They are this love. Therefore, love existed before the world was made. The love of the Maker of things cannot merely be extended outwardly, to the universe made by Him.
216

Tuning In

In the Three this love is directed inwardly also, within the Primal Essence: In the mystical inward live, hidden in the depths of the Divinity. For the Three have always been One. But the world did not know this love Until the Word Himself came into it, Sent by the Mind as the Messenger to the world Of the Primal Love that had created it.” -Damascene Martin Aronson in his book Jesus and Lao Tzu: the Parallel Sayings suggests that the Tao corresponds to the Christian version of God the Father, while Teh, a Chinese term which represents the “animating principle that runs through all life” corresponds to the Son, the “incarnation of the cosmic mystery.”3 Though the Father is the Source, the Son is the channel through which the world comes into being. Author Damascene suggests the Teh refers to the divine energy, Grace, or Power of the Tao, which refers to the Father as well as His fleshly incarnation. The Teh and the Tao are in and of each other; there is not one without the other. Even Lao Tzu intuited this mystery, “The Tao gives birth to One. One gives birth to Two. Two gives birth to Three. Three gives birth to all things.” Damascene notes the concept of the Tao of the ancient Chinese corresponds to the Logos of the ancient Greeks. This Logos, or unity, balance or pattern of flow, was the very principle of existence. Damascene even suggests that certain people who lived before Christ, such as Heraclitus, Socrates and Lao Tzu, were able to perceive the existence of Christ because of their awareness of this Flow, this Logos, or Oneness of all things. St. Seraphim of Sarov (1759-1833), wrote that “though the pagan philosophers also wandered in the darkness of ignorance of God, yet they sought the Truth which is beloved by God…” and therefore could have possessed the Spirit of God in them. St. Justin wrote that many of these pre-Christian thinkers and poets taught that there is only one God, eternal and omnipotent creator of the universe, rather than be party to the multiple gods of the pagan religions of their times, and
217

Surfing the Tao

therefore lived “in accordance with the Logos”, or Christ, because they lived in love and in the will of God. Damascene suggests that if these medieval writers had known of Lao Tzu, they would have set him forth as another pre-Christian witness of Christ the Logos. Most people would be surprised that I found Him in the Tao instead of in church. But for me, it has always been about love, not religion. Imagine a farmer, who notices some birds stuck in an old barn. They are hurling themselves against the windows to get out, but the windows cannot be opened, and they don’t see where the doors are. The old barn is ready to be demolished and replaced, and the farmer wants to save the birds first. Meanwhile the cats in the barn are busy stalking the birds as they sit ignorantly on the roof beams, and he watches helplessly as they are taken out, one by one. The farmer finally thinks, if only I could be a bird like them for five minutes, I could show them how to get out! Imagine God, the Tao, this great Consciousness of Love, seeing the terrible state we were in, and no one could hear Him or even knew He was there! Since practically no one was going to be able to tune in to a love consciousness on their own so they could ascend, He had to do something. Otherwise we were pretty much stuck down here, thinking once we died that was it; we had no real understanding of how there were other dimensions of existence, and that we needed love to get to them. The selfish powers that presently controlled the Earth wanted us to be eternally deceived on this point, they wanted our bodies and our souls, especially since we are capable of such great love and thus are so beloved by God. They keep us addicted to this world, its material pleasures and the quest for personal power. And most people don’t even believe they are there, that there is a way out, or that we are really trapped at all. Because we are so hard-headed and couldn’t overcome our condition on our own, He came down as one of us, not an alien or other strange ‘god’, but a human, sort of like Neo in The Matrix, to show us how to overcome death, and play the bad guy’s bloody little game of sacrifice, in order to win the release of our souls as well as authority for us in the Spirit over the present darkness. Then He ascended, much like Buddha did, and proved there is no death. But the difference is, Buddha hadn’t died first, nor is he the actual Consciousness of the Tao.
218

Tuning In

I used to be the biggest skeptic and radical non-believer you could ever know. Like most intellectuals, I scoffed at the idea and thought I was too well-read and even ‘enlightened’ for Him – He was supposed to be for ‘religious’ people, otherwise unable to comprehend their greater reality. In fact I contend that much of the “Christian” religion along with every other “religion” is a legalistic misdirection that veils the simple truth of a loving, personal God. I don’t even necessarily agree with the historical interpretation - history can be rewritten. It seems like there are different versions of Him, depending on who you listen to. The bloody, complicated and hypocritical ritual baggage needlessly added to His message makes it hard for many to accept. I also know plenty of people who call themselves “Christians” who do not live in love. They instead argue legalisms and carry around the worry, troubles and selfishness of a material world. Rarely do I meet one who lives purely in unconditional selfless love, yet many can quote Biblical scripture to justify themselves. Even within this religion there are thousands of sects that argue endlessly – completely missing the point. To me, the Tao doesn’t care about bloodline or hand out rules and regulations, ever act with wrath or need an Ark to communicate with us. The Bible is confusing because stories of these gods are mixed in with praise for the Tao. This same confusing assortment of images cleverly interlaces the practice of other religions as well. When I began writing this I was careful not to tread on anyone’s toes, but I have been very disappointed with some people for giving Him a bad name. His “children” are known by the fruits of their spirits; that is, by the loving way they live their lives, and many of them are yet unaware that they can have a personal relationship with the Tao. These people I believe will have ‘the ear to hear’ – for them, what I am saying will finally make sense. The awesomeness of the Tao is that He has manifested as a person. It might have been easier to just magically “appear” to us, as He perhaps did at other times in our ancient past, but this time He did it the hard way, was born and lived in the stench of the Earth like we do, so He knows exactly what we are going through. It is so incredible it is nearly incomprehensible to our puny brains. And unfortunately this event has been contaminated by so much religious and pagan
219

Surfing the Tao

nonsense throughout the ages that most people will not be able to separate the messenger from the confusion that surrounds Him. God’s core message has been compromised by worldly influences. He wants us to live lives of love – I can promise you He doesn’t care about buildings, books, rituals, money or special mediators. “One does not need buildings, money, power or status to practice the Art of Peace. Heaven is right where you are standing, and that is the place to train.” -The Art of Peace So much ‘religion’ contains similarities to the worship of other deities and their technologies from our past. For those who call yourselves Christians, I challenge you to live each moment in selfless love, even for your enemies, and think long and hard about where your history and rituals come from. I believe this is exactly how the ‘king of the earth’ has managed to water down the core message, and use the religion for his own purposes. My relationship with the Tao has nothing to do with special days or special books. He can teach me in any book, on any day. I celebrate His coming every day of the year, not just one. And I can find His wisdom throughout every era, culture and people throughout the Earth. His Chosen Ones are those who can hear the call to love – they will come from every race, creed, culture and religion. Because when I talk to Him, I am talking to a loving consciousness that pervades everything and everywhere. “Contemplate the workings of this world, listen to the words of the wise, and take all that is good as your own. With this as your base, open your own door to truth. Do not overlook the truth that is right before you. Study how water flows in a valley stream, smoothly and freely between the rocks. Also learn from holy books and wise people. Everything – even mountains, rivers, plants and trees – should be your teacher. –The Art of Peace
220

Tuning In

Don’t let the world distort the true image of the Tao’s manifestation. His name carries many negative connotations in today’s world. But He does not require ritual or worship in the stones – and for me, His name now brings peace of mind. He is a way for us to have a personal relationship with the Tao; He is a Way of Life. Tuning in to Him is like turning on your own ‘Star Wars’ defense shield against all the non-love forces on Earth. You can’t argue if this is true or not if you don’t give it an honest try! If you ask, He will show you the truth, either through his warriors and their written legacy, or just through synchronistic daily life occurrences that speak to you in ways only you can interpret. It’s up to you to begin to see the divine in the mundane. Remember, faith means knowing something you can’t see with your physical senses. Faith starts very, very tiny; the size of a mustard seed, the head of a pin. It’s like at first you can barely bring yourself to believe it! But one tiny mustard seed can grow into acres and acres of robust growth; soon, even the newly awakened quickly begin to sense the power in His name. Use the paradox: with a pure intention, profess your belief before it exists in order to create it, and witness its growth and power. When once faith seemed nonsense, you soon begin to know something incredible you cannot explain. Just say it out loud, accept Him, and feel it resonate the air around you. The power feels like a soft tingle right to your fingers and toes at first. Some call it holy spirit, some ch’i, others prana. The birth of this “spirit” inside you often causes a powerful outpouring and release of emotion. I’m not sure why it works, but I do know that it’s all about love, the frequency of love. Not ego, history, politics, religion, gold or even the Bible. If you do not understand this and would like to, all you have to do is ask, Jesus, please forgive me, come into my heart, and show me the Truth. And I promise you, He will. Even though accepting Him is just a simple decision you make, the transformation that occurs inside you is astounding. It’s as if He wakes up those unused parts of our brains, supernaturally enabling us to see and hear through the spirit. It’s like suddenly realizing there is a safety railing out there in the Surf you can use to stay balanced. No wonder the enemy tries so hard to keep people away from understanding this. It activates our brain’s monatomic minerals into their high-spin state. He is the New Initiation, rendering
221

Surfing the Tao

forever useless the complicated and perverted rites of old. If your intentions are pure, accepting Him, simply saying the words out loud, actually raises the frequency of your energy field. For the most part we cannot do this without Him any longer, especially today, and if you were able to, you’d find Him standing there anyway, just like Buddha and Lao Tzu did! Those two unusual people (and a few others whose names got lost by recorded history) are still standing there right now, with Him, like some shockingly real, other-dimensional X-Men, armed with love, ready for battle. These are the true “ascended” masters, soldiers in God’s Army. If you find this full of leaps of faith and impossible to believe, well, it is an incredible, one-of-a-kind event that is truly amazing, and it does take a Supernatural Leap of Faith to comprehend it. He is the Path Less Traveled. We cannot fathom how blessed and loved we are by God that He even did this for us, for we are truly only like birds, cattle, or sheep, too blinded to see we are headed for the slaughter. “Since the children have flesh and blood, he too shared in their humanity so that by his death he might destroy him who holds the power of death – that is, the devil – and free those who all their lives were held in slavery by their fear of death.”-Heb 2:14-15 An interesting note here involves a growing awareness that He can even stop so-called “alien abductions.” More and more people who claim to have been abducted are calling on His name out of desperation and finding their tortures stop immediately. Much is being written about this because so many non-believers have become believers because of such startling experiences (check out Alienresistance.org). And it gives some evidence that these aliens are really not good guys at all, regardless of what they claim to be doing here. Breeding us for higher spiritual abilities is a crock; we already have these inside of us just waiting to be awakened. His sacrifice means we don’t have to know how to “become enlightened” or follow a complicated system or set of rituals. We don’t even have to live a perfect life – He did it for us. Just Know Him – that’s all. If you can’t maintain a perfect loving consciousness
222

Tuning In

all the time, don’t worry; He did it for you. But it’s a great example to live by, and through knowing Him it becomes easier each day. In the higher realms whatever one thinks materializes immediately, which is why we must be in a state of pure love to be there. However, down here in our weakened state, we cannot help feeling angry or depressed sometimes (which is why in actuality we are pretty much the authors of our own misery). But since it really isn’t our fault we are so ignorant, we shouldn’t have to face the penalties for it. His sacrifice exempted those who believe in Him from being faulted for materialistic temptations. His existence as an actual human person transfers the power of the Spirit to us. He didn’t have to die a physical death, but He did it anyway. Have there been many “Christs”? Many ancient cultures speak of there having been several past “ages” of civilization, with various planetary catastrophes in between. “Krishna”, “Ea” or “Issa” are beings associated with spiritual enlightenment, and they kind of sound similar to the word “Jesus”. Maybe God used a similar name to be sure when He came down as a person the name would represent those working for spiritual enlightenment. Maybe that particular collection of sounds simply resonates a particular way. Or, maybe these others only lead us away from the truth of one savior. Certain words are believed to cause various manifestations in space-time, and this is how God could manifest in our dimension. Because of this power of the Word, His name is endowed with unequaled resonance. Damascene writes, “Because Jesus is the name that the Logos took when putting on the raiment of abasement and humility (i.e., human flesh), there is no more powerful name on earth to oppose the proud fallen spirits.” 4 But I must make an important distinction. Only once did the Tao have to be born as a human being and die a physical death, to free us from the game. Remember, the powers of the earth are cunning and have been hard at work to hide the truth. Their favorite method is not to deny He existed, but to call him just another great Master or Teacher, one of many “Christs” throughout the ages. This is denying his uniqueness, and that is something us humans can’t completely understand with our limited minds, but must have faith in for the power to work for us. Remember, “They” have their next “Christ” waiting in the wings, ready to plant a false peace in our physical
223

Surfing the Tao

plane. The real guy is not just another teacher or priest, but has all the love and power of the Force behind Him and always has. Templar and Masonic scholars through the ages concocted a scheme to make Him even less God-like by creating a false history around Him. They say He didn’t actually die on the cross, but was secreted off to Europe where he married Mary Magdalene and fathered children. In fact, in many of our greatest Christian cathedrals the “Our Lady” statues of Mary holding a child actually represent Mary Magdalene, thus blatantly displaying the heretical beliefs of the builders. They also look exactly like ancient representations of pagan gods like Isis and her son Horus, or Ishtar and son Tammuz. The false “descendants” of Jesus are called the Merovingians, and certain members of the Brotherhood claim they are descended from Him. The false “bloodline” also creates yet another vehicle for earthly power and control. Other writers think He was just one of many symbols created to represent the “Sun God”, or another in a long line of “gods” set up by the powers-that-be to further enslave people in a “Church”, an understandable though unfortunate assumption. In fact, the ‘religion’ makes Him out to be not so much the manifestation of the Tao, but simply a great master in an established ancient priesthood. This protects the authority of the hierarchy and the power of the Church. The teachings of love were often not even followed by its leaders. Bishop Eusebius, a powerful Church leader involved in compiling the Bible in the fourth century, said, “It is an act of virtue to deceive and lie, when by such means the interest of the Church might be promoted.” No wonder so many people are troubled by the Church and thus toss the baby out with the bathwater. There is a Brotherhood rumor that He is already here on Earth, along with other “teachers,” keeping Himself hidden in the Vatican or some such place until the world is “ready” for Him. Believe me, if He were here, He would never hide or conspire with the kings of the earth! He only preached against secrecy, worldly religions and politicians while He was here. When He comes, everyone “tuned” to Him will know Him without any doubt, and it will never be a secret! His message is purely about love, not religion or politics. If you have a problem with organized religion, I quite agree with you. We do not need mediators to talk to God for us; He came down to
224

Tuning In

give us each a personal relationship with Him, through the Spirit. Though church can provide wonderful community and fellowship, few truly teach us to use love to make our lives extraordinary. Not to mention that belief in a worldly religion without the Spirit inside you can make you legalistic, and resistant to information that contradicts what we believe we already know. In Hawai’i, people’s lives were governed for centuries by the strict rules of the kapu, which means forbidden. By law common people could not eat, walk or even surf in the presence of the ‘divine’ ruling class. Men and women were even forbidden to eat together. Disobeying the slightest bit brought swift death. But in 1819, King Kamehameha I died. His son, Kamehameha II, was only 19 at the time. His father’s wife, Queen Kaahumanu, wanted to get rid of kapu and she convinced the young king this had been in his father’s wishes. At first, people feared retribution from the gods, but when it was discovered that there would be no such punishment, everything changed. For a few months the Hawaiians lived in a blissful state of aloha, in joy and without fear. This didn’t last long. A few months later in 1820, the Christian missionaries arrived in these islands whose inhabitants were ripe for a new religion. Sadly, the message of love was contaminated by just another system of strict rules and laws governing behavior. They even imported thorny bushes called kiawe to encourage the natives to wear shoes! Jesus the Tao would have arrived in Hawaii, thrown off His shoes and encouraged the spirit of Aloha in His simple message: live in love. Instead, the people who acted in His name brought a new hierarchical system to be worshipped and feared. To me, such an interpretation of Christianity contains many elements of past pagan practices I find more closely related to kapu than to the core message of love. Just because people spread the news of Jesus doesn’t mean they are filled with the Spirit. Sometimes it’s used as a means for power and control. Another story illustrates that many ‘non-Christians’ are walking in love because they know it just feels right, echoing the thoughts of St. Justin and St. Seraphim. During the Depression, there was an old Jewish grandmother who was known in her small town as being one who never turned away someone in need. One day a man appeared at her door; he was poor and dirty, and hungry. She asked
225

Surfing the Tao

him his name, and he answered, “Jesus.” Not knowing of the Jesus of the New Testament she invited him in as if he were any other homeless man, and offered him a meal. Later a neighbor asked her the man’s last name, and she answered, “Thelord,” not thinking anything odd. He lived there for eight years, and she never once asked him to leave, or pay for a meal. This is the kind of love He wants us to show each other – without question. Mainstream religions like to draw lines around things are shout blasphemy when there is none, which can be nearly as dangerous as denying Him. Tradition can be senseless. There are many elements of religion that are throwbacks to pagan rituals – and this is acceptable, while helpful, healthy things like yoga, energetic healing and meditation are “off-limits”. How do you think Jesus healed, with chemical medicines, side effects and barbaric surgeries? The Mirror Image takes the truth and reflects to distort and confuse. Just make sure you’re never worshipping some other god or idol, do it all in His name, and God the Force, and be sure it’s done with lots of love. “…do not criticize the other teachers or traditions. The Art of Peace never restrains, restricts, or shackles anything. It embraces all and purifies everything.” – Ueshiba Nothing He ever taught was meant to be a secret. Metaphysical truths have been taken underground, made into secrets, warped and not made part of the accepted Christian religion. For many, this has turned them away from Him altogether, because they sense the truth in these other elements, which are often disallowed within the structured religion. And of course this “underground” element of secret societies has kept these universal metaphysical truths secret, and misdirected them. Although He may have talked about these kinds of things, there are no books out there with His legitimate “lost teachings”. This is another crafty decoy. In truth you don’t really need to worry about all that mumbo jumbo, He makes it easy for you by simply making it a matter of personal belief. All you need is the power of His name. It’s as easy as that, since our words
226

Tuning In

echo in the quantum realm and God then does the work for us. And without Him, any mumbo jumbo can be very dangerous indeed. Sometimes people experience an inexplicable and immediate distaste or even hatred of Him, a sure sign that mirrored forces are hard at work. Often a person’s tradition is from another religion or culture, but the Tao is not about tradition, race or politics of any kind. His teachings are about love, and the temple in which He wants us to worship is inside ourselves. The religion built up around Him is not pure to His teachings. I believe it has been infiltrated by the enemy for centuries, even though there are a few great teachers out there. Jesus said, wherever two are more are gathered, He is there. He even suggested praying in your own closet! It’s important to consider the questions of the spirit without past judgments the world has determined for you. Keep your mind and spirit open. Long ago, we may have lived for untold millennia in a place, a frequency really, where we did not know fear, anger, greed, war, murder or anything negative. When we were forced out of this energy field and/or genetically downgraded, God knew we needed a miraculous way for us to make that leap into eternal life. Jesus is like our bridge – a shortcut - into that life. Jesus is the Tao; He is the Way. “I am the way and the truth and the life.” –John 14:6 “In the Way of righteousness there is life; along that Path is immortality.” – Proverbs 12:28 But He doesn’t want us to wallow in worship for Him. We are told that wherever two or more are gathered, He is there, and to pray not to Him, but in His name, to “Our Father in heaven,” the loving consciousness of the Force. He also told us that we would do greater things than He. God came down to be an example of a pure life lived in His loving will, not to extort worship through another physical being. He also gave us His name as a word of power, and it doesn’t matter which language you speak it in. He will know you. And it is through the Spirit, our inheritance from Jesus, that we do this. Because He came as a human, His power of the Spirit has been transferred to other humans who accept Him.
227

Surfing the Tao

The bad guys have always used this physical realm for their own selfish purposes, creating outward representations of gods like idols for worship, and other substances or tools through technology. These earthly powers want us to believe we can all be gods. More correctly, we are all part of God; we all have our own relationship with God inside ourselves, but we don’t need ministers, churches or any powder, object or amulet to find Him. Just love. Some people will actually consciously choose to walk without Him. Many would continue to live in their own will, rather than God’s. For too long they have believed that they are in control, and enjoy the benefits of power and glory in the physical realm. God knows He cannot reach such people, nor does He want to. Without using force, bribery, threat or manipulation, the Tao seeks to build a family in a higher realm with people who have chosen love, and submission to His will, of their own free will. All higher realities must be consciously invited in – even the bad guys know this, so we must be aware of the words we say at all times. It is through our direct communication with God the Force that true enlightenment comes. That’s why there were (a few) enlightened people before Jesus. But now you don’t have to understand Lao Tzu’s seeming vagueness, or learn how to separate mind from spirit, or meditate for days on end when you have Him. Though if you were to do all that other stuff properly with love, like I said, you would eventually find Him standing there smiling at you anyway. He is just showing us down the narrow path of compassion, so crowded with subtle liars and tempters these days. For anyone can use the word “love.” Just follow Him, and you will be sure to find your way. “I tell you the truth, I am the gate for the sheep. All who ever came before me were thieves and robbers, but the sheep did not listen to them. I am the gate; whoever enters through me will be saved. He will come in and go out, and find pasture. The thief comes only to steal and kill and destroy; I have come that they may have life, and have it to the full.”-John 10:7-10
228

Tuning In

This is a supernatural phenomenon. And in a reality made up of interlocking wavelengths of light, sound and words resonate in a way our normal perceptions cannot understand. That’s why prayer, chanting and music can be so powerfully emotional. It also suggests that what we say can actually cause reactions in space-time; positive words create a positive reality, and the reverse. Fortunes and loves can be won and lost with the power of the Word. His name is what can easily distinguish the Truth from the Reflection, even in a world lit brightly by an artificial light. It also gives our words that extra zing of power, like a direct line to God. It creates a powerful impenetrable shield around us. “And everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved; for on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem there will be deliverance, as the Lord has said, among the survivors whom the Lord calls.”-Joel 2:32 Seek first the Kingdom of God, and all things will be given unto you. The Kingdom of God is the frequency of love. Just say the words to invite Him in, tune in and your own kingdom will awaken within you. You will begin to hear for yourself why this message is so pertinent to our times. “Jesus said, ‘My kingdom is not of this world…my kingdom is from another place.’”-John 19:36

229

Through the Looking Glass
From the great cosmic mirror Without beginning and without end, Human society became manifest. At that time liberation and confusion arose. When fear and doubt occurred Towards the confidence which is primordially free, Countless multitudes of warriors arose. Those countless multitudes of cowards Hid themselves in caves and jungles. They killed their brothers and sisters and ate their flesh, They followed the example of beasts, They provoked terror in each other; Thus they took their own lives. They kindled a great fire of hatred, They constantly roiled the river of lust, They wallowed in the mid of laziness: The age of famine and plague arose. Of those who were dedicated to the primordial confidence, The many hosts of warriors, Some went to highland mountains And erected beautiful castles of crystal. Some went to the lands of beautiful lakes and islands And erected lovely palaces. Some went to the pleasant plains And sowed fields of barley, rice and wheat. They were always without quarrel, Ever loving and very generous. Without encouragement, through their self-existing inscrutability, They were always devoted to the Imperial Rigden. (from Shambhala: Sacred Path of the Warrior by Chogyam Trungpa)
230

Through the Looking Glass

It is very difficult to discern the subtle distinctions and misteachings that go on in the world. The truth has been cleverly warped and reflected in the physical world, itself only a tiny slice of the true multi-dimensional reality. Oftentimes things that are true are taken and abused so thoroughly, they are lost to those with faith. Mainstream religions, like any worldly institution, as I stated before, can be subverted and used for selfish purposes, so I always advise taking along a grain of salt. There is not one single system in our third dimension that contains only the whole, pure unadulterated truth. Even Taoism has splintered into various cults and sects. I am perfectly aware of the fact that many people will find problems with my interpretation. Christians will undoubtedly take issue with what I point out in the Bible and their familiar history and rituals as being misleading. Other people will take offense at the concept that Jesus is the Tao – they want to believe in their own powers. The more scientific-minded will be unwilling to awaken to any spiritual reality at all. I plead with you all: soften your lines in the sand. Open your hearts and minds and be prepared for a strange future in Wonderland where nothing is as it seems. The Mirror Image seeks to keep us enthralled with a less-thanperfect perception of reality. For this reason, many aspects and truths have been divided and mislaid, and used to create divisiveness and disruption. By definition certain concepts and terms have been misunderstood because of semantics and legalisms. And when the truth is simply altered or changed ever so slightly, it becomes an even greater tool to promote its opposite. Therefore, what is “evil” is often difficult to discern, and even impossible to prove to those whose minds are already set. Subtlety is the name of the game. Much of the Bible can be used to twist and distort. Intellectual browsers assume Jesus must be associated with all the stuff about gold and jewels and shining faces not to mention the obsession with family lineage just because He’s in the same Book. Find a “red letter” version of the Bible; these words are easiest to discern. Sure, the Bible can be used to teach core values, but it could also be used to misdirect. And the concept of “going to the stones,” to worship in a building that could even be an old pagan site, just like I know the “gods” liked for us to, is equally difficult. I cannot help but feel we have been duped into it. Taking what we know and using it for good,
231

Surfing the Tao

we could resonate our love for Him at these locations and help reharmonize the Earth. But it’s not about ritual, it’s about love, and really we should resonate this love everywhere, at all times. The Tao used the Old Testament to eerily fulfill the ancient prophecies of a superstitious and legalistic people. He would have used whatever religion or text present, for it is easier to teach people from their own sources. But He never used ritual, gold or technology to prove His power, and He used scripture only to prove His points – not to legitimize its legacy. In Matthew, we read of the temptation of Jesus. “Then Jesus was led by the Spirit into the desert to be tempted by the devil. After fasting forty days and forty nights, he was hungry. The tempter came to him and said, “If you are the Son of God, tell these stones to become bread.” (Sound familiar?) Using the old scriptures Jesus answered, ‘It is written: ‘Man does not live on bread alone, but on every word that comes from the mouth of God.’” (Matthew 4:4) Instead of enlightenment involving the production of a mysterious secret substance, through simple belief in Him it is given to all people. He clearly differentiates Himself from the bread-like ‘manna’ of the Old Testament. “Jesus said to them, ‘I tell you the truth, it is not Moses who has given you the bread from heaven, but it is my Father who gives you the true bread from heaven. For the bread of God is he who comes down from heaven and gives life to the world.” (John 6:32-33) The people then ask for this bread. To their disbelieving stares, Jesus boldly exclaimed, “I tell you the truth, he who believes has everlasting life. I am the bread of life. Your forefathers ate the manna in the desert, yet they died. But here is the bread that comes down from heaven, which a man may eat and not die. I am the living bread that came down from heaven. If anyone eats of this bread, he will live forever. This bread is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world.” -John 6:47-51
232

Through the Looking Glass

Jesus gave bread and wine to symbolize his own body - not to establish a new ritual, but so we would understand that He Himself is the substance and source of our enlightenment. He healed and led the people and performed miracles without a “sacred staff” or any such tool. He never instructed us about hidden rituals of enlightenment, attained through sacred locations, sacrifice or good works. It is all and only about faith. He taught us that through faith in God - the Tao, the Force, the “Father” - we can do these things too, without tools or drugs. Jesus never Himself spoke of using any kind of substance besides Spirit, or faith in God. I believe He came to save us from the deceiver and his technology. However, there are a couple of places in the Bible that would contradict this contention. Like I said before, if things start getting wacky in the world, and beings calling themselves the “Elohim” come back and tell us it’s ok to use ORMEs or other magic because everyone else did in the Bible, like Moses and even Jesus, then I say watch out. For example, in the New Testament, there are verses about Jesus’ “Transfiguration,” a controversial event. “After six days Jesus took with him Peter, James and John the brother of James, and led them up a high mountain by themselves. There he was transfigured before them. His face shone like the sun, and his clothes became as white as the light. Just then there appeared before them Moses and Elijah, talking with Jesus.” -Matthew 17:1 So He went up a mountain, like Moses, where He suddenly attained a glowing countenance similar to those described earlier. It took about one second of prayer for the Spirit to reveal to me, if Jesus is God, why would He need to become transfigured? And why would it have to be so suspiciously on a mountain, a place of intense telluric energy? Some suggest he was always radiant, but that he chose this moment to open the disciples’ eyes to it. It could be. But for me, there are all kinds of other problems with these verses. They don’t fit in with the rest of the text. It seems
233

Surfing the Tao

to allude to some other ‘being’ up in heaven able to work powers in certain locations. Jesus also said to keep it a secret from the other disciples until after His resurrection. God might use parables, but He doesn’t keep secrets (though the bad guys do). Jesus even alluded that Elijah was John the Babtist, “But I tell you, Elijah has already come, and they did not recognize them…Then the disciples understood that he was talking to them about John the Babtist.” (Matthew 17:11,13) This entire chapter can be conveniently interpreted as a reason to assume Jesus was perhaps less than the Tao Incarnate and even taught reincarnation. The transfiguration sure does a lot to convince by-the-book believers that Jesus was “touched” by the same ‘God’ of the Old Testament, something I suspect the ‘Church’ was anxious to do, to justify for their authority and priesthood. It fits in perfectly with a plan to cleverly dethrone Jesus and make him merely part of this hierarchy. In the Book of Revelation, the mysterious prophet John writes of seeing another shining being, “And when I turned I saw seven golden lampstands, and among the lampstands was ‘someone like a son of man’, dressed in a robe reaching down to his feet and with a golden sash around his chest. His head and hear were white like wool as white as snow, and his eyes were like blazing fire. His feet were like bronze glowing in a furnace, and his voice was like the sound of rushing waters. In his right hand he held seven stars, and out of his mouth came a sharp double-edged sword. His face was like the sun shining in all its brilliance.” What can we take this to mean? Revelation is filled with references to our now familiar celestial technology and symbolism used by esotericists, like the seven rays, rainbows, pillars, white stones of hidden manna, the key of David, and twenty-four elders dressed in white, even a symbolic, alchemical “wedding”. In Revelation 2:17 this bronzed god-like figure promises us “the hidden manna…I will also give him a white stone with a new name written
234

Through the Looking Glass

on it, known only to him who receives it.” Once we are aware of this substance, this reference becomes too obvious to ignore. Is this Jesus, come to give us this alchemical “tree of life”, as long as we know and believe in Him? Is He still offering us His own body as the true bread? Is it the Truth, or the Mirror Image? “Then I saw another mighty angel coming down from heaven. He was robed in a cloud, with a rainbow above his head; his face was like the sun, and his legs were like fiery pillars. He was holding a little scroll, which lay open in his hand. He planted his right foot on the sea and his left good on the land, and he gave a loud should like the roar of a lion. When he shouted, the voices of the seven thunders spoke.” -Revelation 10:1-4 Remember how sounds, words and songs, can resonate powerfully? Who knows what this particular song will do to the harmonics of the universe. Some people believe in a Rapture, that God will take all those correctly tuned in to the truth away to the higher realms before any of the terrible things happen. “He called out in a loud voice to the four angels who had been given power to harm the land and the sea: ‘Do not harm the land or the sea or the trees until we put a seal on the foreheads of the servants of our God.’ Then I heard the number of those who were sealed: 144,000 from all the tribes of Israel.” -Revelation 7:2-4 Is there any coincidence that this number is also the angular velocity of the harmonic of light? Theoretically, these 144,000 people could be part of some kind of “Hundredth Monkey” phenomenon. Someone once discovered that some monkeys began to wash their fruit before eating it. They taught their friends, and before long a hundred monkeys had learned to wash their fruit before eating it; suddenly thousands of monkeys miles away spontaneously had the same knowledge.
235

Surfing the Tao

“Then I looked, and there before me was the Lamb, standing on Mount Zion, and with him 144,000 who had his name and his Father’s name written on their foreheads. And I heard a sound from heaven like the roar of rushing waters and like a loud peal of thunder. The sound I heard was like that of harpists playing their harps. And they sang a new song before the throne and before the four living creatures and the elders. No one could learn the song except the 144,000 who had been redeemed from the earth.” -Revelation 14:1-5 Some people think it is a sound, perhaps this “new song,” that could destroy the vibrational illusion that controls the appearance of our real leaders, causing them to revert to their true states like chameleons. “Only by magic could they be discovered, only by sound could their faces be seen…But, know ye, the Masters were mighty in magic, able to lift the veil from the face of the serpent, able to send him back to his place. Came they to man and taught him the secret, the Word that only a man can pronounce; swift then they lifted the veil from the serpent and cast him forth from place among men.” (unknown) Maybe these 144,000 open a gateway or portal for the rest of the true believers to get out. Maybe there really will only be 144,000 true believers. Maybe the whole thing is just an esoteric hallucination. All I know for sure is, I will not believe that ingesting monatomic gold or any other drug will lead to enlightenment. Nor will I fall for alien gods, the Elohim, their ‘World Teacher’, a false Jesus or magical technology. All I have to do is live in love and follow the Way of the Tao. However, after we ascend and all technology is back in the right hands, then who knows what gifts will be given us. Perhaps that is another book. Many aspects of the truth have been taken and warped by the bad guys. They tend to externalize the internal. They must use tools
236

Through the Looking Glass

and technology to harness the power of the force, because they refuse to seek His will. A good example involves the concept of enlightenment, or illumination, taking effect in increments specifically prescribed by an earthly agent. A Mystery school initiate might travel from oracle to oracle according to their instruction, and experience a heightened consciousness at each location. This type of effect does contain some truth to it, but if you are hip on our real God you don’t need to worry about where to go or when. My own spiritual progress can be traced along similar steps. I didn’t plan them; I wasn’t even aware of them at the time. But I can look back and see He had it all planned; certain places and times were very significant influences on my progress. One of these places is in Hawaii. Some people are sure it is the remnants of a larger continent, from long ago. It sits directly opposite the Great Pyramid on the globe. Hawaii is the Land of the Rainbow; its legends tell of portals into other realms. It is this place and others like it around the world that God’s warriors can use to recalibrate the harmonics of the planet. Meanwhile, we can utilize the power of the Aloha spirit to assist our unrelenting walk of joy. Despite the presence of new technologies, certain locations around the globe continue to emit powerful loving energies. And just because this knowledge is abused by the bad guys doesn’t mean we can’t use it for good too, though it should never become subject to worship itself. Like Lao Tzu and Buddha, there have been other people throughout history, before and after Jesus, who choose to help our cause from the higher realms. These bodhisattvas, or avatars, are among the noblest and most honorable of people, since they actually came back down to help people trapped in this lower frequency where there is so much negativity. They are characterized by their humbleness and compassion. Jonathan Livingston Seagull by Richard Bach is a wonderful allegory of this concept. It is this image that the false “ascended masters” are attempting to replicate, or reflect for their Mirror Image. “The ancient masters were profound and subtle. Their wisdom was unfathomable. There is no way to describe it; All we can describe is their appearance.
237

Surfing the Tao

They were careful As someone crossing an iced-over stream. Alert as a warrior in enemy territory. Courteous as a guest. Fluid as melting ice. Shapeable as a block of wood. Receptive as a valley. Clear as a glass of water… The Master doesn’t seek fulfillment. Not seeking, not expecting, She is present, and can welcome all things. – Lao Tzu The bad guys might claim they are good aliens from another planet, or angels, or spirits, or various strange and monstrous combinations thereof. Such beings pretend to love people in order to destroy them, and often need us to help them manifest or channel into our dimension. But it is not necessarily the job of aliens or angels to help men become enlightened, for they have never been where we are. And many of them are not working for the cause of love, even if they claim to be against the evil powers in the world. You can always test them by asking what they think about Jesus. Rather than deny His existence, the bad guys pretend to be on His side but give you the “one of many masters” line. They also speak of this realm as if it will endure forever, and that people will continue to be “reborn” into it, which are things they very much hope for. The good guys are just people, albeit extraordinary people with extraordinary powers, who have passed on to the higher realms of existence. They have all been born on Earth and lived normal human lives, passing through the ignorant darkness down here just like we all are doing, and on up into the awakened state of the higher realms; this is what true enlightenment means, to have come from the darkness of ignorance into the awareness of reality. Their job is to help us find our Way, since they have been where we are. They know all the workings of the Universe that remain hidden to us in our foggy state. Their mastery of the physical realm includes super-abilities we
238

Through the Looking Glass

only dream of – for now, because they are living purely in God’s will; they are Masters of the Surf, while we are still learning this skill. True bodhisattvas are known by their words and actions; by the fruits of their spirit. We can discern the truth in their words, through tuning our own spirit. There is never disharmony in their actions. They love God and they never act in their own selfish purposes, nor do they serve the selfish purposes of others. Their goal is to help people understand love and rise above their present condition. They never keep secrets from us, lie to us or require painful tests. They never attempt to influence the world through money, politics or established worldly organizations. Most often they remain unseen. They are without ego, never want worship for themselves or take credit for divine inspiration. If asked, they will say Jesus is King of Kings, a unique and precious gift to us. But they know living in the loving will of God is what truly separates good from evil. They radiate nonviolence and use love as the ultimate weapon of spiritual warfare. Reincarnation is another favorite tool of the Mirror Image. The good guys have not been “reincarnated”; Buddha is still here, the same guy! So are my ancestors – I am looking forward to being with them again. We will all be ourselves on the next level – we will not forget who we were and become part of an impersonal collective. Nor do we have to be “reborn” to learn anything. The real good guys do not teach this red herring, though their writings are often misinterpreted and misunderstood. Perhaps some people fear death and don’t know there are better places to be, so they like to imagine having many lives. Other people believe it takes many lives to “learn” something or become worthy. There are those who claim to remember past lives, and I believe their experiences are not invalid. The Akashic Record is the universe’s record of every single life and experience ever lived, anywhere. It is also called the Akasha, or the Book of Life, and it is actually more like another dimension or dream world. Long ago we may have known how to astral travel safely to this place, and I believe many who think they have been reincarnated have a special, psychic ability to go to this dimension and experience the lives of many who have lived before. They are probably most attracted to other energies or frequencies most similar to their own. It is sort of like reading a
239

Surfing the Tao

book, but without proper explanation it could easily be misinterpreted. Maybe it’s not impossible to reincarnate – in fact transplanting themselves in different bodies is a well-known abuse by the bad guys. But the idea that we must cycle through multiple lives to learn or evolve is just another trap for our spirits. It keeps us focused on returning to a state within their control instead of finding a Way out. All we need to learn is love, to be free forever. “He who has not right understanding, is careless and never pure, reaches not the End of the journey; but wanders on from death to death. But he who has understanding, is careful and ever pure, reaches the End of the journey, from which he never returns.” – Katha Upanishad “Unattached to speculations, views and sense desires, with clear vision, such a person will never be reborn in the cycles of suffering.” -Buddha Like them, we can also maintain consciousness as we pass through to the higher realms. The good guys help us understand this particular realm may not endure forever, but we can – with love. Of course there are also former humans, or spirits, who are not working for the good guys. To complicate it further some bad guys who might otherwise trapped as spirits, or demons, in the ethereal realms are finding ways to manifest as people on earth. Many are finding ways to fool people into letting them into our world. Others experience “shadow people” perhaps enhanced by modern psychotronic weaponry. We might not know what is real. The bad guys love to impersonate the good guys. Evil must disguise itself as truth to fool its target. Also there are many, many different places to go in the ethereal realms; it is practically endless, and thus so is the potential for deception. Astrology and fortune telling is another common and yet subtle abuse of the Akasha. Of course we are all connected to Everything, including objects in the cosmos, as well as various gravitational and magnetic fields. But we need not worry about our
240

Through the Looking Glass

future with such detail when we have become part of the flow of the Tao. While such information is not inherently “evil,” it is unnecessary and too much concentration on it will bring only confusion and a lack of fulfillment. It is like spending all your time reading the signs, instead of going down the road. This lack of focus can lead to other misinterpretations. Military remote viewers reported witnessing a group of “energy beings” they termed “transcendentals,” for their ability to manifest themselves in any form from their original shapeless, ghostlike state. The viewers say this group exists in other dimensions and “outside our time,” and can therefore “pop” into time and space whenever and wherever they like. These beings seemed to enjoy teasing the viewers, and were connected with an enormous amount of religious symbolism. The viewers thought these were likely to be “angels”; whether they are ‘fallen’ or not is difficult for them to know.1 But we can easily discern the difference once we are tuned in to the Jesus frequency. Remember, He is the tool, not an object for worship. He is the channel we need to tune into our internal spiritual radios. The bad guys cunningly try to impersonate these beings, so their existence is another subtlety. Many who stubbornly insist their guide is ‘of the light’ could be being manipulated. I am consistently disappointed that 99% of the books in the “metaphysical” sections at the bookstore are nothing but beguiling fool’s errands. The bad guys are interested in selfish power, glory, manipulation and domination of this physical realm through whatever means necessary. This includes promoting what seems like a peaceful agenda. They stir up notions that humans are not yet worthy of a “transformation”, or must unite against a coming disaster under their leadership. Once you know who “They” are, it becomes clear they are attempting to control a future evolution of consciousness. They have taken spiritual, cosmological and even geometrical truths about our planetary matrix and warped it from within, infiltrating and transforming our religions into institutions of legalism, persecution, and hidden secrets. They also introduce wonderfully complicated techniques for using innocent people to facilitate a shift in planetary dimensions, so they can still control us after this one is destroyed.
241

Surfing the Tao

They may even claim that our Bible is merely a naïve and primitive culture’s description of their own involvement with them. “For the time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear. They will turn their ears away from the truth and turn aside to myths.” – 2 Timothy 4:3-4 But in truth, we must retain control over our own emotions and consciousness. We can raise it up ourselves through stillness, faith and love. This simple understanding can start a powerful silent revolution. “So do not be afraid of them. There is nothing concealed that will not be disclosed, or hidden that will not be made known. What I tell you in the dark, speak in the daylight; what is whispered in your ear, proclaim from the roofs. Do not be afraid of those who kill the body, but cannot kill the soul. Rather, be afraid of the One who can destroy both soul and body in hell.” -Matthew 10:26-28

242

Conclusions
“This is a war. We are all soldiers.” – Morpheus, The Matrix Reloaded Author Jim Marrs summed up, “The struggle between good and evil on this world is a physical manifestation of the struggle between those beings who chose to follow their own desire and intellect and those who would follow the sym total of creative energy – God.” 1 It is up to us to discern the truth. Did a golden Yellow Brick Road take us in a dream to the Emerald City where a fool secretly runs everything from behind a curtain of illusion? Is it any better in Kansas? From the very beginning, the bad guys have tried to keep the higher truths unavailable to the common man. Our history and very origins are all wrapped up in this enigma, not to mention our future freedom. For many people the words on these pages will remain nonsense. But they were written for the precious few who will recognize the truth and comprehend the paradox - those whose ears can hear the truth. The enemy tries to be invisible. We are given a physical reality with a host of problems and told it is normal, there is no other. Any rumors or myths of other realms are considered immature and nonscientific, not to mention lunacy. Even though evidence abounds of a higher yet hidden knowledge, most people don’t believe it or even want to know about it. And many who have experienced the supernatural are easily swayed by “light” beings with hidden agendas. Our history is full of strange stories and myths. Today, we are flattered into believing our modern world has rid itself of such silly things. Even though one can trace the genealogy and goals of our world’s political and business leaders back to ancient times, few will discern the hideous reality from the comic book world they have created for us. Secret brotherhoods are not about love, but about money and world domination. And if they release any strange beings or mystical knowledge to the world, most people will be so amazed
243

Surfing the Tao

they will accept everything exactly as it is presented to them and not consider it could be subterfuge. Just because they may have been here millennia ago doesn’t mean they are the good guys. Are they working for the cause of love, peace and harmony, or is their agenda selfserving, complicated and legalistic? For some, belief in God is an archaic notion next to scientific discoveries, or the humanistic wave of thought from the Renaissance. Others consider bizarre “alien” experiences an answer to their spiritual questions. Indeed many believe strange beings have interacted with humans since the beginning, teaching us to choose to remain in this lower vibrational illusion. Tempting us with physical power and glory, such entities may have sealed our fate when they taught occultists to bend the pure energy of the Force to their own selfish will. Unfortunately most people who recognize this discrepancy are fundamentalist believers whose own traditional explanations include subtle perversions of the truth. In a sense, they are being set up for a future so strange it will shock millions. As author Paul Davies so aptly explains, “Belief that mankind has a special relationship with God is central to the monotheistic religions. The existence of alien beings, especially if they were further advanced than humans intellectually and spiritually, would disrupt this cozy view.”2 But why does it have to be one way or another? Truth is a golden thread woven throughout every experience, culture and wisdom found in time. Interpretation is where we find controversy, though if we listen carefully the truth is inside of us all. Especially since we already naturally posses the power of the Philosopher’s Stone within us right now, ready to be activated by His name. Our brain’s natural deposit of monatomic minerals could be the reason true enlightened spiritualists have seemed to glow. But alchemic manufacture of the substance as a drug or fuel without love is the Mirror Image - and in dangerous opposition to the Tao. Will monatomic gold become an anti-Christ, the new drug of the millennium, opening doors to wormholes and stargates, other dimensions as well as the creatures that reside there? Of the endless rooms or dimensions in our universe, how can we be sure we are going to the right place?
244

Conclusions

Are the “gods” of the ancient world returning to us with their hidden agendas? Strangely, our own modern governments seem to be molding themselves into a world perfectly suited to the needs of a secret hierarchy. Once belief in these ‘extraterrestrial creator gods’ becomes part of the collective consciousness, it could be used to create a new religion – one still focused on control of the individual, this time through a false enlightenment. Be careful that your ‘World Teacher’ is not a set-up by the secret government. Liberty, equality, justice and even freedom and light are subtle reflections of the truth, which can be cleverly abused to redirect people away from the Tao’s pure love, peace and harmony. Pay attention to semantics and subtleties: a false messiah can easily use counterfeit prophecy to set up his “kingdom” on earth. James Hurtak wrote in The Keys of Enoch, “The order of Melchizedek is in charge of the consciousness reprogramming that is necessary to link physical creation with the externalization of the divine hierarchy.”3 The Tao doesn’t need mysterious “orders” or hierarchies. Nor does He need to “reprogram” us - all we have to do is choose love. I defy these ‘gods’ and say our future instead relies on the internalization of God, the Tao. Rather than being a difficult, complicated series of rituals at specific locations guided by god-like entities, the true Path to Enlightenment is guided by the Tao, the loving Force. Once you are tuned in to Him through His physical manifestation, known to us as Jesus, He will guide you through your life, uplifting your spirit and opening your heart when and where He knows you are ready. Don’t let confusing, unnecessary doctrine or ritual complicate the compassionate, forgiving and unconditional walk of love. This simple task can be difficult enough in today’s world. “The Art of Peace is not easy. It is a fight to the finish, the slaying of evil desire and all falsehood within. On occasion the Voice of Peace resounds like thunder, jolting human beings out of their stupor.” –Ueshiba For they have created a reality obsessed with technology and the external, material realm, and want everything to remain in this physical stupor. Giving us technological or agricultural knowledge
245

Surfing the Tao

may seem loving or generous, but consider that it may have merely aided and abetted our enslavement to a non-love dimension of hardship. Our ignorance of this entire notion makes us very easy to control on this matter. We don’t even know there is another Way to be. Even more incredible is our continued inability to perceive the importance of natural geodesic or telluric energies, which stream forth from our Earth in a pattern established long ago by the mysterious builders of its most sacred sites. Should we not question why these locations, considered sacred in the ancient world, are the focus of studies for the military? Tuned correctly and used in agreement with the Tao, they could amplify the harmonic of love. Out of tune they have caused untold damage to our world, possibly for countless millennia. Today’s misdirected use of the technology could bring ultimate destruction to the human race. To survive we must choose to amplify the harmonics of love, peace and harmony by aligning our wills with the Tao. We will ascend past this dimension or frequency, beyond the reach of any negativity. The job of taking back the technology and re-harmonizing Earth should left to God’s great warriors of love – for some “superheros” do work for the Tao. Meanwhile, humans were blessed with their own Rock of Ages – the Tao made Himself into a Bread of Life, made to safely sustain and comfort us, regardless of how “enlightened” we can or can’t get down here. Through Him we can all attain immortality, in a higher reality – one we are sure comes from God, the Living Tao of Love, Peace and Harmony. He is our signpost in a world of subtle and persuasive trickeries. The new heaven and earth are not attained through any alchemy, substance, location, ritual act or group movement in the third dimensional physical world. The answer lies solely with our personal, internal relationship with the Tao. He is beyond this plane, beyond this consciousness – beyond our thoughts. We need to turn from that reflection in the mirror, the outer world, and find instead what has been inside of us all along. With proper control of our minds and spirits, tuned to the right frequency, no sickness, war, weapon or strange god can control you. That is what it means to be in the world, but not of it. You will begin to vibrate into a higher consciousness, where all your thoughts, words and actions are motivated solely by
246

Conclusions

love. Strange entities and their questionable agendas will simply fade away. One step at a time, you will become immortal, and your world will become Paradise. “Seeing me before him, The enemy attacks, But by that time I am already standing Safely behind him.” - Ueshiba The message of love is simple. Our destiny lies beyond this simple existence. The tree of life is eternal life. There are no complicated rites or mysterious celestial technology; just a true understanding of what it means to be in communication with God, the Tao. Let go of your petty, worldly concerns and free your mind to tune in to the spirit of love. Ask Him and He will miraculously take care of everything for you: I know, because it has happened to me, and many others. All He asks from us in return is love. Love God, love others, love your enemies. That last one is the hardest, but the most important. For even criminals and evildoers love their own families. “The Master has no mind of her own… She is good to people who are good, She is also good to people who aren’t good.” - Lao Tzu A true child of God learns to love everyone, forgive and turn the other cheek, never seeking revenge or holding on to past bitterness, personal or generational. Negative emotions take us down to frequencies that actually nourish the bad guys. We must be in this loving, high frequency state of consciousness to be free. “If your heart is large enough to envelop your adversaries, you can see right through them and avoid their attacks. And once you envelop them, you will be able to guide them along a path indicated to you by heaven and earth.” – The Art of Peace
247

Surfing the Tao

Are we ready for a revolution in consciousness? Most people who read this will probably already be aware of the general “new age” call for a coming change in “consciousness” as the expected evolution of spirit. Will they accept without question the one they see on TV, or can they look into their hearts and see the truth, a need for a more radical revolution, a revolution of free will? Prophecy suggests millions of people, in fact most of the world, will be deceived with a “Grand Illusion” in the End Times. Some think this could be the appearance of aliens, the return of the ancient gods, or Satan’s army being forced out of the heavenly realms, depending on your point of view. Part of this delusion could also be ORME, a sacred substance used for centuries by secret initiates who were actually, either knowingly or unknowingly, worshipping Lucifer. Is there any coincidence that “Lucifer”, the “Bright and Shining Morning Star”, means reflector of light – implying he (or perhaps she) has provided the Mirror Image, or a false enlightenment throughout the ages? Is he a bearer of false light? His subtle lies interlace the truth and render it unfathomable to millions. Author James Hurtak is one of many who regale us with stories of a war between the supposed Sons of Light and the Sons of Darkness. He sets those who choose the Pyramid of Light against those who choose the Black Cube of Mecca, which he claims represents “the anti-power of life” and the “anti-Christos”.4 But such dualistic pronouncements only incite war. According to the UK’s The Telegraph on 10-17-03, General William Boykin, the new deputy undersecretary of state of defense for intelligence, has repeatedly publicly declared that President George W. Bush was chosen by God to lead the war against terrorism, which he believes is really a fight with ‘Satan’. He claims that since his religion came from Judaism, the Islamic radicals would hate them forever. It sounds like a wrestling match, “Jehovah vs. Allah! Or, Yahweh vs. Baal!” What if there appeared two different alien races at war with each other - whose side would you be on? Instead of being blindly sucked into yet another duality, could you imagine a third option? Would you be able to recognize the truth if it is called “evil” by bad guys masquerading as the “light”? Jesus talked about impostors – what if an impostor Jesus uses all the confusing Biblical scripture surrounding the original message
248

Conclusions

of love to convince us to worship strange gods or eat of a false “stone”? Are we looking at the Truth or the Mirror Image? Like the movie The Matrix and its sequels – can we comprehend a world within a world – and what if there is yet another higher reality above that? How far can it go? The endless potential for deceit in this regard makes it doubly important that we are tuned in to the real guy - the loving Force, the Tao, the Word; the Logos. The bad guys love to disguise themselves as the good guys. They create other more obvious bad guys to take the fall for them. Maybe the brotherhood will even sacrifice their own organizations for the sake of their goal. Let’s not fall for these Machiavellian machinations any more. It is only because I already have a personal relationship with the Tao I know that I know that I know I will recognize the truth in my spirit when the time comes. This mystery is compounded by evidence that our time here on Earth is threatened by unknown anomalies, whether they come from the far reaches of space, within our Earth or our own weapons arsenal. Ancient cultures warned us of the cycle of destruction, and our modern, self-righteous skepticism convinces many to look the other way. Far from being the end of everything, this event could trigger our ascension into a higher realm, if we are tuned in correctly. I am not afraid, for I know my future will be joyous and ever lasting whether I have to live through rough times or not. For many this ‘tuning in’ will require quite a revolution in the way they conceive of their reality. For some, a greater understanding of free will and how to take back control, as well as higher understandings of our quantum, fractal and geometrical reality, will lead the way to a place of peace beyond the matrix. Where we are going is the real new world, not limited to this frequency. Know He is there beside us all the time, just waiting for us to tune in to love so we can hear Him when He comes. He wants to save as many of us as He can. “But do not forget this one thing, dear friends: With the Lord a day is like a thousand years, and a thousand years are like a day. The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness. He is patient with you, not wanted anyone to perish, but
249

Surfing the Tao

everyone to come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come like a thief. The heavens will disappear with a roar; the elements will be destroyed by fire, and the earth and everything in it will be laid bare.” -2 Peter 3:3-10 We may not be able to understand the workings of the universe at the time, and that’s where faith comes in. What if God was waiting to take the people that were able to maintain a state of love throughout this experience, while the rest of creation was zapped through a time-warp: whoosh, the bad parts never happened! Trust me, God’s plan is great but complicated; we cannot begin to understand it, only know that He loves us and everything will be ok in the end. Until then, I continue to work to free myself of the negative emotions and states of mind that plague this existence. It is our ticket to taking back control over our own lives. Be a rebel against the rebels who have bent this world beyond God’s will. Use you own free will and refuse to accept neither their packaged version of life, nor their ‘evolution of consciousness’. Tune in your spirit to the Tao, and Surf it into eternity. As Ueshiba wisely wrote, “The Art of Peace begins with you.” George Carlin reminds us, “Remember, to give a warm hug to the one next to you, because that is the only treasure you can give with your heart and it doesn’t cost a cent. Remember to say, “I love you” to your partner and your loved ones, but most of all mean it. Give time to love, give time to speak, and give time to share the precious thoughts in your mind. Life is not measured by the number of breaths we take, but by the moments that take our breath away.” Trust in Him. Once you are tuned in it’s kind of like getting on a roller coaster ride; all kinds of life changes could happen as you become unglued from the worldly drama that tries to swallow us up. God has a plan for us and we need to learn faith in Him. There is a reason for everything. To learn His purpose for us we must each quiet our minds, subdue our egos and release worldly ambitions. Let go of your life; stop trying to hard to guide it yourself.
250

Conclusions

“Practice not-doing and everything will fall into place.” - Lao Tzu Stop worrying about the bad things. It just gives them more power. They will turn around if you give your problems up to the Higher Power. Don’t wallow in your past misery; use it for good. Turn your scars into stars! Live in the Tao - live in love, and you will begin to meet people and have experiences you that seem unlikely coincidence. A Path of Synchronicity will begin to open up before you and take you on wonderful adventures. Let Go, Let God! Surf with Him and the sharks will have no power over you. Remember, the truth is never complicated or confusing. Ueshiba teaches, “The further you progress, the few teachings there are. The Great Path is really No Path.” Never give in to fear; don’t let your material circumstances dictate your state of mind. Never allow your moods or emotions to influence your radiance of love, peace and harmony. This is where the true battle is fought. If you are a by-the-book Christian and are still unhappy, you probably haven’t met the real guy. He will uplift your every moment if you ask Him and pay attention. Choose to live your life in joy, in the will of a Higher Power, regardless of your circumstances. This is the Way of the Warrior. Buddha said, “Live in joy, in love, even among those who hate.” This simple revolutionary act takes the power out of the enemy’s hands – he is all bark, and no bite. Live in spirit, not mind. And live in the now – the enemy can control the past and the future, but never the now. You always have the choice of love, right now. This is how we win the war, one step at a time. Enlightenment is not something you pay money for, or can get from a book or a drug. It doesn’t require a ritual – just free will. Open your own gateways in your minds to bypass the weights of physical existence that constantly threaten to drag us down. Be aware of your enemy, and how he tries to control your thoughts. More importantly, know your true God, the Tao, and that He came to free you from that. Discover His will for you, and use His power of the spirit to speak for yourself a new reality, of pure love, peace and harmony, amidst the chaos. Perfect your Art of Surfing so that when He returns, you will be tuned in to love and ready for the real new world.
251

Surfing the Tao

“Few cross over the river. Most are stranded on this side. On the riverbank they run up and down. But the wise person, following the Way, Crosses over, beyond the reach of death. …Rejoicing greatly in his freedom, In this world the wise person Becomes themself a light, Pure, shining, free. -Buddha “The fruit of the righteous is a tree of life, and he who wins souls is wise. –Proverbs 11:30

252

Bibliography
Aronson, Martin. Jesus and Lao Tzu: The Parallel Sayings, Berkeley, CA: Seastone, 2003. (Ulysses Press, 2000) Bach, Richard. Jonathan Livingston Seagull: a story. New York: Avon Books, 1970. Barker, Gray. They Knew Too Much About Flying Saucers. New York: University Books, 1956. Begich, Dr. Nick; Manning, Jeane. Angels Don’t Play this HAARP. Anchorage, Alaska: Earthpulse Press, 1995. Bernstein, Henrietta. Ark of the Covenant, Holy Grail: Message for the New Millennium. Marina del Rey, CA: DeVorss & Co, Publisher, 1998. Bernard, Dr. Raymond. The Hollow Earth: The Greatest Discovery in History. New York: Carol Publishing Group, 1991 (University Books, 1969). Bramley, William. The Gods of Eden. San Jose, Dahlin Family Press, 1989. Bridge, E.A. Wallis, Osiris and the Egyptian Resurrection. New York: Dover, 1973. Brown, Tom Jr. The Tracker. New York: Berkeley Books, 1978. Brown, Tom Jr. The Quest. New York: Berkeley Books, 1991. Capra, Fritjof. The Tao of Physics. Boston: Shambhala Publications, 1991. Capt, E. Raymond. Jacob’s Pillar: A Biblical Historical Study. Thousand Oaks, Ca: Artisan Sales, 1977. Castaneda, Carlos. The Teachings of Don Juan: A Yaqui Way of Knowledge. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1969. Cathie, Bruce. The Harmonic Conquest of Space. Kempton, IL: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998. Cathie, Bruce. The Energy Grid – Harmonic 695: The Pulse of the Universe. Kempton, IL: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1997. Chopra, Deepak. How to Know God: The Soul’s Journey into the Mystery of Mysteries. New York: Harmony Books, 2000.
253

Surfing the Tao

Chopra, Deepak. The Seven Spiritual Laws of Success: A Practical Guide to the Fulfillment of your Dreams. San Rafael, CA: AmberAllen Publishing and New World Library, 1993. Cremo, Michael A.; Thompson, Richard L. Forbidden Archeology: The Hidden History of the Human Race. Los Angeles: Torchlight Publishing Inc., 1993. Daniken, Erich von. In Search of Ancient Gods. New York: G. P. Putman’s Sons, 1973. Daniken Erich von. The Gold of the Gods. New York: Bantam Books, 1974. Daraul, Arkon. A History of Secret Societies. New York: Carol Publishing Group, 1961. Dharma, Krishna, trans. Mahabharata: The Greatest Spiritual Epic of All Time. Los Angeles: Torchlight Publishing, 1999. Dutta, Krishna; Robinson, Andrew, Editors. Rabindranath Tagore: An Anthology. New York: St. Martin’s Griffin, 1997. Finley, Guy. The Lost Secrets of Prayer: Practices for SelfAwakening. St. Paul, MN: Llewellyn Publications, 1998. Frissell, Bob. Nothing in This Book Is True, But It’s Exactly How Things Are. Berkeley, Ca: Frog, Ltd. c/o North Atlantic Books, 1994. Gardner, Laurence. Lost Secrets of the Sacred Ark: Amazing Revelations of the Incredible Power of Gold. London: HarperCollins, 2003. Gaster, Theodor H. trans. The Dead Sea Scriptures. New York: Anchor Books, 1956. Gaster, Theodor H., trans. The Oldest Stories in the World. New York: The Viking Press, 1952. Gilbert, Adrian; Cotterell, Maurice M. The Mayan Prophecies. New York: Barnes & Noble, 1995. Grant, Glen. Obake Files; Ghostly Encounters in Supernatural Hawai’i. Honolulu: Mutual Publishing, 1996. Gray, John, Near Eastern Mythology. New York: Hamlyn Publishing Group, 1969. Grube, G.M.A. trans. Plato’s Republic. Indianapolis: Hackett Publishing Company, 1974. Hancock, Graham. The Sign and the Seal. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1992.
254

Bibliography

Hancock, Graham. Fingerprints of the Gods. New York: Crown Publishers, Inc., 1995. Heidel, Alexander. The Babylonia Genesis. Chicago & London: The University of Chicago Press, 1942. Henry, William. One Foot in Atlantis: The Secret Occult History of World War II and its Impact on New Age Politics. Anchorage, Alaska: Earthpulse Press, 1998. Icke, David. Children of the Matrix: How an interdimensional race has controlled the world for thousands of years – and still does. Wildwood, MI: Bridge of Love Publications, 2001. Icke, David. Alice in Wonderland and the World Trade Center Disaster: Why the official story of 9/11 is a monumental lie. Wildwood, MI: Bridge of Love Publications, 2002. Icke, David. The Biggest Secret: The book that will change the world. Scottsdale, AZ: Bridge of Love Publications, 1999. Irwin, William, Editor. The Matrix and Philosophy. Chicago and La Salle, IL: Open Court Publishing, 2002. Jeffrey, Grant R. Surveillance Society: The Rise of the Antichrist. Toronto: Frontier Research Publications, 2000. Johnson, Ken. The Ancient Magic of the Pyramids. New York: Pocket Books, 1977. Jones, Leslie Ellen. Myth & Middle Earth: Exploring the Legends Behind J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Hobbit & The Lord of the Rings. New York: Cld Spring Press, 2002. Jones, Ann Madden. The Yahweh Encounters: Bible Astronauts, Ark Radiations and Temple Electronics. Carrboro, N.C., The Sandbird Publishing Group, 1995. Kah, Gary H. En Route to Global Occupation. Lafayette, LA: Huntington House Publishers, 1991. King, Thomas M. Teilhard’s Mysticism of Knowing. New York: The Seabury Press, 1981. Knight, Chris and Lomas, Robert. The Hiram Key. London: Arrow Books Limited, 1997. LaHaye, Tim; Jenkins, Jerry B. Are We Living in the End Times? Wheaton, IL: Tyndale House Publishers, 1999. LaLonde, Peter; LaLonde, Paul. The Mark of the Beast. Eugene, OR: Harvest House Publishers.1994.
255

Surfing the Tao

Lewis, C.S. The Screwtape Letters. New York: The Macmillan Company, 1956. Lindsey, Hal. The Late Great Planet Earth. Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan Publishing House. 1970. Marrs, Jim. Alien Agenda. New York: Harper Collins, 1997. Marrs, Jim. Rule by Secrecy. New York: HarperCollins, 2000. Marrs, Texe. Dark Secrets of the New Age: Satan’s Plan for a One World Religion. Wheaton IL: Crossway Books, 1987. Mascaro, Juan, trans. The Upanishads. London: Penguin Books, 1965. McAlvany, Donald S. Toward a New World Order: The Countdown to Armageddon. Phoenix, AZ: Western Pacific Publishing Co., 1992. Melchizedek, Drunvalo. The Ancient Secret of the Flower of Life, Volume I. Flagstaff, AZ: Light Technology Publishing, 1990. Meyer, Joyce. Battlefield of the Mind: Winning the Battle in your Mind. Tulsa, OK: Harrison House, 1995. Milor, John W. Aliens In the Bible. Xlibris Corporation, 1999. Nichols, Preston B. The Montauk Project: Experiments in Time. New York: Sky Books, 1992. Ovason, David. The Secret Architecture of Our Nation’s Capital: The Masons and the Building of Washington, D.C. London: Century Books Limited, 1999. Picknett, Lynn; Prince, Clive. The Stargate Conspiracy. Great Britain: Little Brown and Co., 1999. Platt, Rutherford H. Jr., Editor. The Forgotten Books of Eden. New York: Bell Publishing Company, 1980.Sauder, Dr. Richard. Underwater and Underground Bases. Kempton, IL: Adventures Unlimited Press, 2001. Prophet, Elizabeth Clare. Fallen Angels and the Origins of Evil. Corwin Springs, Montana: Summit University Press, 2000. Redfield, James. The Secret of Shambhala: In Search of the Eleventh Insight. New York: Warner Books, 1999. Rembert, Tracy C. Discordant HAARP. Emagazine, 01-11-1997. Roberts, Henry C., trans. The Complete Prophecies of Nostradamus. New York: American Book-Stratford Press, Inc., 1981 (Originally printed in 1947.)
256

Bibliography

Rux, Bruce. Architects of the Underworld: Unriddling Atlantis, Anomalies, of Mars, and the Mystery of the Sphinx. Berkeley, CA: Frog Ltd. c/o North Atlantic Books, 1996. Sauder, Dr. Richard. Underground Bases and Tunnels: What is the government trying to hide? Kempton, IL: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1995. Schroeder, Manfred. Fractals, Chaos, Power Laws: Minutes from an Infinite Paradise. New York: W. H. Freeman and Company, 1991. Silberer, Dr. Herbert. Hidden Symbolism of Alchemy and the Occult Arts. New York: Dover Publications, Inc., 1971. (Originally published as Problems of Mysticism and its Symbolism by Moffat, York and Co, New York, in 1917). Sinistrari, Lodovico Maria, 1622-1701. Demoniality. Toronto: General Publising Company, 1989. (first printed in 1875.) Sitchin, Zecharaia. Divine Encounters: A Guide to Visions, Angels and Other Emissaries. New York: Avon Books, 1995. Sitchin, Zecharia. The Cosmic Code. New York: Avon Books, 1998. Smith, Jerry E. HAARP: The Ultimate Weapon of the Conspiracy. Kempton, IL: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998. Smith, Warren. The Secret Forces of the Pyramids. New York: Kensington Publishing Corp, 1975. Spalding, Baird T. Life and Teaching of the Masters of the Far East, Volumes I through V. Marina del Rey, CA: DeVorss & Co., 1964 (1923). Stoddard, Mary. The Trail of the Serpent. Hawthorne, CA: Omni Christian Book Club, 1936. Szydio, Zbigniew; Brzezinski, Richard. A new light on alchemy, History Today, 01-01-1997. Tagore, Rabindranath. Gitanjali. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company, 1913. Thomas, I.D.E. The Omega Conspiracy: Satan’s Last Assault on God’s Kingdom. Oklahoma City: Hearthstone Publishing Ltd, 1986. Trungpa, Chogyam. Shambhala: The Sacred Path of the Warrior. Boston and London: Shambhala Publications, Inc. 1984. Toth, Max. Pyramid Prophecies. New York: Destiny Books, 1979. Velikovsky, Immanuel. Worlds in Collision. New York: Pocket Books, 1950.
257

Surfing the Tao

Wallace-Murphy, Tim; Hopkins, Marilyn. Rosslyn: Guardian of the Secrets of the Holy Grail. Dorset: Element Books Limited, 2000. Walter, Katya. Tao of Chaos: DNA & the I Ching: Unlocking the Code of the Universe. Dorset and Rockport, MA: Element Books Limited, 1996. White, John. Pole Shift. Virginia Beach: A.R.E. Press, 1997 (Doubleday, 1980). Wilkinson, Richard. Reading Egyptian Art. London: Thames & Hudson, 1992. Wilson, Colin and Flem-Ath, Rand. The Atlantis Blueprint: Unlocking the Ancient Mysteries of Long-lost Civilization. New York: Little, Brown and Company, 2000. Zimmer, Heinrich. Myths and Symbols in Indian Art and Civilization. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1972.

258

Endnotes
Can We Wake Up? 1 Bramley, William. The Gods of Eden. (San Jose, Dahlin Family Press, 1989), p. 8.

Who is like God? Johnson, Ken, The Ancient Magic of the Pyramids (New York, Simon & Schuster, 1977), p. 119. 2 Kornfield, Jack, Editor. Teachings of the Buddha (Boston and London, Shambhala Publications, 1993),p. 136. 3 Petit, Charles W., Up, up and away (U.S. News and World Report, 05-21-2001), pp. 46.
1

Who are the gods? Bramley, William, The Gods of Eden (San Jose, Dahlin Family Press, 1990), p. 50. 2 Marrs, Jim, Alien Agenda (New York, Harper-Collins, 1997), p. 351. 3 Smith, Warren, Secret Forces of the Pyramids (New York, Kensington Publishing Corp, 1975), p. 148. 4 Ibid, p. 148. 5 Wilson, Colin and Flem-Ath, Rand, The Atlantis Blueprint: Unlocking the Ancient Mysteries of a Long-Lost Civilization (New York, Little, Brown and Company, 2000). 6 Daniken, Erich von, Gold of the Gods (Great Britain, Souvenir Press, 1973), p. 139. 7 Gibson, Michael, Ten Centuries of Khmer Art (Vol. 12, The World &I, 06-011997), pp106. 8 Daniken, op.cit., p. 135. 9 Brett, Michael, Carthage: The God in the Stone (Vol. 47, History Today, 02-011997), p. 44(7). 10 Henry, William, One Foot in Atlantis (Anchorage, Earthpulse Press, 1998), p. 5051. 11 Jones, Leslie Ellen, Myth & Middle Earth (New York, Cold Spring Press, 2002) p. 87. 12 Harvey, Steenie, Twilight Places: Ireland’s Enduring Fairy Lore (Vol. 13, The World &I, 03-01-1998), pp. 187. 13 Jones, op. cit., p. 87. 14 Johnson, op. cit., p. 125. 15 Ibid., p. 125. 16 Gibson, op. cit., pp106.
1

17 18

Johnson, op. cit., p. 126. Ibid., p. 127. 19 Ibid., p. 129. 20 Lim, Benjamin Kang, Aboriginal culture may be oldest living religion (Reuters, 10-26-1996). 21 Author not available, Rainbow Serpent, (The Hutchison Dictionary of the Arts, 01-01-1998). 22 Daniken, op. cit., p. 28. 23 Picknett, Lynn; Prince, Clive, The Stargate Conspiracy (Great Britain, Little, Brown and Company, 1999), p. 345. 24 Ibid., p. 348. 25 Daniken, op. cit., p. 125. 26 Icke, op. cit., p. 32. 27 Ibid. 28 Ibid. 29 Marrs, op. cit., p. 32. 30 Ibid., p. 33. 31 Henry, op. cit., p. 60. 32 Nash, J. Madeleine, Great Beams of Antimatter: A vast plume of exotic particles is shooting out from the center of the Milky Way. What’s it doing there? (Time, 0512-1997). 33 Henry, op. cit., p. 60.

What are they doing here? Freeman, Charles, The Emperor’s State of Grace (History Today, 01-01-2001), pp9. 2 Bill Broadway Washington Post Staff Writer, Where Religion Stands Today; Faith played a Major Role in Sweeping Political and Cultural Changes 1000 years ago, Many of Which Still Resonate Around Globe, Diverse Faiths find a search for Meaning (Washington Post, 01-01-2000) p B09. 3 http://www.20Kweb.com/weird_stuff/dialogue_in_bellaria.html 4 Pennisi, Elizabeth, The Human Genome, (Science, 02-16-2001). 5 Sinistrari, Lodovico Maria, Demoniality (London, Fortune Press, 1927). 6 Marrs, op. cit., p. 55. 7 Harvey, op. cit. 8 Bramley, op. cit., p. 37. 9 Marrs, op. cit., p. 59.
1

Secret Brotherhoods 1 Henry, op. cit., p. 46. 2 Marrs, Rule by Secrecy, op. cit., p. 407.

Bernstein, Henrietta. Ark of the Covenant, Holy Grail (Marina del Rey, DeVorss& Co., 1998), p. 1. 4 Marrs, Rule by Secrecy, op. cit., p. 239. 5 Author not available. God’s Promise to Restore Liberia (African News Service, 08-07-2002). 6 Hecht, David. Sierra Leone Dispatch (The New Republic, 11-03-1997). 7 Ellis, Stephan, Return of Traditional Masks of Power (Africa News Service, 0205-1998). 8 Kaplan, Irving, Sierra Leone: Chapter 5B: Religious Life (Countries of the World, 01-01-1991). 9 Kah, Gary H., En Route to Global Occupation (Lafayette, LA, Huntington House Publishers, 1991), p. 32. 10 Marrs, Rule by Secrecy, op. cit., p. 27. 11 Ibid, p. 41. 12 Sauder, Richard, Ph.D., Underground Bases and Tunnels: What is the Government Trying to Hide? (Kempton, IL, Adventures Unlimited Press, 1995.) 13 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 171. 14 Picknet, Prince, op. cit., p. 263.

3

Secret Gods Marrs, Jim. Rule by Secrecy (New York, Harper Collins, 2000), p. 406. 2 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 31 3 Picknett, Prince, op. cit., p. 269. 4 Ibid., p. 257. 5 Ibid., p. 263. 6 Ibid., p. 264. 7 Ibid., p. 283. 8 Ibid., p. 290. 9 Ibid., p. 273. 10 Ibid. 11 Ibid., p. 277. 12 Ibid., p. 163. 13 Ibid., p. 168. 14 Ibid., p. 310. 15 Ibid., p. 174. 16 Ibid., p. 178. 17 Ibid., p. 183 18 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit. p. 107. 19 Ibid., p. 113. 20 Ibid., p. 114. 21 Ibid., p. 356. 22 Byrne, Eugene. The Second Coming and Other Ends (Independent on Sunday, 0105-1997), pp.8,9.
1

23

Peter Carlson Washington Post Staff Writer. A Former Bureaucrat’s Prophet’s Statement; Ex-Foreign Service Officer On a Mission for Maitreya (The Washington Post, 08-21-2001) pp. C01. 24 Picknett, Prince, op. cit., p. 203.

Secret History Wallace-Murphy, Tim; Hopkins, Marilyn. Rosslyn: Guardian of the Secrets of the Holy Grail (Great Britain, Element Books, 1999) p. 96. 2 Icke, op. cit., p. 79. 3 Picknett and Prince, op. cit., p. 318-319.
1 4 5

Henry, op. cit., p. 2. Ibid, p. 4. 6 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 73.

The Power of Money 1 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 386. 2 Kah, op. cit., p. 17. 3 Bramley, op. cit., p. 399.

How is this Possible? 1 Bramley, op. cit., p. 400. 2 Icke, op. cit., p. 364. 3 Wallace-Murphy and Hopkins, op. cit., p. 8. 4 Kah, op. cit., p. 77. 5 Picknett and Prince, op. cit., p. 331. 6 www.renaissanceunity.org/spangler.html

Celestial Secrets 1 Lewis, Theodore J. Divine Images and aniconism in ancient Israel, (book review).(Vol. 118, The Journal of the American Oriental Society) 01-12-1998, pp. 36(18). 2 Brett, Michael. Carthage: The God in the Stone. (History Today, 02-01-1997), pp. 44(7). 3 Karasik, Sherry. Ancient Knowing: Folklore of the Scottish Highlands. (Vol. 13, The World & I, 05-01-1998) pp. 210. 4 Grant, Glen. The Obake Files. (Honolulu, Mutual Publishing, 1996) pp. 8-9.

Silberer, Herbert. Hidden Symbolism of Alchemy and the Occult Arts. (New York, Dover Publications, 1971), p. 315. 6 Henry, op. cit., p. 2. 7 O’Sullivan, Jack. Where does the real Stone of Scone lie? (Independent, 07-091999), pp. 9. 8 Henry, op. cit., p. 76. 9 Freeman, Charles. The Emperor’s State of Grace. (History Today, 01-01-2001), pp.9. 10 Wilkinson, Richard. Reading Egyptian Art. (London, Thames & Hudson, 1992), p. 90. 11 Bridge, E.A. Wallis, Osiris and the Egyptian Resurrection. (New York, Dover, 1973), p. 59. 12 Johnson, op. cit., p. 137. 13 Knight, Chris and Lomas, Robert. The Hiram Key. (London, Random House, 1996), p. 273. 14 Regan, James. FEATURE: Outback battle over Australian uranium. (Reuters, 0706-1998) 15 Picknett and Prince, op. cit., p. 349. 16 Johnson, op. cit., p. 124. 17 von Daniken, op. cit., p. 150. 18 Harvey, op. cit. 19 Toth, Max. Pyramid Prophecies. (New York, Warner/Destiny Books, 1976), pp. 276-294. 20 Smith, Warren. The Secret Forces of the Pyramids (New York, Kensington Publishing, 1975), pp. 17-18. 21 Ibid, p. 150. 22 Ibid., p. 154. 23 Ibid., p. 150. 24 Zimmer, Heinrich. Myths and Symbols in Indian Art and Civilization. (Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1946), p. 145. 25 Tidjani-Serpos, Noureni. The post colonial condition: The archeology of African Knowledge: From the feat of Ogun and Sango to the postcolonial creativity of Obatala. (Vol. 27, Research in African Literature, 03-01-1996), pp 3(6). 26 Silberer, op. cit., p. 394.

5

A Philosopher Stoned Godfrey, Neale S., Gold: A metal of power throughout the history of ma.n (AP Online, 04-23-1998) 2 Gardner, Laurence. Lost Secrets of the Sacred Ark. (London, HarperCollins, 2003), p. 162. 3 Ibid., p. 133. 4 Ibid., p. 122. 5 Ibid., p. 171.
1

Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 45. Gardner, op. cit., p. 109. 8 Ibid., p. 11. 9 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p 32. 10 Ibid., p. 343. 11 Ibid., p. 312. 12 Freeman, op. cit. 13 Jon-Ungoed, Thomas, Lost Ark of the Covenant located, scholar claims. The Toronto Star, 09-06-1998. 14 Gardner, op. cit., p. 14. 15 Johnson, op. cit., p. 116. 16 Hughes, Jonathan. Edward IV and the Alchemists. (History Today, 08-01-2002), pp 10. 17 Ibid. 18 Szydio, Zbigniew; Brzezinski, Richard. A new light on alchemy. (Cover Story) Vol. 47, History Today, 01-01-1997, pp. 17(7). 19 Roth, Daniel. Pat Robertson: Quest for Eternal Life: He’s making bets to ensure that his evangelical empire outlasts him. His portfolio so far: a gold mine in Liberia, a mothballed oil refinery, and $78 million in.,(Fortune, 06-10-2002), pp. 132+. 20 Gardner, op. cit., p. 360.
7

6

Secret Science Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 187. 2 Ibid., p. 295. 3 Ibid., pp. 301-302. 4 Ibid., p. 311. 5 Gardner, op. cit., p. 13. 6 Bernstein, op. cit., p. 130-131. 7 Cathie, Bruce. The Harmonic Conquest of Space. (Kempton, Illinois. Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998), p. 98. 8 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 50. 9 “The World Today” magazine, February, 1912.
1

Free Your Mind 1 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op.cit., p. 394. 2 Cathie, op. cit., p. 88. 3 Smith, Jerry E. HAARP: The Ultimate Weapon of the Conspiracy. (Kempton, Illinois, Adventures Unlimited Press, 1998), p. 10. 4 Rembert, Tracy C. Discordant HAARP (High Active Auroral Radio Program.) (Vol. 8, E Magazine, 01-11-1997), pp. 23(4).

Richardson, Jeff. Military Set to Play God with Atmospheric Tests. (Tundra Times, 11-16-1995), pp PG. 6 Daniken, op. cit., p. 181. 7 Congressional Record, No. 26, Vol. 118, February 24, 1974. 8 www.columbusalive.com/2001/20011206/120601/12060101.html 9 Niemark, Jill. Dispatch from Dreamland. (UFO Obesessions.) (Vol. 30, Psychology Today, 09-19-1997), pp. 50(8). 10 www.geocities.com/theawakeningnews/chemtrails-operation_Cloverleaf.html 11 Bramley, op. cit., p. 452. 12 www.bariumblues.com/monkey_experiencing_electrode_St.htm 13 Bramley, op. cit., p. 396. 14 Henry, op. cit., p. 2.

5

Destruction by Fire Beardon, T.E., Fer-de-Lance: A Briefing on Soviet Scalar Electromagnetic Weapons, (Chula Vista, CA: Tesla Book Co.), 1986. 2 Gilbert, Adrian; Cotterell, Maurice. The Mayan Prophecies. (Great Britian, Barnes & Noble, 1995). Pp. 70(2). 3 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 342-3. 4 Brown, Tom Jr. The Quest. (New York, Berkeley Publishing, 1991), p. 22. 5 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit, p. 170. 6 Gilbert, Cotterell, op. cit., p. 28.
1

Free Will 1 author not available, W.V.Quine: Father of Post Modernism. (United Press International, 10-26-2001). 2 author not available. Stories of Modern Science. (United Press International, 0103-2002). 3 Babcock, Brandon. Disney Engineer: Hollywood Lies. (University Wire, 02-212001). 4 Gibson, Michael. Ten Centuries of Khmer Art. (Vol. 12, The World & I, 06-011997), pp. 106. 5 Morrow, Lance. ESSAY: Let us Recuse Ourselves Awhile. (Time, 03-05-1990), pp 72. 6 Shearer, Rhonda Roland. Real or Ideal? DNA Iconography in a new fractal era. (Vol 55, Art Journal, 03-01-1996), pp. 64 (6). 7 Nelson, Bryn. Geometrical Genuis in Africa. (The Toronto Star, 03-12-2000). 8 Cruickshank, Alistair; Smith, Richard V. Alba Scotland. (Focus, 01-01-2001), pp.1.

There is no spoon: Learning to Surf 1 Meyer, Joyce. Battlefield of the Mind. (Tulsa, Oklahoma, Harrison House, Inc., 1985), p. 15.

Spiritual Confusion Damascene, Hiermonk. Christ the Eternal Tao. (Platina, CA: Valaam Books, 1999), p. 327. 2 Ibid, p. 328. 3 Ibid, p. 329.
1

Tuning In Damascene, op. cit., p. 22. 2 Ibid, p. 25. 3 Aronson, Martin. Jesus and Lao Tzu: The Parallel Sayings, (Berkeley, CA: Seastone, 2003), p. 207. 4 Damascene, op. cit., p. 341.
1

Through the Looking Glass 1 Marrs, Alien Agenda, op. cit., p. 323.

Conclusions Marrs, Alien Agenda., op. cit., p. 366. 2 Ibid., p. 368. 3 Picknett and Prince, op. cit., p. 291. 4 Ibid., p. 325
1

About the Author

Ms. Michaels lives on the Big Island of Hawaii with her beloved pets – two dogs, two cats and a husband.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful